Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Columbia River Crossing Project, Washington and Oregon, 23548-23593 [2012-9086]
Download as PDF
23548
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
50 CFR Part 217
[Docket No. 110801455–2197–01]
RIN 0648–BB16
Taking and Importing Marine
Mammals; Taking Marine Mammals
Incidental to Columbia River Crossing
Project, Washington and Oregon
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for
comments.
AGENCY:
NMFS has received a request
from the Department of Transportation’s
Federal Transit Authority (FTA) and
Federal Highway Administration
(FHWA), on behalf of the Columbia
River Crossing project (CRC), for
authorization to take marine mammals
incidental to bridge construction and
demolition activities at the Columbia
River and North Portland Harbor,
Washington and Oregon, over the course
of 5 years from approximately July 2013
through June 2018. Pursuant to the
Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA), NMFS is proposing
regulations to govern that take and
requests information, suggestions, and
comments on these proposed
regulations.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than May 21, 2012.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments
on this document, identified by
110801455–2197–01, by any of the
following methods:
• Electronic Submission: Submit all
electronic public comments via the
Federal e-Rulemaking Portal
www.regulations.gov. To submit
comments via the e-Rulemaking Portal,
first click the Submit a Comment icon,
then enter 110801455–2197–01 in the
keyword search. Locate the document
you wish to comment on from the
resulting list and click on the Submit a
Comment icon on the right of that line.
• Hand delivery or mailing of
comments via paper or disc should be
addressed to Tammy Adams, Acting
Chief, Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315
East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD
20910.
Comments regarding any aspect of the
collection of information requirement
contained in this proposed rule should
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
be sent to NMFS via one of the means
provided here and to the Office of
Information and Regulatory Affairs,
NEOB–10202, Office of Management
and Budget, Attn: Desk Office,
Washington, DC 20503,
OIRA@omb.eop.gov.
Instructions: Comments must be
submitted by one of the above methods
to ensure that the comments are
received, documented, and considered
by NMFS. Comments sent by any other
method, to any other address or
individual, or received after the end of
the comment period, may not be
considered. All comments received are
a part of the public record and will
generally be posted for public viewing
on www.regulations.gov without change.
All personal identifying information
(e.g., name, address) submitted
voluntarily by the sender will be
publicly accessible. Do not submit
confidential business information, or
otherwise sensitive or protected
information. NMFS will accept
anonymous comments (enter N/A in the
required fields if you wish to remain
anonymous). Attachments to electronic
comments will be accepted in Microsoft
Word, Excel, or Adobe PDF file formats
only.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ben
Laws, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Availability
A copy of CRC’s application, and
other supplemental documents, may be
obtained by writing to the address
specified above (see ADDRESSES), calling
the contact listed above (see FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT), or
visiting the internet at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm. A Draft Environmental
Impact Statement (DEIS) on the
Columbia River Crossing project,
authored by the FTA and FHWA, is
available for viewing at https://
www.columbiarivercrossing.org/.
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct
the Secretary of Commerce to allow,
upon request, the incidental, but not
intentional, taking of small numbers of
marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings
are made and either regulations are
issued or, if the taking is limited to
harassment, a notice of a proposed
authorization is provided to the public
for review.
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Authorization for incidental takings
shall be granted if NMFS finds that the
taking will have a negligible impact on
the species or stock(s), will not have an
unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for
subsistence uses (where relevant), and if
the permissible methods of taking and
requirements pertaining to the
mitigation, monitoring and reporting of
such takings are set forth. NMFS has
defined ‘negligible impact’ in 50 CFR
216.103 as ‘‘* * * an impact resulting
from the specified activity that cannot
be reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival.’’
Except with respect to certain
activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
defines ‘harassment’ as: ‘‘any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
has the potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild [‘‘Level A harassment’’]; or (ii) has
the potential to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering [‘‘Level B
harassment’’].’’
Summary of Request
On November 22, 2010, NMFS
received a complete application from
CRC requesting authorization for take of
three species of marine mammal
incidental to construction and
demolition activities in the Columbia
River and North Portland Harbor,
Washington and Oregon. CRC has
requested regulations to be effective for
the period of 5 years from
approximately July 2013 through June
2018; portions of the project that may
result in incidental take of marine
mammals are anticipated to potentially
last until March 2021. Marine mammals
would be exposed to various operations,
including pile driving and removal,
demolition of existing structures, and
the presence of construction-related
vessels. Because the specified activities
have the potential to take marine
mammals present within the action
area, CRC requests authorization to
incidentally take, by Level B harassment
only, Steller sea lions (Eumetopias
jubatus), California sea lions (Zalophus
californianus), and harbor seals (Phoca
vitulina).
Description of the Specified Activity
CRC is proposing a multimodal
transportation project along a 5-mile
section of the Interstate 5 (I–5) corridor
connecting Vancouver, Washington, and
Portland, Oregon. There are significant
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
congestion, safety, and mobility
problems in the CRC project area. The
existing northbound bridge was built in
1917, and the southbound bridge was
added in 1958. These bridges have been
classified as functionally obsolete
because they do not meet current or
future demands for interstate service,
resulting in congestion-related delays.
Assuming that no changes are made, the
daily congestion period is projected to
grow from the current 6 hours to 15
hours by 2030 (CRC, 2008). In addition,
this section of I–5 has an accident rate
more than double that of similar urban
highways. Narrow lanes, short onramps, and non-standard shoulders on
the bridges contribute to accidents.
When bridge lifts occur to allow passage
of river traffic, all vehicular traffic is
stopped, resulting in delays on
connecting roadways and adding to
unsafe driving conditions.
Current public transit service between
Vancouver and Portland is limited to
bus service constrained by the limited
capacity in the I–5 corridor and is
subject to the same congestion as other
vehicles, which affects transit reliability
and operations. Bicycle and pedestrian
facilities are currently substandard in
much of the project area.
Seismic safety is also an important
issue. Recent geotechnical studies have
shown that the sandy soil under the
mainstem Columbia River bridges
would likely liquefy to a depth of 85 ft
(26 m) during an earthquake greater
than magnitude 8.0. This could cause
irreparable damage to the bridges and
potential loss of human life.
To remedy these deficiencies, the CRC
project proposes:
• Replacement of the existing
Columbia River bridges with two new
structures;
• Widening of the existing North
Portland Harbor Bridge, and
construction of three new structures
across the harbor; and
• Demolition of existing Columbia
River bridges.
The new Columbia River crossing
would carry traffic on two separate piersupported bridges and would include a
new light rail transit (LRT) line and
improved bicycle/pedestrian facilities,
using a stacked alignment that would
reduce the number of in-water piers in
the Columbia River by approximately
one-third from alternative designs. CRC
proposes six in-water pier complexes for
a total of twelve piers for the Columbia
River bridges.
CRC proposes to widen the existing I–
5 southbound bridge over North
Portland Harbor, and would add three
new bridges adjacent to the existing
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
bridges. From east to west, these
structures would carry:
• A three-lane northbound collectordistributor (CD) ramp carrying local
traffic;
• Northbound and southbound I–5 on
the widened existing bridge across the
North Portland Harbor;
• Southbound CD ramps carrying
local traffic; and
• LRT combined with a bicycle/
pedestrian path.
Each bridge would have four or five
in-water bents, consisting of one to three
drilled shafts. A bent is part of a bridge’s
substructure, composed of a rigid frame
commonly made of reinforced concrete
or steel that supports a vertical load and
is placed transverse to the length of a
structure. Bents are commonly used to
support beams and girders. Each vertical
member of a bent may be called a
column, pier or pile. The horizontal
member resting on top of the columns
is a bent cap. The columns stand on top
of some type of foundation or footer that
is usually hidden below grade. A bent
commonly has at least two or more
vertical supports.
The permanent in-water piers of both
the Columbia River and North Portland
Harbor crossings would be constructed
using drilled shafts, rather than impactdriven piles. However, the project
would require numerous temporary inwater structures to support equipment
and materials during the course of
construction, which may require the use
of temporary impact-driven piles. These
structures would include work
platforms, work bridges, and tower
cranes. Project construction would
require the installation and removal of
approximately 1,500 temporary steel
piles.
The existing Columbia River bridges
would be demolished after the new
Columbia River bridges have been
constructed and after associated
interchanges are operating. The existing
Columbia River bridges would be
demolished in two stages: (1)
Superstructure demolition and (2)
substructure demolition. In-water
demolition would be accomplished
either within cofferdams or with the use
of diamond wire/wire saw. A full
description of the activities proposed by
CRC is described in the following
sections.
Region of Activity
The Region of Activity is located
within the Lower Columbia River subbasin. The Columbia River and its
tributaries are the dominant aquatic
system in the Pacific Northwest. The
Columbia River originates on the west
slope of the Rocky Mountains in Canada
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
23549
and flows approximately 1,200 mi
(1,931 km) to the Pacific Ocean,
draining an area of approximately
219,000 mi2 (567,207 km2) in
Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Montana,
Wyoming, Nevada, and Utah. Saltwater
intrusion from the Pacific Ocean
extends approximately 23 mi (37 km)
upstream from the river mouth at
Astoria, Oregon. Coastal tides influence
the flow rate and river level up to
Bonneville Dam at river mile (RM) 146
(RKm 235) (USACE, 1989).
The project area is highly altered by
human disturbance, and urbanization
extends to the shoreline. There has been
extensive removal of streamside forests
and wetlands. Riparian areas have been
further degraded by construction of
dikes and levees and the placement of
stream bank armoring. For several
decades, industrial, residential, and
upstream agricultural sources have
contributed to water quality degradation
in the river. Additionally, existing levels
of disturbance are high due to heavy
commercial shipping traffic.
The I–5 bridges are located at RM 106
(RKm 171) of the Columbia River. From
north to south, the I–5 bridges cross the
Columbia River from Vancouver,
Washington, to Hayden Island in
Portland, Oregon. From Hayden Island,
a single I–5 bridge crosses North
Portland Harbor to the mainland in
Portland, Oregon. The North Portland
Harbor is a large side channel of the
Columbia River that flows between the
southern bank of Hayden Island and the
Oregon mainland. The channel branches
off the Columbia River approximately 2
RM (3 RKm) upstream (east) of the
existing bridge site, and flows
approximately 5 RM (8 RKm)
downstream (west) before rejoining the
mainstem Columbia River (please see
Figure 2–2 of CRC’s application). The
Region of Activity has been defined as
the area of the Columbia River and
North Portland Harbor in which marine
mammals may be directly impacted by
sound generated by in-water
construction activities, i.e., the area in
which modeling indicates that
underwater sound generated by the
project would be greater than 120 dB re:
1 mPa root mean square (rms; all
underwater sound discussed in this
document is referenced to 1 mPa).
Due to the curvature of the river and
islands present, underwater sound from
pile installation would encounter land
before it reaches modeled distances to
the 120 dB disturbance threshold.
Sound from pile installation could not
extend beyond Sauvie Island,
approximately 5.5 RM (8.9 RKm)
downstream, and Lady Island, 12.5 RM
(20 RKm) upstream; thus, this distance
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23550
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
represents the extent of the Region of
Activity downstream and upstream of
CRC project construction activities. This
distance encompasses the Columbia
River from approximately RM 101 to
118 (RKm 163 to 190). Within North
Portland Harbor, the maximum distance
that underwater sound could extend
would be 3.5 mi (5.6 km) downstream
and 1.9 mi (3.1 km) upstream of CRC
project construction activities.
Dates of Activity
CRC has requested regulations
governing the incidental take of marine
mammals for the 5-year period from July
2013 through June 2018. Construction
activities for both the Columbia River
and North Portland Harbor bridges are
estimated to begin in July 2013.
Construction activities for the Columbia
River bridges are estimated to end in
2017, while construction activities for
the North Portland Harbor bridges are
estimated to end in 2016. Demolition of
the existing Columbia River bridges is
expected to occur for eighteen months,
from approximately September 2019
until March 2021. However, some
demolition could possibly occur during
the proposed 5-year authorization
period. Table 1 provides an overview of
the anticipated CRC project timeline
and sequencing of project elements.
Funding would be a significant factor in
determining the overall sequencing and
construction duration. Contractor
schedules, weather, materials, and
equipment could also influence
construction duration. CRC would seek
additional authorization under the
MMPA for any in-water work
continuing beyond the expiration of the
proposed rule.
The existing in-water work window
for this portion of the Columbia River
and North Portland Harbor, developed
to reduce construction impacts to
Endangered Species Act (ESA)-listed
fish species, is November 1 through
February 28. Because of the large
amount of in-water work required, the
CRC project would not be able to
complete the in-water work during this
time period. Therefore, CRC has
requested a variance to the in-water
work window established by the Oregon
and Washington Departments of Fish
and Wildlife (ODFW and WDFW,
respectively). Most in-water
construction activities are proposed to
occur year-round, although impact pile
driving would occur only from
September 15 to April 15. The rationale
for CRC’s proposed variance takes into
account project hydroacoustic impacts
in relation to run timing for ESA-listed
fish species. The project’s timing for
impact pile driving overlaps with
pinniped presence (primarily January
through May) from approximately
January through April 15.
TABLE 1—PROPOSED TIMING OF IN-WATER WORK
[CR = Columbia River; NPH = North Portland Harbor]
Activity
Description
Activity duration
Timing
1. Install small-diameter piles (less
than or equal to 48 in (1.2 m))
with impact methods 1.
Small-diameter piles would be
used in the construction of temporary work bridges/platforms,
tower cranes, and support platforms.
Only within approved extended inwater work window of September 15 through April 15
each year.
2. Install small-diameter piles with
non-impact methods.
Small-diameter piles would be
used in the construction of temporary work bridges/platforms,
barge moorings, tower cranes,
and oscillator support platforms.
Removal of small-diameter piles
would be done using vibratory
equipment or direct pull.
45 min/day (impact hammer operation) with up to 7.5 min/week
of unattenuated driving in CR
and
5
min/week
of
unattenuated driving in NPH.
138 days in CR, 134 days in NPH
Length of work day is subject to
local sound ordinances, however could be up to 24 hours/
day.
138 days in CR, 134 days in NPH
Length of work day is subject to
local sound ordinances, however could be up to 24 hours/
day.
Cofferdams could be in place for
a maximum of 250 work days
each.
Installation
and
dewatering of each cofferdam
would not take more than 65
work days; cofferdam removal
would not take more than 25
work days. Length of work day
is subject to local sound ordinances.
CR: 110–120 days/pier complex ..
NPH: approximately 8 days/shaft.
3. Extract small-diameter piles (not
including cofferdams).
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
4.
Install/remove cofferdam for
construction of Columbia River
bridges.
Used to construct piers nearest to
shore in the Columbia River
(Pier complexes 2 and 7). Steel
sheet pile sections to be installed by non-impact means to
form a cofferdam. Sheet pile removal can be direct pull or use
a vibratory hammer.
5a. Install large-diameter drilled
shaft casings (greater than or
equal to 72 in (1.8 m)) using vibratory hammer, rotator, or oscillator outside of a cofferdam.
5b. Install large-diameter drilled
shaft casings using vibratory
hammer, rotator, or oscillator inside of a water- or sand-filled
cofferdam.
6. Clean out shafts and place reinforcing and concrete inside steel
casings.
Used to construct piers and bents
not immediately adjacent to
shore in the Columbia River
and North Portland Harbor.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Year-round provided work does
not violate water quality standards.2
Year-round provided work does
not violate water quality standards.
Year-round provided work does
not violate water quality standards.
Year-round provided work does
not violate water quality standards.
Used to construct piers and bents
nearest to shore in the Columbia River and North Portland
Harbor.
CR pier complexes 2 and 7: approximately 84 days each.
NPH: approximately 8 days/shaft.
Year-round provided work does
not violate water quality standards.
Applies to all piers and shafts. All
activities/materials would be
contained within the casings
and have no contact with the
water.
CR: 110–120 days/pier complex ..
NPH: approximately 8 days/shaft.
Year-round provided work does
not violate water quality standards.
Jkt 226001
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23551
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 1—PROPOSED TIMING OF IN-WATER WORK—Continued
[CR = Columbia River; NPH = North Portland Harbor]
Activity
Description
Activity duration
Timing
7a. Perform placement of reinforcement and concrete for a
cast-in-place pile cap.
Possible construction method for
shaft cap at pier complexes 2
and 7. All activities and materials would be contained within
forms and would have no contact with the water. The bottom
of the pier caps may sit below
the mud line.
At CR pier complexes 3–6. Potentially at pier complexes 2 and 7.
Assume contact with the water
surface, but not with the riverbed.
Estimate 95 work days per pier ...
Year-round. For pier caps nearest
shore: year-round if work occurs within a de-watered
cofferdam.
100 work days per pier .................
Steel sheet pile sections would be
installed with a vibratory hammer or pushed in, to form a
cofferdam. Sheet pile removal
can be direct pull or with a vibratory hammer. More than one
cofferdam is to be in use at a
time.
Used throughout for demolition of
existing bridges to cut concrete
piers into manageable pieces.
These pieces would then be
loaded onto barges and transported off site.
Used for demolition of the existing
Columbia River bridges. Used
in water to cut concrete piers
into
manageable
pieces.
Cofferdam
would
not
be
dewatered.
Old pier/bent foundations or riprap
from North Portland Crossing
would be removed if obstructing
construction. Would use bucket
dredge.
Guided removal (likely underwater
diver assisted) of specific
pieces of debris or large riprap
only in the location where the
shaft would be drilled. In North
Portland Harbor only. Would
use bucket dredge.
Approximately 370 days ...............
Installation: 10 work days per
pier, Demolition: 20 work days
per pier, Removal: 10 work
days per pier.
For deep water piers: year-round
provided work does not violate
water quality standards. For
piers nearest shore: year-round
if work occurs within a de-watered cofferdam.
Year-round provided work does
not violate water quality standards.
7b. Place a prefabricated pile cap,
form, pile template, or similar
element into the water.
8. Install and remove cofferdam for
demolition of existing Columbia
River bridges.
9a. Perform wire saw/diamond
wire cutting outside of a
cofferdam at or below the water
surface.
9b. Perform wire saw/diamond
wire cutting or a hydraulic breaker inside of a cofferdam.
10. Remove material from river
bed.
10a. Spot remove debris
riprap from river bed.
and
Pier cutting and removal to take
approximately 7 work days per
pier.
Year-round provided work does
not violate water quality standards.
Pier cutting and removal to take
approximately 7 work days per
pier.
Year-round provided work does
not violate water quality standards.
Less than 7 work days during the
published standard in-water
work window per pier.
No variance requested. November
1 to February 28.
Up to 2 hrs/day. Less than 7 work
days.
Year-round provided work does
not violate water quality standards.
Note: Proposed timing is contingent upon obtaining an in-water work variance from all relevant regulatory agencies.
1 To reduce number of impact pile strikes, temporary piles that are load-bearing would be vibrated to refusal, then driven and proofed with an
impact hammer to confirm load-bearing capacity.
2 In the event water quality monitoring determines that work exceeds water quality standards, all in-water work would be suspended until corrective measures can be implemented.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Description of the Activity—Columbia
River Bridges
The project would construct two new
bridges across the Columbia River
downstream (to the west) of the existing
interstate bridges. Each of the structures
would range from approximately 91 to
136 ft (28–41 m) wide, with a gap of
approximately 15 ft (5 m) between them.
The over-water length of each new
mainstem bridge would be
approximately 2,700 ft (823 m).
The Columbia River bridges would
consist of six in-water pier complexes of
two piers each, for a total of twelve in-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
water piers. Piers 3–6 would each have
separate structures for the northbound
and southbound bridges. Each pier
would consist of up to nine 10-ftdiameter (3 m) drilled shafts topped by
a shaft cap (see Figure 1–4 of CRC’s
application for illustration). Pier
complexes 2 through 7 are in-water,
beginning on the Oregon side. Pier
complex 1 would be on land in Oregon,
while pier complex 8 would be on land
in Washington. Portions of pier complex
7 occur in shallow water (less than 20
ft [6 m] deep). The basic configuration
of these bridges, the span lengths, and
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the layout of the bridges relative to the
Columbia River shoreline and
navigation channels are illustrated in
Figure 1–2 of CRC’s application.
The proposed Columbia River
mainstem crossing design uses dual
stacked bridge structures, which
reduces the number of in-water piers in
the Columbia River by approximately
one-third compared with alternative
designs, and greatly reduces both the
temporary construction impacts and the
permanent effects of in-water piers. The
western structure would carry
southbound I–5 traffic on the top deck,
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23552
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
with LRT on the lower deck. The
eastern structure would carry
northbound I–5 traffic on the top deck,
with bicycle/pedestrian traffic on the
lower deck.
At each pier complex, sequencing
would occur as listed below. Details of
each activity are presented in following
sections.
• Install temporary cofferdam
(applies to pier complexes 2 and 7
only).
• Install temporary piles to moor
barges and to support temporary work
platforms (at pier complexes 3 through
6) and work bridges (at pier complexes
2 and 7).
• Install drilled shafts for each pier
complex.
• Remove work platform or work
bridge and associated piles.
• Install shaft caps at the water level.
• Remove cofferdam (applies to pier
complexes 2 and 7 only).
• Erect tower crane.
• Construct columns on the shaft
caps.
• Build bridge superstructure
spanning the columns.
• Remove tower crane.
• Connect superstructure spans with
mid-span closures.
• Remove barge moorings.
A construction sequence was
developed for building the new
Columbia River bridges and
demolishing the existing structures (see
Figure 1–5 of CRC’s application). Once
a construction contract is awarded, the
contractor may sequence the
construction in a way that may not
conform exactly to the proposed
schedule but that best utilizes the
materials, equipment, and personnel
available to perform the work. However,
the amount of in-water work that can be
conducted at any one time is limited,
and is based on three factors:
1. The amount of equipment available
to build the project would likely be
limited. Based on equipment
availability, the CRC engineering team
estimates that only two drilled shaft
operations could occur at any time.
2. The physical space the equipment
requires at each pier would be
substantial. The estimated sizes of the
work platforms/bridges and associated
barges are shown in Appendix A of
CRC’s application. This is a conceptual
design developed by the CRC project
team to provide a maximum area of
impact. The actual work platforms
would be designed by the contractor;
therefore, actual sizes would be
determined at a later date. The overlap
of work platforms/bridges and barge
space limits the amount and type of
equipment that can operate at a pier
complex at one time.
3. The U.S. Coast Guard has required
that one navigation channel be open at
all times during construction, to the
extent feasible.
All the activities listed above may
occur at more than one pier complex at
a time. Please see Appendix A of CRC’s
application for conceptual diagrams of
the construction sequence.
Temporary Structures—Pier
complexes 2 and 7 would each require
one temporary cofferdam. Cofferdams
would consist of interlocking sections of
sheet piles to be installed with a
vibratory hammer or with press-in
methods. Cofferdams would be removed
using a vibratory hammer or direct pull.
Additionally, the project would
include numerous temporary in-water
structures to support equipment and
materials during the course of
construction. These structures would
include work platforms, work bridges,
and tower cranes. They would be
designed by the contractor after a
contract is awarded, but prior to
construction.
Work platforms, which would
surround the future location of each
shaft cap, would be constructed at pier
complexes 3 through 6. A conceptual
design of a temporary in-water work
platform may be found in CRC’s
application (Figure 11 of Appendix A).
Work bridges would be installed at pier
complexes 2 and 7 so that equipment
can access these pier complexes directly
from land. Temporary work bridges
would be placed only on the landward
side of these pier complexes. The
bottom of the temporary work platforms
and bridges would be a few feet above
the water surface. The decks of the
temporary work structures would be
constructed of large, untreated wood
beams to accommodate large equipment,
such as 250-ton cranes. After drilled
shafts and shaft caps have been
constructed, the temporary work
platforms and their support piles would
be removed.
After work platforms/bridges are
removed at a given pier complex, one
tower crane would be constructed
between each pair of adjacent piers that
makes up the pier complex. The crane
would construct the bridge columns and
the superstructure. Following
construction of the columns and
superstructure, the tower cranes and
their support piles would be removed.
Steel pipe piles would be used to
support the temporary support
structures. In addition, four temporary
piles could surround each of the drilled
shafts. Due to the heavy equipment and
stresses placed on the support
structures, all of these temporary piles
would need to be load-bearing. Loadbearing piles would be installed using a
vibratory hammer and then proofed
with an impact hammer to ensure that
they meet project specifications
demonstrating load-bearing capacity.
The number and size of temporary piles
for these structures is listed in Table 2.
TABLE 2—SUMMARY OF STEEL PIPE PILES AND TEMPORARY STRUCTURES REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION OF COLUMBIA
RIVER BRIDGES
Total
number
of piles
Number
Pile diameter
Pile length
Piles per
structure
Work platforms/
bridges.
6 .........
18–24 in (0.5–0.6 m) ...................
70–90 ft (21–27 m) ......................
100 ...........
600
260–315.
Tower cranes
Barge moorings.
Barges (cumulative, at
a single
time).
6 .........
N/A .....
42–48 in (1.1–1.2 m) ...................
42–48 in .......................................
18–24 in .......................................
120 ft (37 m) ................................
120 ft ............................................
70–90 ft ........................................
32 ............
8 ...............
Varies ......
192
48
80
150–275.
120/mooring.
Up to
12.
N/A ...............................................
N/A ...............................................
N/A ...........
N/A
Varies.
Varies
......................................................
......................................................
..................
920
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Structure
Total ......
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
Duration present in
water (days-each)
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Barges would be used as platforms to
conduct work activities and to haul
materials and equipment to and from
the work site. Barges would be moored
to non-load-bearing steel pipe piles and
adjacent to temporary work structures.
Several types and sizes of barges would
be used for bridge construction. The
type and size of a barge would depend
on how the barge is used. No more than
twelve barges are estimated to be
moored or active in the Columbia River
at any one time throughout the
construction period. Barges would be
moored around each pier complex.
Approximately eighty mooring piles
would be installed over the life of the
project, each in place for approximately
120 work days. Mooring piles would be
vibrated into the sediment until refusal.
Vibratory installation would take
between 5–30 minutes per pile.
The number of temporary platforms or
bridges in the Columbia River at one
time would vary between zero and three
during construction. Up to four work
platforms and two work bridges would
be required to install drilled shafts and
construct shaft caps. Each work
platform/bridge would require 22 to 25
work days to install. Each work
platform/bridge would be in place for
approximately 260 to 315 work days.
Each tower crane would require
approximately two work days to drive
support piles and an additional thirteen
work days to construct the platform.
Each tower crane would be in place for
approximately 150 to 275 work days.
Load-bearing piles (used for work
platforms/bridges and tower cranes)
would be vibrated to refusal
(approximately 5–30 minutes per pile),
then driven and proofed with an impact
hammer to confirm load-bearing
capacity. An average of six temporary
piles would be installed per day using
vibratory installation to set the piles,
and up to two impact drivers to proof
them. Rates of installation would be
determined by the type of installation
equipment, substrate, and required loadbearing capacity of each pile.
Temporary piles would be installed and
removed throughout the construction
process. No more than two impact pile
drivers would operate at one time. Use
of two impact pile drivers would
primarily occur within a single pier
complex.
23553
In general, temporary piles would
extend only into the alluvium to an
approximate depth of 70 to 120 ft (21–
37 m). Standard pipe lengths are 80 to
90 ft (24–27 m), so some piles may need
to be spliced to achieve these depths.
Estimated pile installation
specifications are provided in Table 3.
The number of pile strikes was
estimated by Washington Department of
Transportation (WSDOT) geotechnical
and CRC project engineers, based on
information from past projects and
knowledge of site sediment conditions.
The actual number of pile strikes would
vary depending on the type of hammer,
the hammer energy used, and substrate
composition. The strike interval of 1.5
seconds (forty strikes per minute) is also
estimated from past projects and is
based on use of a diesel hammer. This
estimate is within the typical range of
35–52 strikes per minute for diesel
hammers (HammerSteel, 2009). As
shown in Table 3, for any one 12-hour
daily pile driving period, less than 1
hour of pile driving would occur. Please
see Table 8 for a summary of time
required for vibratory driving.
TABLE 3—PILE STRIKE SUMMARY FOR CONSTRUCTION IN COLUMBIA RIVER
Estimated piles
installed per day
Pile Size
Estimated strikes
per pile
Estimated
maximum strikes
per day
Hours of pile
driving per 12-hr
daily pile driving
work period*
18–24 in (0.5–0.6 m) ...............................................................
42–48 in (1.1–1.2 m) ...............................................................
2
4
300
300
600
1,200
0.25
0.50
Total ..................................................................................
6
N/A
1,800
0.75
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
* This scenario assumes just one pile being driven at a time. During construction, up to two piles may be driven at the same time in the Columbia River. If this were to occur, the strike numbers would stay the same, but the actual driving time would decrease.
A sound attenuation device (i.e.,
bubble curtain) would be used during
all impact pile driving, with the
exception of periods when the device
would be turned off to measure its
effectiveness, in accordance with the
hydroacoustic monitoring plan. A
period of up to 7.5 min per week of pile
driving without the use of an
attenuation device has been allocated in
analyses of project impacts, to allow for
this study of mitigation effectiveness, as
well as for instances when the device
might fail. If the attenuation device fails,
pile driving activities would shut down
as soon as practicable and resolution of
the problem would occur; however,
some amount of unattenuated driving
may occur before shut-down can safely
occur. By incorporating this time into
the analysis, the project may still
proceed in the event of an equipment
failure without exceeding analyzed
thresholds. With the exception of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
hydroacoustic monitoring, intentional
impact pile driving without a sound
attenuation device is not proposed nor
would it be authorized. In addition, to
limit hydroacoustic impacts to marine
mammals, there would be, at minimum,
a consecutive 12-hour period without
impact pile driving for every 24-hour
day.
Permanent Structures—In-water
drilled shaft construction is
accomplished by installing large
diameter steel casing to a specified
depth (up to ¥270 ft (¥82 m) North
American Vertical Datum of 1988) to the
top of the competent geological layer,
which is the Troutdale Formation in the
project area. The top layer of river
substrate is composed of loose to very
dense alluvium (primarily sand and
some fines), beneath which is
approximately 20 ft (6 m) of dense
gravel, underlain by the Troutdale
Formation.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
A vibratory hammer, oscillator, or
rotator would be used to advance a
casing. If casings are installed by a
vibratory hammer, installation is
estimated to be 1 work day per casing.
If casings need to be welded together, 1
work day is estimated for the weld. No
more than two casings are estimated per
shaft. Soil would be removed from
inside the casing and transferred onto a
barge as the casing is advanced, and the
soil would be deposited at an approved
upland site. Drilling would continue
below the casing approximately 30 ft (9
m) into the Troutdale Formation to a
specified tip elevation. After excavating
soil from inside the casing, reinforcing
steel would be installed into the shaft
and then the shaft would be filled with
concrete.
During construction of the drilled
shafts, uncured concrete would be
poured into water-filled steel casings,
creating a mix of concrete and water. As
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23554
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
the concrete is poured into the casing,
it would displace this highly alkaline
mixture. The project would implement
best management practices (BMPs) to
contain the mixture and ensure that it
does not enter any surface water body.
Once contained, the water would be
treated to meet state water quality
standards and either released to a
wastewater treatment facility or
discharged to a surface water body. The
steel casing may or may not be removed,
depending on the installation method.
Figures 1–6 through 1–9 of CRC’s
application depict typical drilled shaft
operations and equipment.
The total duration of the permanent
shaft installation could vary
considerably depending on the type of
installation equipment used, the
quantity of available installation
equipment, and actual soil conditions.
Installation of each drilled shaft is
estimated to take approximately 10
days. With the limited in-water work
window for impact pile driving and
construction phasing constraints, the
total duration of drilled shaft
installation would be approximately
thirty months. For each of the in-water
pier complexes (Piers 2–7), six to nine
shafts would be drilled. For piers 3–6,
which would support separate
northbound and southbound bridges,
this means a minimum of 48 drilled
shafts. For piers 2 and 7, which would
support a unified structure, there would
be a minimum of twelve drilled shafts.
At minimum, there would be an overall
total of 72 drilled shafts.
Precast shaft caps would be placed on
top of the drilled shafts. Installation of
the shaft caps would require cranes,
work barges, and material barges.
Columns would be constructed of castin-place reinforced concrete or precast
concrete. Column construction is
estimated to take 120 days for each pier
complex. Construction of columns
would require cranes, work barges, and
material barges in the river year-round.
The superstructure would be
constructed of structural steel, cast-inplace concrete, or precast concrete.
Precast elements would be fabricated at
a casting yard.
Description of the Activity—North
Portland Harbor Bridges
The existing North Portland Harbor
bridge would be upgraded to meet
current seismic standards. The seismic
retrofit activities would consist solely of
minor modifications to the bent caps
and girders that would not require inwater work. In addition, four new bridge
structures would be constructed across
North Portland Harbor. The bridges,
illustrated in Figure 1–12 of CRC’s
application are, from west to east: the
LRT/pedestrian/bicycle bridge, I–5
southbound off-ramp, I–5 southbound
on-ramp, existing mainline, and I–5
northbound on-ramp.
The existing North Portland Harbor
bridge was constructed in the early
1980s of prestressed concrete girders
and reinforced concrete bents. The bents
are supported by driven steel pilings.
Two previous bridges, constructed in
1917 and 1958, were built at the same
location as the current bridge, but may
not have been fully removed during
subsequent replacement efforts. These
bridges had reinforced concrete bents
supported on timber piles. Some of this
material may still be present, but this
would not be confirmed until
construction begins. Some removal of
previous bridge elements is anticipated
prior to installation of the new bridge
shafts. Removal of remnant bridge
elements would be with a clamshell
dredge. The five new or improved
bridges over the North Portland Harbor
would range from approximately 900–
1,000 ft (274–305 m) over water, and
would range from 40–150 ft (12–46 m)
in width. Bridge widths would vary due
to merging of lanes on some structures.
Construction is expected to be
sequential, beginning with either of the
most nearshore bents of a given bridge
and proceeding to the adjacent bent.
The actual sequencing would be
determined by the contractor once a
construction contract is awarded. No
more than three of the five bridges are
likely to have in-water work occurring
simultaneously. For the bents closest to
shore, construction would occur from
work bridges. At the other in-water
bents, as described for Columbia River
bridges, construction would likely occur
from barges and support platforms.
General construction activities to build
the bents and superstructure are similar
to those for the Columbia River bridges,
except that shaft caps would not be used
and bridge decks would be placed on
girders instead of balanced cantilevers.
General sequencing of the construction
of a single bridge appears below. Some
of these activities may occur
simultaneously at separate bents.
• Construct support platforms and
work bridges using vibratory and impact
pile drivers.
• Vibrate temporary piles for barge
moorings.
• Extract large pieces of debris as
needed to allow casings to advance.
• Install drilled shafts at each bent.
• Construct columns on the drilled
shafts.
• Construct a bent cap or crossbeam
on top of the columns at a bent location.
• Erect bridge girders on the bent
caps or crossbeams.
• Place the bridge deck on the girders.
• Remove temporary work bridges,
support platforms, and supporting piles.
Temporary Structures—At the bents
closest to shore, up to nine temporary
work bridges would be constructed to
support equipment for drilled shafts. In
addition, at each of the 31 bent
locations, one support platform would
be constructed, each consisting of four
load-bearing piles. The bridges and
support platforms would be designed by
the contractor after a contract is
awarded, but prior to construction. The
number and size of piles for temporary
in-water work structures are listed in
Table 4.
TABLE 4—APPROXIMATE NUMBER OF STEEL PIPE PILES REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION OF NORTH PORTLAND HARBOR
BRIDGES
Piles per
structure
Total
number
of piles
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Structure
Number
Pile diameter
Pile length
Work bridges ..................
Support platforms ...........
Barge moorings ..............
Barges (cumulative, at a
single time).
9 ...................
31 .................
N/A ...............
Up to 9 .........
18–24 in (0.5–0.6 m) ....
36–48 in (0.9–1.2 m) ....
36–48 in ........................
N/A ................................
70–120 ft (21–37 m) .....
120 ft .............................
120 ft .............................
N/A ................................
25
4
N/A
N/A
225
124
216
N/A
Total ........................
Varies ...........
.......................................
.......................................
....................
565
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
Duration present in
water
(days-each)
20–42.
10–34.
30/mooring.
10–34.
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
As with the mainstem Columbia River
bridges, temporary piles would be
required to support in-water work
bridges or to moor barges during
construction of the North Portland
Harbor bridges. Unlike the Columbia
River bridges, cofferdams are not
necessary. Piles used for the temporary
work bridges and the support platforms
must be load bearing. They would first
be vibrated to refusal, and then proofed
with an impact hammer to confirm loadbearing capacity. An average of three
load-bearing piles would be installed
per day using vibratory installation to
set the piles, with one impact driver to
proof. Rates of installation would be
determined by the type of installation
equipment, substrate, and required loadbearing capacity of each pile.
Temporary mooring piles would be
installed and removed throughout the
construction process. Installation of
these mooring piles could occur yearround and at any time during sufficient
visibility. These piles would be
installed using vibratory methods only.
In general, temporary piles would
extend only into the alluvium to an
estimated depth of 70 to 120 ft (21–37
m). Standard pipe lengths are 80 to 90
ft (24–27 m), so some piles may need to
be welded to achieve the lengths
required to drive them to these depths.
Estimated pile installation
specifications are provided in Table 5.
Estimates of required number of strikes
per pile and total strikes are the same as
for the Columbia River. However, only
one impact driver at a time would be
used. Impact pile driving is proposed to
occur only during a modified in-water
work period from approximately
September 15 to April 15. No impact
pile driving would occur outside of the
approved dates.
As discussed for Columbia River, a
sound attenuation device (i.e., bubble
curtain) would be used during all
impact pile driving, with the exception
of periods when the device would be
turned off to measure its effectiveness,
in accordance with the hydroacoustic
monitoring plan. A period of up to 5
minutes per week of pile driving
without the use of an attenuation device
23555
has been allocated in analyses of project
impacts for North Portland Harbor, to
allow for this study of mitigation
effectiveness, as well as for instances
when the device might fail. If the
attenuation device fails, pile driving
activities would shut down as soon as
practicable and resolution of the
problem would occur; however, some
amount of unattenuated driving may
occur before shut-down can safely
occur. By incorporating this time into
the analysis, the project may still
proceed in the event of an equipment
failure without exceeding analyzed
thresholds. With the exception of
hydroacoustic monitoring, intentional
impact pile driving without a sound
attenuation device is not proposed nor
would it be authorized. In addition, to
limit hydroacoustic impacts to marine
mammals, there would be, at minimum,
a consecutive 12-hour period without
impact pile driving for every 24-hour
day. Please see Table 8 for a summary
of time required for vibratory driving.
TABLE 5—PILE STRIKE SUMMARY FOR CONSTRUCTION IN NORTH PORTLAND HARBOR
Estimated piles
installed per day
Pile size
Estimated strikes
per pile
Estimated
maximum strikes
per day
3
3
300
300
900
900
Total ................................................................................
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
18–24 in (0.5–0.6 m) .............................................................
36–48 in (0.9–1.2 m) .............................................................
6
N/A
1,800
Barges would be used as platforms for
conducting work activities and to haul
materials and equipment to and from
the work site. Barges would be moored
with steel pipe piles adjacent to
temporary work bridges or bents.
Several types and sizes of barges would
be used according to specific function.
No more than nine barges are estimated
to be present in North Portland Harbor
at any one time during the construction
period.
Following installation of the drilled
shafts, the temporary work structures
and their support piles would be
removed through vibratory methods.
Other temporary piles would be
installed to moor barges adjacent to the
new bents. These non-load bearing piles
would be installed through vibratory
methods only. The installation of steel
pipe piles would occur throughout the
construction period. Steel piles would
be installed and removed during the
multi-year construction of the
temporary support structures. Although
the project would use over 500 piles in
the North Portland Harbor, only 100 to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
200 piles are estimated to be in the
water at any one time.
Debris Removal—Debris from
previous structures, including
foundations from the 1917 and 1953
bridges, may be present in North
Portland Harbor at some locations
where drilled shafts would be installed.
This debris is likely to consist of large
rock or old concrete. Because casings
cannot advance through this type of
material, it must be removed. Removal
would consist of capturing the debris in
a clamshell bucket. Capture of sediment
would be limited. Debris would be
placed in an upland location, and
disposed of at a landfill if appropriate.
Debris removal activities would be
limited to the designated in-water work
window of November 1 through
February 28. Removal activities would
take no more than 10 days over the
course of construction.
Before debris removal begins, divers
would pinpoint the location of the
material. Debris removal would only
occur in the precise locations where
material overlaps with the footprint of
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Hours of pile
driving per 12-hr
daily pile driving
work period
0.375
0.375
0.75
the new shafts, greatly minimizing the
areal extent of the activity. The amount
of material in this location is unknown;
however, assuming a worst-case
scenario (that the area of the material is
the same as the footprint of the drilled
shafts), the project would remove debris
in no more than 31 locations over an
area of roughly 2,433 ft2 (226 m2). No
more than 90 yd3 (69 m3) of material
would be removed. If any items are
found during excavation that contain
potential contaminants (e.g., buried
drums, car bodies containing petroleum
products), activities to control and clean
up contaminants would be implemented
in accordance with the project’s
approved Spill Prevention, Control, and
Countermeasures (SPCC) plan.
Permanent Structures—In-water
drilled shaft construction for the North
Portland Harbor would occur as
described for the Columbia River
bridges. Installation of each drilled shaft
is estimated to take approximately 10
days. However, the total duration of this
activity could vary considerably
depending on the type of equipment
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23556
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
used, the quantity of available
equipment, and on-site soil conditions.
The total duration of drilled shaft
installation would be approximately
eighteen months. A maximum of 31
shafts would be installed for the North
Portland Harbor bridges. Each bridge
would have four to seven spans, each a
maximum of 255 ft (78 m) long. Each
new bridge would have three to five inwater bents, consisting of one to three
10-ft diameter (3 m) drilled shafts.
Unlike the Columbia River piers, shafts
would not be topped by a shaft cap.
Current designs place all of the bents in
shallow water (less than 20 ft (6 m)
deep).
Columns would be constructed of
cast-in-place reinforced concrete.
Construction of cast-in-place columns
would require cranes, work barges, and
material barges continuously throughout
this period. The superstructure would
consist of girders and a deck. Girders
would be constructed of structural steel,
cast-in-place concrete, or precast
concrete. Precast girders may be
fabricated at a casting yard. A cast-inplace concrete deck would be placed on
the girders.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Description of the Activity—Columbia
River Bridge Demolition
The existing Columbia River bridges
would be demolished after the new
Columbia River bridges have been
constructed and after associated
interchanges are operating. The existing
Columbia River bridges would be
demolished in two stages: (1)
Superstructure demolition and (2)
substructure demolition.
Demolition of the superstructure
would begin with removal of the
counterweights. The lift span would be
locked into place and the
counterweights would be cut into pieces
and transferred off-site via truck or
barge. Next, the lift towers would be cut
into manageable pieces and loaded onto
barges by a crane. Prior to removal of
the trusses, the deck would be removed
by cutting it into manageable pieces;
these pieces would be transported by
barge or truck or by using a breaker, in
which case debris would be caught on
a barge or other containment system
below the work area. After demolition of
the concrete deck, trusses would be
lifted off of their bearings and onto
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
barges and transferred to a shoreline
dismantling site.
The existing Columbia River bridge
structures comprise eleven pairs of steel
through-truss spans with reinforced
concrete decks, including one pair of
movable spans over the primary
navigation channel and one pair of 531ft long (162 m) span trusses. The
remaining nine pairs of trusses range
from 265 to 275 ft (81–84 m) in length.
In addition to the trusses, there are
reinforced concrete approach spans
(over land) on either end of the bridges.
Nine sets of the eleven existing
Columbia River bridge piers are below
the ordinary high water (OHW) level
and are supported on a total of
approximately 1,800 driven timber
piles. Demolition methods are not
finalized; however, the final design
would consider factors such as pier
depth, safety, phasing constraints, and
impacts to aquatic species. Demolition
of the concrete piers and timber piling
foundations would be accomplished
using one of two methods:
1. After removal of the trusses, a
cofferdam would be installed at each of
the nine in-water bridge piers to contain
demolition activities. Cofferdams would
not be dewatered. The piers would be
broken up and removed from within the
cofferdam. Timber piles that pose a
navigation hazard would then be
extracted or cut off below the mud line.
2. A diamond wire/wire saw would be
used to cut the piers into manageable
chunks that would be transported
offsite. Cofferdams would not be used.
Timber piles would then be extracted or
cut off below the mud line. With either
method, the pieces of the piers would be
removed via barge.
Although maintenance personnel
regularly inspect the existing bridge, the
timber piles located underneath the
existing piers are inaccessible and have
not been inspected. Therefore, it is
unknown whether these timber piles
have been treated with creosote, but
given their age and intended purpose, it
is assumed that they have been so
treated. Only piles that could pose a
navigation hazard would be removed or
cut off below the mud line. These piles
include those that are present in the
proposed navigation channels and any
that extend above the surface of the
river bed. Piles would be removed
(using a vibratory extractor, direct pull,
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
or clam shell dredge) or cut off below
the mud line using an underwater saw.
The exact number of piles to be
removed is unknown.
A conceptual demolition sequence
was determined based on the amount of
equipment likely available to build the
project and the physical space the
equipment requires at each pier. The
sequence is provided in Appendix A,
Figures 12–16 of CRC’s application. The
actual construction sequence would be
determined by the contractor once a
construction contract is awarded.
Demolition would occur after the new
Columbia River replacement bridges are
built. Demolition activities would take
approximately eighteen months, from
approximately September 2019 until
March 2021. However, some demolition
activities could occur during the period
of this proposed rule.
Temporary Structures—Temporary
cofferdams would be required to isolate
work activities and temporary piles
would be installed to anchor work and
material barges during demolition of the
spans and in-water piers. If the diamond
wire/wire saw is not used, a temporary
cofferdam consisting of interlocking
sections of sheet piles would be used to
isolate demolition activities at each of
the nine in-water piers. Sheet piles for
cofferdams would be installed with a
vibratory hammer or a press-in method.
Up to three cofferdams would be in
place at any given time. Sheet piles
would be removed using a vibratory
hammer or direct pull.
Barges would be used as platforms to
perform the demolition and to haul
materials and equipment to and from
the work site. Several types and sizes of
barges are anticipated to be used for
bridge demolition. The type and size of
each barge would depend on how the
barge is used. Up to six stationary or
moving barges are expected to be
present at any one time during bridge
demolition. Over 300 steel pipe piles
would be used to anchor and support
the work and material barges necessary
for demolition. Table 6 summarizes
temporary pile use during bridge
demolition. All temporary piles would
be installed using a vibratory hammer or
push-in method. They would be
extracted using vibratory methods or
direct pull. Piles would be installed and
removed continuously throughout the
demolition process.
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23557
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 6—SUMMARY OF BARGES AND TEMPORARY PILES USED IN BRIDGE DEMOLITION
Application
Barges per
location
Locations
Piles per barge
Duration in water
(days/location)
Total piles
Span removal .........................................
Pier demolition .......................................
9
9
4–6
4
4
4
160
144
30
30
Total ................................................
..............................
..............................
304
..............................
..............................
Equipment required for bridge
demolition includes barge-mounted
cranes/hammers or hydraulic rams.
Vibratory hammers would be used to
install and remove sheet piles for
cofferdams and pipe piles for barge
moorings. New permanent piles would
not be required for demolition of the
Columbia River bridges.
Method of Incidental Taking
Vibratory and impact pile installation
and removal, and steel casing
installation, may result in behavioral
disturbance, constituting Level B
harassment. Project construction would
require the installation and removal of
approximately 1,500 temporary steel
piles. In addition to pile and casing
installation, behavioral disturbance
could also be caused by increased
activity and vessel traffic, airborne
sound from the equipment and human
work activity, as well as underwater
sound from debris removal, vessels, and
physical disturbance.
Table 7 summarizes the extent,
timing, and duration of impact pile
driving. Impact pile driving is expected
to take place only within a 31-week inwater work window, ranging from
September 15 to April 15 over the
bridge construction period. There would
be a total of about 138 days of impact
pile driving in the Columbia River and
about 134 days of impact pile driving in
North Portland Harbor for the entire
project from the start of bridge
construction in 2013 to its anticipated
completion in 2017 (approximately 4.25
years for both Columbia River and North
Portland Harbor Bridges). Impact pile
driving in the mainstem Columbia River
would occur at more than one pier
complex on about 1–2 days total during
the course of the approximately 4-year
construction period. Impact pile driving
would be restricted to approximately 45
minutes per 12-hour work day. A sound
attenuation device would generally be
used for all impact pile driving, with the
exception of weekly testing of the
attenuation device, requiring that some
impact hammering occur with the
device turned off in order to compare
produced sound with that produced
while the device is on. This would
occur for a maximum of 7.5 minutes per
week. Each work day would include a
period of at least 12 consecutive hours
with no impact pile driving in order to
minimize disturbance to aquatic
animals. Impact pile driving would only
occur during daylight hours. Airborne
sound effects from impact pile driving
would occur on the same schedule as
described in Table 7.
TABLE 7—SUMMARY OF IMPACT PILE DRIVING
Columbia River
North Portland Harbor
Pile size
Duration
18–24
18–24
36–48
36–48
in
in
in
in
(without attenuation device) .............................................
(with attenuation device) ..................................................
(without attenuation device) .............................................
(with attenuation device) ..................................................
Table 8 summarizes the extent,
timing, and duration of vibratory
installation of pipe pile and sheet pile.
Vibratory installation of pipe pile is
likely to occur throughout the entire 5year duration of the proposed
regulations period during construction
of all new in-water piers or bents and
for installation of mooring piles.
Days
7.5 min/week .........
45 min/day .............
7.5 min/week .........
45 min/day .............
Duration
38
138
38
138
Vibratory installation of sheet pile
would only occur in the Columbia River
during construction of the new
Columbia River bridges and demolition
of the existing Columbia River bridges.
This activity would occur intermittently
throughout the construction and
demolition period. Vibratory activity is
not restricted to an in-water work
Days
2.5–5 min/week ......
45 min/day .............
2.5–5 min/week ......
45 min/day .............
18
72
31
62
window, and therefore may take place
during any time of the year. If steel
casings for drilled shafts are vibrated
into place, the CRC project design team
estimates that installation of the 10-ftdiameter casings would take
approximately 90 days in the Columbia
River and 31 days in North Portland
Harbor.
TABLE 8—SUMMARY OF VIBRATORY PILE DRIVING
Columbia River
North Portland Harbor
Pile type
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Duration
Pipe pile ..........................................................................................
Sheet pile ........................................................................................
Steel casings ...................................................................................
Debris removal is not certain to occur,
but is included to present the fullest
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
Days
Up to 5 hours/day ..
Up to 24 hours/day
................................
disclosure of potential effects. It is
possible that debris removal would
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Duration
1,470–1,620
99
90
Up to 5 hours/day ..
N/A .........................
................................
Days
334
N/A
31
occur in North Portland harbor at the
location of each of the new piers where
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23558
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
there is anecdotal evidence that riprap
occurs within the pier footprints. The
exact quantity of this material is
unknown, but as a worst-case scenario
this activity would remove
approximately 90 yd3 (69 m3) of
material over an area of approximately
2,433 ft2 (226 m2) from all piers
combined. Debris removal would
produce sound through use of a bucket
dredge, for up to 12 hours per day for
a maximum of 7 days during the
November 1–February 28 in-water work
window each year.
Description of Sound Sources
Sound travels in waves, the basic
components of which are frequency,
wavelength, velocity, and amplitude.
Frequency is the number of pressure
waves that pass by a reference point per
unit of time and is measured in Hz or
cycles per second. Wavelength is the
distance between two peaks of a sound
wave; lower frequency sounds have
longer wavelengths than higher
frequency sounds, which is why the
lower frequency sound associated with
the proposed activities would attenuate
more rapidly in shallower water.
Amplitude is the height of the sound
pressure wave or the ‘loudness’ of a
sound and is typically measured using
the decibel (dB) scale. A dB is the ratio
between a measured pressure (with
sound) and a reference pressure (sound
at a constant pressure, established by
scientific standards). It is a logarithmic
unit that accounts for large variations in
amplitude; therefore, relatively small
changes in dB ratings correspond to
large changes in sound pressure. When
referring to sound pressure levels (SPLs;
the sound force per unit area), sound is
referenced in the context of underwater
sound pressure to 1 microPascal (mPa).
One pascal is the pressure resulting
from a force of one newton exerted over
an area of one square meter. The source
level represents the sound level at a
distance of 1 m from the source
(referenced to 1 mPa). The received level
is the sound level at the listener’s
position.
Root mean square (rms) is the
quadratic mean sound pressure over the
duration of an impulse. Rms is
calculated by squaring all of the sound
amplitudes, averaging the squares, and
then taking the square root of the
average (Urick, 1975). Rms accounts for
both positive and negative values;
squaring the pressures makes all values
positive so that they may be accounted
for in the summation of pressure levels
(Hastings and Popper, 2005). This
measurement is often used in the
context of discussing behavioral effects,
in part because behavioral effects,
which often result from auditory cues,
may be better expressed through
averaged units than by peak pressures.
When underwater objects vibrate or
activity occurs, sound-pressure waves
are created. These waves alternately
compress and decompress the water as
the sound wave travels. Underwater
sound waves radiate in all directions
away from the source (similar to ripples
on the surface of a pond), except in
cases where the source is directional.
The compressions and decompressions
associated with sound waves are
detected as changes in pressure by
aquatic life and man-made sound
receptors such as hydrophones.
The underwater acoustic environment
consists of ambient sound, defined as
environmental background sound levels
lacking a single source or point
(Richardson et al., 1995). The ambient
underwater sound level of a region is
defined by the total acoustical energy
being generated by known and
unknown sources, including sounds
from both natural and anthropogenic
sources. These sources may include
physical (e.g., waves, earthquakes, ice,
atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,
sounds produced by marine mammals,
fish, and invertebrates), and
anthropogenic sound (e.g., vessels,
dredging, aircraft, construction). Known
sound levels and frequency ranges
associated with anthropogenic sources
similar to those that would be used for
this project are summarized in Table 9.
Details of each of the sources are
described in the following text.
TABLE 9—REPRESENTATIVE SOUND LEVELS OF ANTHROPOGENIC SOURCES
Frequency range
(Hz)
Sound source
Small vessels .........................................
Tug docking gravel barge ......................
Vibratory driving of 72-in (1.8 m) steel
pipe pile.
Impact driving of 36-in (0.9 m) steel
pipe pile.
Impact driving of 66-in (1.7 m) CISS 1
piles.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1 CISS
Underwater sound level
(dB re 1 μPa)
Reference
250–1,000
200–1,000
10–1,500
151 dB rms at 1 m ................................
149 dB rms at 100 m (328 ft) ...............
180 dB rms at 10 m (33 ft) ...................
Richardson et al., 1995.
Blackwell and Greene, 2002.
Caltrans, 2007.
10–1,500
195 dB rms at 10 m ..............................
WSDOT, 2007.
100–1,500
195 dB rms at 10 m ..............................
Reviewed in Hastings and Popper,
2005.
= cast-in-steel-shell.
The CRC project would produce
underwater sound through installation
of piles for temporary in-water work
platforms and temporary barge
moorings, and vibratory installation of
steel casings for drilled shafts. Piles
would be installed by using impact and/
or vibratory hammers, or by press-in
techniques that do not produce notable
underwater sound.
Several types of impact hammers are
commonly used to install in-water piles:
air-driven, steam-driven, diesel-driven,
and hydraulic. Impact hammers operate
by repeatedly dropping a heavy piston
onto a pile to drive the pile into the
substrate. Sound generated by impact
hammers is characterized by rapid rise
times and high peak levels, a potentially
injurious combination (Hastings and
Popper, 2005). Table 10 summarizes
observed underwater sound levels
generated by driving various types and
sizes of piles. Sound generated by
impact pile driving is highly variable,
based on site-specific conditions such as
substrate, water depth, and current.
Sound levels may also vary based on the
size of the pile, the type of pile, and the
energy of the hammer.
TABLE 10—SUMMARY OF OBSERVED UNDERWATER SOUND LEVELS GENERATED BY IMPACT PILE DRIVING
Pile size, in (m)
Driver type
12 (0.3) ..............................................................................
Impact ...............................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
dB Peak
19APP2
208
dB rms
191
23559
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 10—SUMMARY OF OBSERVED UNDERWATER SOUND LEVELS GENERATED BY IMPACT PILE DRIVING—Continued
Pile size, in (m)
Driver type
dB Peak
14 (0.4) ..............................................................................
16 (0.4) ..............................................................................
24 (0.6) ..............................................................................
30 (0.8) ..............................................................................
36 (0.9) ..............................................................................
60 (1.5) ..............................................................................
66 (1.7) ..............................................................................
96 (2.4) ..............................................................................
126 (3.2) ............................................................................
150 (3.8) ............................................................................
12 ......................................................................................
24 (sheet), typical .............................................................
24 (sheet), loudest ............................................................
36 (typical) ........................................................................
36 (loudest) .......................................................................
72 (typical) (1.8) ................................................................
72 (loudest) .......................................................................
Impact ...............................................................................
Impact ...............................................................................
Impact ...............................................................................
Impact ...............................................................................
Impact ...............................................................................
Impact ...............................................................................
Impact ...............................................................................
Impact ...............................................................................
Impact ...............................................................................
Impact ...............................................................................
Vibratory ...........................................................................
Vibratory ...........................................................................
Vibratory ...........................................................................
Vibratory ...........................................................................
Vibratory ...........................................................................
Vibratory ...........................................................................
Vibratory ...........................................................................
dB rms
1 195
1 180
2 200
2 187
212
212
214
210
210
220
3 213
4 200
171
175
182
180
185
183
195
189
195
201
195
195
205
3 202
4 185
155
160
165
170
175
170
180
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Source: Caltrans, 2009
Note: Sound levels measured at a distance of 10 m except where indicated by the following footnotes: 1 30 m; 2 9 m; 3 11 m; 4 100 m.
Vibratory hammers install piles by
vibrating them and allowing the weight
of the hammer to push them into the
sediment. Vibratory hammers produce
much less sound than impact hammers.
Peak SPLs may be 180 dB or greater, but
are generally 10 to 20 dB lower than
SPLs generated during impact pile
driving of the same-sized pile (Caltrans,
2009). Rise time is slower, reducing the
probability and severity of injury
(USFWS, 2009), and sound energy is
distributed over a greater amount of
time (Nedwell and Edwards, 2002;
Carlson et al., 2001).
Vibratory hammers cannot be used in
all circumstances. In some substrates,
the capacity of a vibratory hammer may
be insufficient to drive the pile to loadbearing capacity or depth (Caltrans,
2009). Additionally, some vibrated piles
must be ‘proofed’ (i.e., struck with an
impact hammer) for several seconds to
several minutes in order to verify the
load-bearing capacity of the pile
(WSDOT, 2008).
Table 10 outlines typical sound levels
produced by installation of various
types of pile using a vibratory pile
driver. Note that peak sound levels
range from 171 to 195 dB, whereas peak
sound levels generated by impact pile
driving range from 195 to 220 dB.
Impact and vibratory pile driving are
the primary in-water construction
activities associated with the project.
The sounds produced by these activities
fall into one of two sound types: pulsed
and non-pulsed (defined in next
paragraph). Impact pile driving
produces pulsed sounds, while
vibratory pile driving produces nonpulsed sounds. The distinction between
these two general sound types is
important because they have differing
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
potential to cause physical effects,
particularly with regard to hearing (e.g.,
Ward, 1997 in Southall et al., 2007).
Please see Southall et al. (2007) for an
in-depth discussion of these concepts.
Pulsed sounds (e.g., explosions,
gunshots, sonic booms, seismic pile
driving pulses, and impact pile driving)
are brief, broadband, atonal transients
(ANSI, 1986; Harris, 1998) and occur
either as isolated events or repeated in
some succession. Pulsed sounds are all
characterized by a relatively rapid rise
from ambient pressure to a maximal
pressure value followed by a decay
period that may include a period of
diminishing, oscillating maximal and
minimal pressures. Pulsed sounds
generally have an increased capacity to
induce physical injury as compared
with sounds that lack these features.
Non-pulsed sounds (which may be
intermittent or continuous) can be tonal,
broadband, or both. Some of these nonpulse sounds can be transient signals of
short duration but without the essential
properties of pulses (e.g., rapid rise
time). Examples of non-pulse sounds
include those produced by vessels,
aircraft, machinery operations such as
drilling or dredging, vibratory pile
driving, and active sonar systems. The
duration of such sounds, as received at
a distance, can be greatly extended in a
highly reverberant environment.
Sound Attenuation Devices
Sound levels can be greatly reduced
during impact pile driving using sound
attenuation devices. There are several
types of sound attenuation devices
including bubble curtains, cofferdams,
and isolation casings. Three types of
attenuation devices are described here.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Bubble curtains create a column of air
bubbles rising around a pile from the
substrate to the water surface. The air
bubbles absorb and scatter sound waves
emanating from the pile, thereby
reducing the sound energy. Bubble
curtains may be confined or unconfined.
An unconfined bubble curtain may
consist of a ring seated on the substrate
and emitting air bubbles from the
bottom. An unconfined bubble curtain
may also consist of a stacked system,
that is, a series of multiple rings placed
at the bottom and at various elevations
around the pile. Stacked systems may be
more effective than non-stacked systems
in areas with high current and deep
water (Caltrans, 2009).
A confined bubble curtain contains
the air bubbles within a flexible or rigid
sleeve made from plastic, cloth, or pipe.
Confined bubble curtains generally offer
higher attenuation levels than
unconfined curtains because they may
physically block sound waves and they
prevent air bubbles from migrating away
from the pile. For this reason, the
confined bubble curtain is commonly
used in areas with high current velocity
(Caltrans, 2009). In Oregon, confined
bubble curtains are typically required
where current velocity is 0.6 m/s or
greater (NMFS, 2008a).
Cofferdams are often used during
construction for isolating the in-water
work area, but may also be used as a
sound attenuation device. Dewatered
cofferdams may provide the highest
levels of sound reduction of any
attenuation device; however, they do
not eliminate underwater sound because
sound can be transmitted through the
substrate (Caltrans, 2009). Cofferdams
that are not dewatered provide very
limited reduction in sound levels.
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
23560
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
An isolation casing is a hollow pipe
that surrounds the pile, isolating it from
the in-water work area. The casing is
dewatered before pile driving. This
device provides levels of sound
attenuation similar to that of bubble
curtains; however, attenuation rates are
not as great as those achieved by
cofferdams because the dewatered area
between the pile and the water column
is generally much smaller (Caltrans,
2009).
Both environmental conditions and
the characteristics of the sound
attenuation device may influence the
effectiveness of the device. According to
Caltrans (2009):
• In general, confined bubble curtains
attain better sound attenuation levels in
areas of high current than unconfined
bubble curtains. If an unconfined device
is used, high current velocity may
sweep bubbles away from the pile,
resulting in reduced levels of sound
attenuation.
• Softer substrates may allow for a
better seal for the device, preventing
leakage of air bubbles and escape of
sound waves. This increases the
effectiveness of the device. Softer
substrates also provide additional
attenuation of sound traveling through
the substrate.
• Flat bottom topography provides a
better seal, enhancing effectiveness of
the sound attenuation device, whereas
sloped or undulating terrain reduces or
eliminates its effectiveness.
• Air bubbles must be close to the
pile; otherwise, sound may propagate
into the water, reducing the
effectiveness of the device.
• Harder substrates may transmit
ground-borne sound and propagate it
into the water column.
The literature presents a wide array of
observed attenuation results (see, e.g.,
WSF, 2009; WSDOT, 2008; USFWS,
2009; Caltrans, 2009). The variability in
attenuation levels is due to variation in
design, as well as differences in site
conditions and difficulty in properly
installing and operating in-water
attenuation devices. WSDOT personnel
have observed that, on average,
unconfined bubble curtains typically
achieve 9 dB of attenuation while
confined bubble curtains achieve 12 dB.
Caltrans (2009) offers the following
generalizations:
• For steel or concrete pile 24 in (0.6
m) in diameter or less, bubble curtains
would generally reduce sound levels by
5 dB.
• For steel pile measuring 24 to 48 in
(0.6–1.2 m), bubble curtains may reduce
sound levels by about 10 dB.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
• For piles greater than 48 in
diameter, bubble curtains may reduce
sound levels by about 20 dB.
• As a general rule, reductions of
greater than 10 dB cannot be reliably
predicted.
Sound Thresholds
Since 1997, NMFS has used generic
sound exposure thresholds to determine
when an activity in the ocean that
produces sound might result in impacts
to a marine mammal such that a take by
harassment or injury might occur
(NMFS, 2005b). To date, no studies have
been conducted that examine impacts to
marine mammals from pile driving
sounds from which empirical sound
thresholds have been established.
Current NMFS practice regarding
exposure of marine mammals to high
level sounds is that cetaceans and
pinnipeds exposed to impulsive sounds
of 180 and 190 dB rms or above,
respectively, are considered to have
been taken by Level A (i.e., injurious)
harassment. Behavioral harassment
(Level B) is considered to have occurred
when marine mammals are exposed to
sounds at or above 160 dB rms for
impulse sounds (e.g., impact pile
driving) and 120 dB rms for non-pulsed
sound (e.g., vibratory pile driving), but
below injurious thresholds. For airborne
sound, pinniped disturbance from haulouts has been documented at 100 dB
(unweighted) for pinnipeds in general,
and at 90 dB (unweighted) for harbor
seals. NMFS uses these levels as
guidelines to estimate when harassment
may occur.
Distance to Sound Thresholds
The extent of project-generated sound
both in and over water was calculated
for the locations where pile driving
would occur in the Columbia River and
North Portland Harbor. The extent of
underwater sound was modeled for
several pile driving scenarios:
• For two sizes of pile: 18- to 24-in
(0.5–0.6 m) pile and 36- to 48-in (0.9–
1.2 m) pile.
• For single impact pile drivers
operating both with and without an
attenuation device. Use of an
attenuation device was assumed to
decrease initial SPLs by 10 dB (see
discussion previously in this
document).
• For vibratory driving of pipe pile
and sheet pile.
Underwater Sound—Models may be
used to estimate the distances and areas
within which sound is likely to exceed
certain threshold levels. Please note that
the results of such modeling are
described here to provide a frame of
reference for the reader. Actual
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
distances and areas within which sound
is likely to exceed certain threshold
levels are known from collection of sitespecific hydroacoustic monitoring data
(see ‘Test Pile Project’, later in this
document).
In the absence of site-specific data,
the practical spreading loss model may
be used for determining the extent of
sound from a source (Davidson, 2004;
Thomsen et al., 2006). The model
assumes a logarithmic coefficient of 15,
which equates to sound energy
decreasing by 4.5 dB with each doubling
of distance from the source. To calculate
the loss of sound energy from one
distance to another, the following
formula is used:
Transmission Loss (dB) = 15 log(D1/D0)
D1 is the distance from the source for
which SPLs need to be known, and D0
is the distance from the source for
which SPLs are known (typically 10 m
from the pile). This model also solves
for the distance at which sound
attenuates to various decibel levels (e.g.,
a threshold or background level). The
following equation solves for distance:
D1 = D0 × 10(TL/15)
where TL stands for transmission loss
(the difference in decibel levels between
D0 and D1). For example, using the
distance to an injury threshold (D1), the
area of effect is calculated as the area of
a circle, pr2, where r (radius) is the
distance to the threshold or background.
If a landform or other shadowing
element interrupts the spread of sound
within the threshold distance, then the
area of effect truncates at the location of
the shadowing element.
Sound levels are highly dependent on
environmental site conditions.
Therefore, published hydroacoustic
monitoring data for projects with similar
site conditions as the CRC project were
considered. WSDOT and the California
Department of Transportation (Caltrans)
have compiled hydroacoustic
monitoring data from in-water impact
pile driving. No projects with
hydroacoustic monitoring data and
similar site conditions were identified
in the Columbia River.
A review of WSDOT and Caltrans
projects containing in-water pile driving
found projects in California had the
most similar substrates and depths;
however, only one project used 48-in
pile, the largest size in the CRC project.
This work occurred in the Russian
River, which was only 15 m wide and
0.6 m deep at the project location.
Therefore, the results are not applicable
to the CRC project. Instead, data from
projects that drove 36-in pile were used,
using the highest sound levels
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
encountered as proxy values for 48-in
pile.
Maximum measured sound levels
from 36-in steel pile installation were
201 dB rms (WSDOT, 2008), as shown
in Table 10. Site conditions for this
project, in Puget Sound, are somewhat
comparable to the Columbia River, as
both are large, with similar depths. The
maximum source level from the next
largest pile size, 60-in (1.5-m) pile, was
195 dB rms at 10 m. As such, the use
of data from the 36-in pile
measurements provides a more
conservative estimate. The CRC project
would also drive 18- to 24-in diameter
steel pile. Conservatively, the highest
recorded value of 189 dB rms for this
range of pile sizes was used (see Table
10).
No studies were available that
measured site-specific initial sound
levels generated by vibratory pile
driving in the Region of Activity.
However, Table 10 outlines a range of
typical sound levels produced by
vibratory pile driving as measured by
Caltrans during hydroacoustic
monitoring of several construction
projects (Caltrans, 2009). A worst-case
scenario of installing 48-in steel pipe
pile (the largest pile size to be used on
the CRC project) at the loudest
measured SPLs was considered,
however, as there were no data for 48in pile, it was assumed that sound levels
for 48-in pile would be intermediate
between those levels generated by 36-in
pile and 72-in (1.8-m) pile. Typical
values for both 36- and 72-in pile were
23561
170 dB, while the loudest values were
175 dB for 36-in pile and 180 dB for 72in pile. Thus, 175 dB was considered an
appropriate value for initial SPLs for
vibratory driving of pipe pile. The
project may also install sheet pile, in the
Columbia River only. In general,
installation of sheet pile produces lower
SPLs than pipe pile. Using data
presented in Table 10, an initial SPL of
approximately 160 dB rms at a distance
of 15 m was assumed. Table 11 shows
the calculated distances required for
underwater sound to attenuate to
relevant thresholds, as per the practical
spreading model (please see Figures
B–1 to B–6 of CRC’s application for
graphical depictions of threshold
distances discussed here).
TABLE 11—CALCULATED DISTANCES TO SOUND THRESHOLDS
Distance to
threshold
(without
attenuation
device)
(m)
Threshold
Pile size
Injury: 190 dB rms ........................................................
Harassment: 160 dB rms .............................................
Injury: 190 dB rms ........................................................
Harassment: 160 dB rms .............................................
Harassment: 120 dB rms .............................................
Harassment: 120 dB rms .............................................
18–24 in ........................................................................
18–24 in ........................................................................
36–48 in ........................................................................
36–48 in ........................................................................
36–72 in ........................................................................
24-in sheet pile .............................................................
9
858
54
5,412
23,208
6,962
Distance to
threshold
(with attenuation
device)*
(m)
2
185
12
1,166
n/a
n/a
* 10 dB reduction in SPLs assumed from use of attenuation device.
Landforms in the Columbia River and
North Portland Harbor would block
underwater sound well before it reaches
certain calculated distances. Table 12
shows actual site-specific values for the
maximum distance within which sound
is likely to exceed a given threshold
level until contact with landforms.
Categories not listed in Table 12 would
remain the same as shown in Table 11.
TABLE 12—ACTUAL DISTANCES TO SOUND THRESHOLDS
Threshold
Pile size
Location*
Harassment: 160 dB rms ....................................
Harassment: 120 dB rms ....................................
Harassment: 120 dB rms ....................................
36–48 in (without attenuation) ...........................
36–72 in .............................................................
36–72 in .............................................................
NPH
CR
NPH
Upstream
(m)
3,058
20,166
3,058
Downstream
(m)
5,412
8,851
5,632
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
* NPH = North Portland Harbor; CR = Columbia River.
Airborne Sound—For calculating the
levels and extent of project-generated
airborne sound, a point sound source
and hard-site conditions were assumed
because pile drivers would be
stationary, and work would largely
occur over open water and adjacent to
an urbanized landscape. Thus,
calculations assumed that pile driving
sound would attenuate at a rate of 6 dB
per doubling distance, based on a
spherical spreading model. The
following formula was used to
determine the distances at which piledriving sound attenuates to the 90 dB
rms and 100 dB rms (re: 20 mPa; all
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
airborne SPLs discussed here are
referenced to 20 mPa) airborne
disturbance thresholds:
D1 = D0 * 10 ((initial SPL¥airborne disturbance
threshold)/a)
where D1 is the distance from the pile at
which sound attenuates to the threshold
value, D0 is the distance from the pile at
which the initial SPLs were measured, and
a is the variable for soft-site or hard-site
conditions. These calculations used a = 20
for hard-site conditions.
The estimate of initial sound level is
based on the results of monitoring
performed by WSDOT during pile
driving at Friday Harbor Ferry Terminal
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(Laughlin, 2005b). The results showed
airborne rms sound levels of 112 dB
taken at 160 ft (49 m) from the source
during impact pile driving. This project
drove 24-in steel pipe pile, which is
only half the size of the largest pile
proposed for use in the CRC project.
However, airborne sound levels are
independent of the size of the pile (CRC,
2010), and therefore the sound levels
encountered at Friday Harbor are
applicable to the CRC project.
The model used 112 dB rms at 160 ft
from the source as the initial sound
level for a single pile driver. Because
multiple pile drivers would not strike
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23562
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
piles synchronously, operation of
multiple pile drivers would not generate
sound louder than that of a single pile
driver. Therefore, initial sound levels
for multiple pile drivers were assumed
to be the same as for a single pile driver.
The CRC project is not likely to use an
airborne sound-attenuation device.
Sound generated by impact pile driving
in the Columbia River and North
Portland Harbor is likely to exceed the
100 dB rms airborne disturbance
threshold within 195 m of the source
and is likely to exceed the 90 dB rms
airborne disturbance threshold within
650 m of the source.
Debris Removal—Debris removal may
occur in North Portland Harbor at the
location of each of the new piers where
there is anecdotal evidence that riprap
occurs within the pier footprints. Debris
removal in the North Portland Harbor, if
it occurs, is likely to create sound at or
above the 120-dB disturbance threshold
for continuous sound in underwater
portions of the Region of Activity.
Few studies have been conducted on
sound emissions produced by
underwater debris removal. A review of
the literature indicates that underwater
debris removal would produce sound in
the range of 135 dB to 147 dB at 10 m
(Dickerson et al., 2001; OSPAR, 2009;
Thomsen et al., 2009).
Underwater debris removal is not
expected to generate significant airborne
sound. The air-water interface creates a
substantial sound barrier and reduces
the intensity of underwater sound
waves by a factor of more than 1,000
when they cross the water surface. The
above-water environment is, thus,
virtually insulated from the effects of
underwater sound (Hildebrand, 2005).
Therefore, underwater debris removal is
not expected to measurably increase
ambient airborne sound. Underwater
sound from debris removal would likely
attenuate to the 120-dB underwater
disturbance threshold for continuous
sound within 631 m of the source. This
activity would occur for only 7 days,
during the in-water work window.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Test Pile Project
In February 2011, CRC conducted a
test pile project in order to acquire
geotechnical and sound propagation
data to assess site-specific
characteristics and verify the modeling
results discussed in the preceding
section, and to assess mitigation
measures related to pile installation
activities planned for the CRC project.
Please see CRC’s Test Pile
Hydroacoustic Monitoring Report for
detailed analysis (SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
Engineering objectives included the
following:
• Determine strike numbers necessary
to install piles to reach load-bearing
capacity with an impact hammer;
• Identify suitable equipment and
materials and verify production rates for
pile installation;
• Determine the feasibility of
vibratory installation methods; and
• Validate geotechnical and
engineering calculations.
Environmental objectives included
the following:
• Determine the underwater sound
levels resulting from vibratory
installation of temporary piles in the
predominant substrate types found at
typical mid-channel depths at the
project site;
• Determine the underwater sound
levels resulting from impact installation
of temporary piles in the predominant
substrate types found at typical midchannel depths at the project site;
• Determine the effectiveness of two
sound attenuation strategies
(unconfined and confined bubble
curtains) during impact pile driving;
• Determine the transmission loss of
pile installation sound for both impact
and vibratory installation;
• Determine the extent of
construction sound impacts in-air for
impact pile driving; and
• Determine the extent of turbidity
plumes resulting from vibratory and
impact pile installation and extraction,
and from unconfined and confined
bubble curtain operation.
Test pile operations consisted of
impact driving or vibratory driving at
six pile locations using 24- and 48-in
piles. A confined or unconfined bubble
curtain was tested during each pile
installation. Background sound level
monitoring was successfully conducted
between January 27 and February 3,
2011. The background sound level at
fifty percent cumulative distribution
function (CDF) on the Washington
(north) side of the river was found to be
110 dB, while the background level at
fifty percent CDF on the Oregon (south)
side of the river was slightly higher at
117 dB.
Hydroacoustic monitoring was
successfully conducted during test pile
construction activities February 11–21,
2011. Rms pressure levels associated
with vibratory driving varied widely
pile to pile; subsurface driving
conditions are the likely cause of this
variability. For impact driving, average
sound levels were derived for both 24in and 48-in piles. Impact driving on 48in piles was, on average, 10 dB louder
than driving on 24-in piles.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Measured sound levels for both
vibratory driving and impact driving
were similar to those expected as
outlined previously in this document.
For vibratory driving, the maximum
observed sound level was 181 dB, only
slightly louder than the anticipated
maximum sound level (180 dB). For
impact driving, observed unattenuated
rms sound levels for 24-in piles were
191 dB, slightly louder than anticipated
(189 dB). Unattenuated rms sound
levels for 48-in piles (201 dB) were as
anticipated. The average rms pressure
level for vibratory pile extraction was
173 dB, and did not appear to vary with
pile size. The 173 dB observed for
extraction was slightly less than the 176
dB average observed during pile
installation. The variance of the
pressure levels was also less, with
extraction values ranging from 167–176
dB while installation values ranged
from 157–181 dB.
Open curtain attenuation methods
reduced the sound levels for 48-in piles
11 dB on average, and 9 dB on average
for 24-in piles. Confined curtain
attenuation methods reduced the sound
levels for 48-in piles 13 dB on average,
and 8.5 dB on average for 24-in piles.
Open bubble curtain attenuation was
similar to confined curtain attenuation
at 10 m downstream; however, the
effectiveness of the open bubble curtain
appeared to be significantly less
upstream when compared to
downstream, likely due to the effect of
current on the open bubble curtain. The
observed effectiveness of both open and
confined bubble curtains at attenuating
peak amplitudes (8–13 dB) was
approximately as anticipated (10 dB).
Transmission loss was analyzed for
both vibratory driving and impact
driving. Transmission loss for vibratory
driving was in line with the practical
spreading model, as anticipated.
However, this analysis is based on
results from only one pile; for two of the
piles, the signal could not be
distinguished from background noise at
200 m, while for a third pile, the signal
could not be distinguished from
background noise at 800 m. Thus,
transmission loss could not be
calculated for those piles, although
energy from those piles clearly showed
rapid attenuation. Transmission loss for
impact driving was in line with the
practical spreading model at the 200-m
range, but steadily increased toward
spherical spreading with increasing
range, resulting in greater than
anticipated transmission loss.
The data for transmission loss
associated with vibratory driving
suggest that the majority of the energy
occurs in frequencies below 1,000 Hz,
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
with energy levels gradually falling off
at higher frequencies (CRC, 2011). For
vibratory installation in this study,
driving of two piles produced energy
that could not be distinguished from
background by 200 m, while the signal
from a third could not be detected at the
800 m station. The signal was
distinguishable from background sound
levels at approximately 800 m for only
one of the piles, indicating that distance
to the threshold would likely be less
than the modeling results predicted.
However, background sound levels
during pile driving were higher than
those measured previously. It is possible
that increased background levels
resulted from sound associated with the
project, instrumentation, or some other
source. Nevertheless, data indicate that
transmission loss for vibratory driving is
approximately in conformance with
practical spreading loss. Piles were
generally installed or extracted during
the test pile study in less than 5 minutes
(ranging from less than 1 minute to less
than 10 minutes, for all but one outlier).
Measured, site-specific values were
either substantially similar to assumed
values or, in the case of transmission
loss or realized attenuation from use of
bubble curtains in certain
circumstances, the assumed values
described previously in this document
were more conservative than the actual
values. As such, those values remain
valid but likely represent a significantly
more conservative scenario than would
realistically occur. Actual distances to
be monitored for potential injury or
harassment of pinnipeds would be
based on the results of in-situ
hydroacoustic monitoring, where
relevant, and are discussed in greater
detail in ‘Proposed Mitigation’, later in
this document.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Comments and Responses
On December 15, 2010, NMFS
published a notice of receipt of an
application for a Letter of Authorization
(LOA) in the Federal Register (75 FR
78228) and requested comments and
information from the public for 30 days.
NMFS did not receive any substantive
comments.
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of the Specified Activity
Marine mammal species that have
been observed within the Region of
Activity consist of the harbor seal,
California sea lion, and Steller sea lion.
Pinnipeds follow prey species into
freshwater up to, primarily, the
Bonneville Dam (RM 145, RKm 233) in
the Columbia River, but also to
Willamette Falls in the Willamette River
(RM 26, RKm 42). The Willamette River
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
enters the Columbia River
approximately 5 mi (8 km) downstream
of the CRC project area and is within the
Region of Activity. Harbor seals rarely,
but occasionally, transit the Region of
Activity. The eastern population of the
Steller sea lion is listed as threatened
under the ESA and as depleted and
strategic under the MMPA. Neither the
California sea lion nor the harbor seal is
listed under the ESA, nor are they
considered depleted or strategic under
the MMPA.
The sea lions use this portion of the
river primarily for transiting to and from
Bonneville Dam, which concentrates
adult salmonids and sturgeon returning
to natal streams, providing for increased
foraging efficiency. The U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers (USACE) has
conducted surface observations to
evaluate the seasonal presence,
abundance, and predation activities of
pinnipeds in the Bonneville Dam
tailrace each year since 2002. This
monitoring program was initiated in
response to concerns over the potential
impact of pinniped predation on adult
salmonids passing Bonneville Dam in
the spring. An active sea lion hazing,
trapping, and permanent removal
program was in place below the dam
from 2008 through 2010. Much of the
information presented in this
application is based on research
conducted as part of the Bonneville
Dam sea lion program.
Pinnipeds remain in upstream
locations for a couple of days or longer,
feeding heavily on salmon, steelhead,
and sturgeon (NOAA 2008), although
the occurrence of harbor seals near
Bonneville Dam is much lower than sea
lions (Stansell et al., 2009). Sea lions
congregate at Bonneville Dam during
the peaks of salmon return, from March
through May each year, and a few
California sea lions have been observed
feeding on salmonids in the area below
Willamette Falls during the spring adult
fish migration (NOAA, 2008).
There are no pinniped haul-out sites
in the Region of Activity. The nearest
haul-out sites, shared by harbor seals
and California sea lions, are near the
Cowlitz River/Carroll Slough confluence
with the Columbia River, approximately
45 mi (72 km) downriver from the
Region of Activity (Jeffries et al., 2000).
The nearest known haul-out for Steller
sea lions is a rock formation (Phoca
Rock) near RM 132 (RKm 212)
approximately 8 mi (13 km)
downstream of Bonneville Dam and 26
mi (42 km) upstream from the Region of
Activity. Steller sea lions are also
known to haul out on the south jetty at
the mouth of the Columbia River, near
Astoria, Oregon. There are no pinniped
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
23563
rookeries located in or near the Region
of Activity.
Harbor Seal
Species Description—Harbor seals,
which are members of the Phocid family
(true seals), inhabit coastal and
estuarine waters and shoreline areas
from Baja California, Mexico to western
Alaska. For management purposes,
differences in mean pupping date (i.e.,
birthing) (Temte, 1986), movement
patterns (Jeffries, 1985; Brown, 1988),
pollutant loads (Calambokidis et al.,
1985) and fishery interactions have led
to the recognition of three separate
harbor seal stocks along the west coast
of the continental U.S. (Boveng, 1988).
The three distinct stocks are: (1) Inland
waters of Washington (including Hood
Canal, Puget Sound, and the Strait of
Juan de Fuca out to Cape Flattery), (2)
outer coast of Oregon and Washington,
and (3) California (Carretta et al. 2007b).
The seals in the Region of Activity are
from the outer coast of Oregon and
Washington stock.
The average weight for adult seals is
about 180 lb (82 kg) and males are
typically slightly larger than females.
Male harbor seals weigh up to 245 lb
(111 kg) and measure approximately 5 ft
(1.5 m) in length. The basic color of
harbor seals’ coat is gray and mottled
but highly variable, from dark with light
color rings or spots to light with dark
markings (NMFS, 2008c).
Status—In 1999, the population of the
Oregon/Washington coastal stock of
harbor seals was estimated at 24,732
animals (Carretta et al., 2007a).
Although this abundance estimate
represents the best scientific
information available, per NMFS stock
assessment policy it is not considered
current because it is more than 8 years
old. This harbor seal stock includes
coastal estuaries (Columbia River) and
bays (Willapa Bay and Grays Harbor).
Both the Washington and Oregon
portions of this stock are believed to
have reached carrying capacity and the
stock is within its optimum sustainable
population level (Jeffries et al., 2003;
Brown et al., 2005). Because there is no
current estimate of minimum
abundance, potential biological removal
(PBR) cannot be calculated for this
stock. However, the level of humancaused mortality and serious injury is
less than ten percent of the previous
PBR of 1,343 harbor seals per year
(Carretta et al., 2007), and humancaused mortality is considered to be
small relative to the stock size.
Therefore, the Oregon and Washington
outer coast stock of harbor seals are not
classified as a strategic stock under the
MMPA.
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
23564
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Behavior and Ecology—Harbor seals
are non-migratory with local movements
associated with such factors as tides,
weather, season, food availability, and
reproduction (Scheffer and Slipp, 1944;
Fisher, 1952; Bigg, 1969, 1981). They are
not known to make extensive pelagic
migrations, although some long distance
movement of tagged animals in Alaska
(174 km), and along the U.S. west coast
(up to 550 km), have been recorded
(Pitcher and McAllister, 1981; Brown
and Mate, 1983; Herder, 1986). Harbor
seals are coastal species, rarely found
more than 12 mi (20 km) from shore,
and frequently occupy bays, estuaries,
and inlets (Baird, 2001). Individual seals
have been observed several miles
upstream in coastal rivers. Ideal harbor
seal habitat includes haul-out sites,
shelter during the breeding periods, and
sufficient food (Bjorge, 2002).
Harbor seals haul out on rocks, reefs,
beaches, and ice and feed in marine,
estuarine, and occasionally fresh waters.
Harbor seals display strong fidelity for
haul-out sites (Pitcher and Calkins,
1979; Pitcher and McAllister, 1981),
although human disturbance can affect
haul-out choice (Harris et al., 2003).
Group sizes range from small numbers
of animals on intertidal rocks to several
thousand animals found seasonally in
coastal estuaries. The harbor seal is the
most commonly observed and widely
distributed pinniped found in Oregon
and Washington (Jeffries et al., 2000;
ODFW, 2010). Harbor seals use
hundreds of sites to rest or haul out
along the coast and inland waters of
Oregon and Washington, including tidal
sand bars and mudflats in estuaries,
intertidal rocks and reefs, beaches, log
booms, docks, and floats in all marine
areas of the two states. Numerous harbor
seal haul-out sites are found on
intertidal mudflats and sand bars from
the mouth of the lower Columbia River
to Carroll Slough at the confluence of
the Cowlitz and Columbia Rivers.
Harbor seals mate at sea and females
give birth during the spring and
summer, although the pupping season
varies by latitude. Pupping seasons vary
by geographic region with pups born in
coastal estuaries (Columbia River,
Willapa Bay, and Grays Harbor) from
mid-April through June and in other
areas along the Olympic Peninsula and
Puget Sound from May through
September (WDFW, 2000). Suckling
harbor seal pups spend as much as forty
percent of their time in the water
(Bowen et al., 1999).
They can be found throughout the
year at the mouth of the Columbia River.
Peak harbor seal abundances in the
Columbia River occur during the winter
and spring when a number of upriver
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
haul-out sites are used. Peak
abundances and upriver movements in
the winter and spring months are
correlated with spawning runs of
eulachon (Thaleichthys pacificus) smelt
and out-migration of salmonid smolts.
Harbor seals are infrequently observed
at Bonneville Dam or in the Region of
Activity. In 2009 and again in 2010, two
harbor seals were observed at the dam
(Stansell et al., 2009; Stansell and
Gibbons, 2010), and observations of
harbor seals at Bonneville Dam have
ranged from one to three per year from
2002 to 2010.
Within the Region of Activity, there
are no known harbor seal haul-out sites.
The nearest known haul-out sites to the
Region of Activity are located at Carroll
Slough at the confluence of the Cowlitz
and Columbia Rivers approximately 45
mi (72 km) downriver of the Region of
Activity. The low number of
observations of harbor seals at
Bonneville Dam over the years,
combined with the fact that no pupping
or haul-out locations are within or
upstream from the Region of Activity,
suggest that very few harbor seals transit
through the Region of Activity (Stansell
et al., 2010).
Acoustics—In air, harbor seal males
produce a variety of low-frequency (less
than 4 kHz) vocalizations, including
snorts, grunts, and growls. Male harbor
seals produce communication sounds in
the frequency range of 100–1,000 Hz
(Richardson et al., 1995). Pups make
individually unique calls for mother
recognition that contain multiple
harmonics with main energy below 0.35
kHz (Bigg, 1981; Thomson and
Richardson, 1995). Harbor seals hear
nearly as well in air as underwater and
have lower thresholds than California
sea lions (Kastak and Schusterman,
1998). Kastak and Schusterman (1998)
reported airborne low frequency (100
Hz) sound detection thresholds at 65 dB
for harbor seals. In air, they hear
frequencies from 0.25–30 kHz and are
most sensitive from 6–16 kHz
(Richardson, 1995; Terhune and
Turnbull, 1995; Wolski et al., 2003).
Adult males also produce underwater
sounds during the breeding season that
typically range from 0.25–4 kHz
(duration range: 0.1 s to multiple
seconds; Hanggi and Schusterman
1994). Hanggi and Schusterman (1994)
found that there is individual variation
in the dominant frequency range of
sounds between different males, and
Van Parijs et al. (2003) reported oceanic,
regional, population, and site-specific
variation that could be vocal dialects. In
water, they hear frequencies from 1–75
kHz (Southall et al., 2007) and can
detect sound levels as weak as 60–85 dB
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
within that band. They are most
sensitive at frequencies below 50 kHz;
above 60 kHz sensitivity rapidly
decreases.
California Sea Lions
Species Description—California sea
lions are members of the Otariid family
(eared seals). The species, Zalophus
californianus, includes three
subspecies: Z. c. wollebaeki (in the
Galapagos Islands), Z. c. japonicus (in
Japan, but now thought to be extinct),
and Z. c. californianus (found from
southern Mexico to southwestern
Canada; referred to here as the
California sea lion) (Carretta et al.,
2007). The breeding areas of the
California sea lion are on islands located
in southern California, western Baja
California, and the Gulf of California
(Carretta et al., 2007). These three
geographic regions are used to separate
this subspecies into three stocks: (1) The
U.S. stock begins at the U.S./Mexico
border and extends northward into
Canada, (2) the Western Baja California
stock extends from the U.S./Mexico
border to the southern tip of the Baja
California peninsula, and (3) the Gulf of
California stock which includes the Gulf
of California from the southern tip of the
Baja California peninsula and across to
the mainland and extends to southern
Mexico (Lowry et al., 1992).
The California sea lion is sexually
dimorphic. Males may reach 1,000 lb
(454 kg) and 8 ft (2.4 m) in length;
females grow to 300 lb (136 kg) and
6 ft (1.8 m) in length. Their color ranges
from chocolate brown in males to a
lighter, golden brown in females. At
around 5 years of age, males develop a
bony bump on top of the skull called a
sagittal crest. The crest is visible in the
dog-like profile of male sea lion heads,
and hair around the crest gets lighter
with age.
Status—The U.S. stock of California
sea lions is estimated at 238,000 and the
minimum population size of this stock
is 141,842 individuals (Carretta et al.,
2007). These numbers are from counts
during the 2001 breeding season of
animals that were ashore at the four
major rookeries in southern California
and at haul-out sites north to the
Oregon/California border. Sea lions that
were at-sea or hauled-out at other
locations were not counted (Carretta et
al., 2007). The stock has likely reached
its carrying capacity and, even though
current total human-caused mortality is
unknown (due a lack of observer
coverage in the California set gillnet
fishery that historically has been the
largest source of human-caused
mortalities), California sea lions are not
considered a strategic stock under the
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23565
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
MMPA because total human-caused
mortality is still likely to be less than
the PBR.
Behavior and Ecology—During the
summer, California sea lions breed on
islands from the Gulf of California to the
Channel Islands and seldom travel more
than about 31 mi (50 km) from the
islands (Bonnell et al., 1983). The
primary rookeries are located in the
California Channel Islands (Le Boeuf
and Bonnell, 1980; Bonnell and Dailey,
1993). Their distribution shifts to the
northwest in fall and to the southeast
during winter and spring, probably in
response to changes in prey availability
(Bonnell and Ford, 1987).
The non-breeding distribution
extends from Baja California north to
Alaska for males, and encompasses the
waters of California and Baja California
for females (Reeves et al., 2008;
Maniscalco et al., 2004). In the nonbreeding season, an estimated 3,000 to
5,000 adult and sub-adult males migrate
northward along the coast to central and
northern California, Oregon,
Washington, and Vancouver Island from
September to May (Jeffries et al., 2000)
and return south the following spring
(Mate, 1975; Bonnell et al., 1983).
During migration, they are occasionally
sighted hundreds of miles offshore
(Jefferson et al., 1993). Females and
juveniles tend to stay closer to the
rookeries (Bonnell et al., 1983).
California sea lions do not breed in
Oregon. Though a few young animals
may remain in Oregon during summer
months, most return south for the
breeding season (ODFW, 2010). Male
California sea lions are commonly seen
in Oregon from September through May.
During this time period California sea
lions can be found in many bays,
estuaries and on offshore sites along the
coast, often hauled-out in the same
locations as Steller sea lions. Some pass
through Oregon to feed along coastal
waters to the north during fall and
winter months (ODFW, 2010).
California sea lions feed on a wide
variety of prey, including many species
of fish and squid (Everitt et al., 1981;
Roffe and Mate, 1984; Antonelis et al.,
1990; Lowry et al., 1991). In some
locations where salmon runs exist,
California sea lions also feed on
returning adult and out-migrating
juvenile salmonids (London, 2006).
Sexual maturity occurs at around 4–5
years of age for California sea lions
(Heath, 2002). California sea lions are
gregarious during the breeding season
and social on land during other times.
California sea lions are known to
occur in several areas of the Columbia
River during much of the year, except
the summer breeding months of June
through August. Approximately 1,000
California sea lions have been observed
at haul-out sites at the mouth of the
Columbia River, while approximately
100 individuals have been observed in
past years at the Bonneville Dam
between January and May prior to
returning to their breeding rookeries in
California at the end of May (Stansell,
2010). The nearest known haul-out sites
to the Region of Activity are near the
Cowlitz River/Carroll Slough confluence
with the Columbia River, approximately
45 mi (72 km) downriver of the Region
of Activity (Jeffries et al., 2000).
The USACE’s intensive sea lion
monitoring program began as a result of
the 2000 Federal Columbia River Power
System (FCRPS) biological opinion,
which required an evaluation of
pinniped predation in the tailrace of
Bonneville Dam. The objective of the
study was to determine the timing and
duration of pinniped predation activity,
estimate the number of fish caught,
record the number of pinnipeds present,
identify and track individual California
sea lions, and evaluate various pinniped
deterrents used at the dam (Tackley et
al., 2008a). The study period for
monitoring was January 1 through May
31, beginning in 2002. During the study
period, pinniped observations began
after consistent sightings of at least one
animal occurred. Tackley et al. (2008a)
note that sightings began earlier each
year from 2002 to 2004. Although some
sightings were reported earlier in the
season, full-time observations began
March 21 in 2002, March 3 in 2003, and
February 24 in 2004 (Tackley et al.,
2008a). In 2005 observations began in
April, but in 2006 through 2010
observations began in January or early
February (Tackley et al., 2008a, 2008b;
Stansell et al., 2009; Stansell and
Gibbons, 2010). In 2009, 54 California
sea lions were observed at Bonneville
Dam, the fewest since 2002 (Stansell et
al., 2009). However, in 2010, 89
California sea lion individuals were
observed at Bonneville Dam (Stansell et
al., 2010). In addition, up to four
California sea lions have been observed
at Bonneville Dam during the
September–January period in recent
years (CRC, 2010).
Up to eight California sea lions have
been observed in recent years feeding on
salmonids in the Willamette River
below Willamette Falls (NOAA, 2008).
The earliest known report of California
sea lions at Willamette Falls was in
1975, when two sea lions were reported
taking salmon and hindering fish
passage at the fish ladder. Other than
the 1975 sighting, there were no reports
of sea lions at Willamette Falls until the
late 1980s when personnel at the fish
ladder reported California sea lion
sightings below the falls. California sea
lions were sighted sporadically near the
falls until 1995 when they began
occurring almost daily from February
through late May (Scordino, 2010).
California sea lion arrival and
departure dates at Bonneville Dam are
compiled in Table 13 from the reports
listed in the preceding paragraph. If
arrival and departure dates were not
available, the timing of surface
observations within the January through
May study period were recorded.
Because regular observations in the
study period generally began as
California sea lions were observed
below Bonneville Dam, and sometimes
reports stated that observations stopped
as sea lion numbers dropped, the
observation dates only give a general
idea of first arrival and departure.
Because tracking data indicate that sea
lions travel at fast rates between
hydrophone locations above and below
the CRC project area, dates of first
arrival at Bonneville Dam and departure
from the dam are assumed to coincide
closely with potential passage timing
through the CRC project area.
TABLE 13—ARRIVAL AND DEPARTURE DATES FOR CALIFORNIA SEA LIONS BELOW BONNEVILLE DAM
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2002
Arrival ...................................................................
Departure .............................................................
2003
2004
2005
1 3–21
1 3–03
1 2–24
1 4–11/1–21
1 5–24
1 6–02
1 5–30
1 5–31/6–10
2006
2007
2–09
6–02
2008 3
2009
2010
1–08
1 1–11
1 1–14
1 1–08
2 5–26
1 5–31
4 5–19
6–04
1 Dates
are dates observations were taken and not when sea lions were first seen. In 2005 through 2007, observations were made intermittently until sea lions were seen consistently (Tackley et al., 2008a). In 2005, surface observations were made from April 11 through May 31.
However, the first California sea lion arrived January 21 and departed on June 10 (Tackley et al., 2008a).
2 A single sighting was made on November 7 (Tackley et al., 2008a).
3 Three California sea lions were observed between September and December 2008. These observations were opportunistic and outside the
regular observation period of January through May (Stansell et al., 2009).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23566
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
4 Observations ended because few sea lions were present. One California sea lion was in the Bonneville Dam forebay through at least August
11 (Stansell et al., 2009).
Based on the information presented in
Table 13, California sea lions have
generally been observed at Bonneville
Dam between early January and early
June, although beginning in 2008, a few
individuals have been noted at the dam
as early as September and as late as
August. Therefore, the majority of
California sea lions are expected to pass
the project site beginning in early
January through early June. Stansell and
Gibbons (2010) and Stansell et al. (2009)
show that California sea lion abundance
below Bonneville Dam peaks in April,
when it drops through about the end of
May. In 2010, California sea lions stayed
below the dam until almost mid-June,
which was late historically and enters
into the time they normally depart for
southern breeding grounds. Wright et al.
(2010) reported a median start date for
the southbound migration from the
Columbia River to the breeding grounds
of May 20 (range: May 7 to May 27;
n = 8 sea lions).
The highest number of California sea
lions observed in the Bonneville Dam
tailrace over the last 9 years was 104 in
2003 (Stansell et al., 2010). However,
Tackley et al. (2008a) noted that
numbers of sea lions estimated from
early study years were likely
underestimated, because the observers’
ability to uniquely identify individuals
increased over the years. In addition,
the high number of 104 individuals
present below the dam in 2003 occurred
prior to hazing (2005) or permanent
removal (2008) activities began. The
high for the 2008 through 2010 time
period is a minimum of 89 individuals
in a year (Stansell et al., 2010).
The Pacific States Marine Fisheries
Commission (PSMFC) leads a tagging
and tracking program for California sea
lions, observing that the transit time for
California sea lions between Astoria and
Bonneville Dam is 30–36 hours
upstream, and 15 hours downstream
(CRC, 2010). ODFW studied the
migration of male California sea lions
during the nonbreeding season by
satellite tracking 26 sea lions captured
in the lower Columbia River over the
course of three non-breeding seasons
between November and May in 2003–
04, 2004–05, and 2006–07.
Fourteen of the sea lions had
previously been observed in the
Columbia River (‘river type’) and twelve
animals were ‘unknown’ types. Wright
et al. (2010) found there was
considerable within and between
individual variation in spatial and
temporal movements, which
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
presumably reflected variation in
foraging behavior. Many sea lions
repeatedly alternated between several
haul-out sites throughout the nonbreeding season.
Twenty of the 26 satellite-tagged sea
lions remained within the waters of
Oregon and Washington during the time
they were monitored; the remainder
made forays north to British Columbia
or south to California. All fourteen of
the previously known ‘river’ sea lions
were later documented upriver (either
by tracking or direct observation); none
of the twelve ‘unknown’ animals were
detected upriver. Southward departure
dates from the Columbia River ranged
from May 7 to June 17. Travel time to
the breeding grounds ranged from 12 to
21 days. Only one animal was tracked
back to the Columbia River; it returned
on August 18 after a 21-day trip from
San Miguel Island (Wright et al., 2010).
Movement of sea lions to the base of
Bonneville Dam to forage on salmonids
was documented in only a fraction of
the sea lions tracked, which suggested
that the problem of pinniped predation
on Columbia River salmonid stocks
should be addressed primarily at
upriver sites such as Bonneville Dam
rather than in the estuary where sea
lions of many behavioral types co-occur
(Wright et al., 2010).
Acoustics—On land, California sea
lions make incessant, raucous barking
sounds; these have most of their energy
at less than 2 kHz (Schusterman et al.,
1967). Males vary both the number and
rhythm of their barks depending on the
social context; the barks appear to
control the movements and other
behavior patterns of nearby conspecifics
(Schusterman, 1977). Females produce
barks, squeals, belches, and growls in
the frequency range of 0.25–5 kHz,
while pups make bleating sounds at
0.25–6 kHz. California sea lions produce
two types of underwater sounds: Clicks
(or short-duration sound pulses) and
barks (Schusterman et al., 1966, 1967;
Schusterman and Baillet, 1969). All of
these underwater sounds have most of
their energy below 4 kHz (Schusterman
et al., 1967).
The range of maximal hearing
sensitivity for California sea lions
underwater is between 1–28 kHz
(Schusterman et al., 1972). Functional
underwater high frequency hearing
limits are between 35–40 kHz, with
peak sensitivities from 15–30 kHz
(Schusterman et al., 1972). The
California sea lion shows relatively poor
hearing at frequencies below 1 kHz
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(Kastak and Schusterman, 1998). Peak
hearing sensitivities in air are shifted to
lower frequencies; the effective upper
hearing limit is approximately 36 kHz
(Schusterman, 1974). The best range of
sound detection is from 2–16 kHz
(Schusterman, 1974). Kastak and
Schusterman (2002) determined that
hearing sensitivity generally worsens
with depth—hearing thresholds were
lower in shallow water, except at the
highest frequency tested (35 kHz),
where this trend was reversed. Octave
band sound levels of 65–70 dB above
the animal’s threshold produced an
average temporary threshold shift (TTS;
discussed later in POTENTIAL
EFFECTS OF THE SPECIFIED
ACTIVITY ON MARINE MAMMALS) of
4.9 dB in the California sea lion (Kastak
et al., 1999).
Steller Sea Lions
Species Description—Steller sea lions
are the largest members of the Otariid
(eared seal) family. Steller sea lions
show marked sexual dimorphism, in
which adult males are noticeably larger
and have distinct coloration patterns
from females. Males average
approximately 1,500 lb (680 kg) and
10 ft (3 m) in length; females average
about 700 lb (318 kg) and 8 ft (2.4 m)
in length. Adult females have a tawny
to silver-colored pelt. Males are
characterized by dark, dense fur around
their necks, giving a mane-like
appearance, and light tawny coloring
over the rest of their body (NMFS,
2008a). Steller sea lions are distributed
mainly around the coasts to the outer
continental shelf along the North Pacific
Ocean rim from northern Hokkaido,
Japan through the Kuril Islands and
Okhotsk Sea, Aleutian Islands and
central Bering Sea, southern coast of
Alaska and south to California. The
population is divided into the western
and the eastern distinct population
segments (DPSs) at 144° W (Cape
Suckling, Alaska). The western DPS
includes Steller sea lions that reside in
the central and western Gulf of Alaska,
Aleutian Islands, as well as those that
inhabit coastal waters and breed in Asia
(e.g., Japan and Russia). The eastern
DPS extends from California to Alaska,
including the Gulf of Alaska.
Status—Steller sea lions were listed
as threatened range-wide under the ESA
in 1990. After division into two DPSs,
the western DPS was listed as
endangered under the ESA in 1997,
while the eastern DPS remained
classified as threatened. Animals found
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
in the Region of Activity are from the
eastern DPS (NMFS, 1997a; Loughlin,
2002; Angliss and Outlaw, 2005). The
eastern DPS breeds in rookeries located
in southeast Alaska, British Columbia,
Oregon, and California. While some
pupping has been reported recently
along the coast of Washington, there are
no active rookeries in Washington. A
final revised species recovery plan
addresses both DPSs (NMFS, 2008a).
NMFS designated critical habitat for
Steller sea lions in 1993. Critical habitat
is associated with breeding and haul-out
sites in Alaska, California, and Oregon,
and includes so-called ‘aquatic zones’
that extend 3,000 ft (900 m) seaward in
state and federally managed waters from
the baseline or basepoint of each major
rookery in Oregon and California
(NMFS, 2008a). Three major rookery
sites in Oregon (Rogue Reef, Pyramid
Rock, and Long Brown Rock and Seal
Rock on Orford Reef at Cape Blanco)
and three rookery sites in California
(Ano Nuevo I, Southeast Farallon I, and
Sugarloaf Island and Cape Mendocino)
are designated critical habitat (NMFS,
1993). There is no designated critical
habitat within the Region of Activity.
Factors that have previously been
identified as threats to Steller sea lions
include reduced food availability,
possibly resulting from competition
with commercial fisheries; incidental
take and intentional kills during
commercial fish harvests; subsistence
take; entanglement in marine debris;
disease; pollution; and harassment.
Steller sea lions are also sensitive to
disturbance at rookeries (during
pupping and breeding) and haul-out
sites.
The Recovery Plan for the Steller Sea
Lion (NMFS, 2008a) states that the
overall abundance of Steller sea lions in
the eastern DPS has increased for a
sustained period of at least three
decades, and that pup production has
increased significantly, especially since
the mid-1990s. Between 1977 and 2002,
researchers estimated that overall
abundance of the eastern DPS had
increased at an average rate of 3.1
percent per year (NMFS, 2008a; Pitcher
et al., 2007). NMFS’ most recent stock
assessment report estimates that
population for the eastern DPS is a
minimum of 52,847 individuals; this
estimate is not corrected for animals at
sea, and actual population is estimated
to be within the range 58,334 to 72,223
(Allen and Angliss, 2010). The
minimum count for Steller sea lions in
Oregon and Washington was 5,813 in
2002 (Pitcher et al., 2007; Allen and
Angliss, 2010). Counts in Oregon have
shown a gradual increase from 1,486
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
animals in 1976 to 4,169 animals in
2002 (NMFS, 2008b).
The abundance of the eastern DPS of
Steller sea lions is increasing
throughout the northern portion of its
range (southeast Alaska and British
Columbia), and stable or increasing in
the central portion (Oregon through
central California). Surveys indicate that
pup production in Oregon increased at
3 percent per year from 1990–2009,
while pup production in California
increased at 5 percent per year between
1996 and 2009, with the number of nonpups reported as stable. The best
available information indicates that,
overall, the eastern DPS has increased
from an estimated 18,040 animals in
1979 to an estimated 63,488 animals in
2009; therefore the overall estimated
rate of increase for this period is 4.3
percent per year (NMML, 2012).
In the far southern end of Steller sea
lion range (Channel Islands in southern
California), population declined
significantly after the 1930s—probably
due to hunting and harassment
(Bartholomew and Boolootian, 1960;
Bartholomew, 1967)—and several
rookeries and haul-outs have been
abandoned. The lack of recolonization
at the southernmost portion of the range
(e.g., San Miguel Island rookery),
despite stability in the non-pup portion
of the overall California population, is
likely a response to a suite of factors
including changes in ocean conditions
(e.g., warmer temperatures) that may be
contributing to habitat changes that
favor California sea lions over Steller
sea lions (NMFS, 2007) and competition
for space on land, and possibly prey,
with species that have experienced
explosive growth over the past three
decades (California sea lions and
northern elephant seals [Mirounga
angustirostris]). Although recovery in
California has lagged behind the rest of
the DPS, this portion of the DPS’ range
has recently shown a positive growth
rate (NMML, 2012). While non-pup
counts in California in the 2000s are
only 34 percent of pre-decline counts
(1927–47), the population has increased
significantly since 1990.
Despite the abandonment of certain
rookeries in California, pup production
at other rookeries in California has
increased over the last 20 years and,
overall, the eastern DPS has increased at
an average annual growth rate of 4.3
percent per year for 30 years. Even
though these rookeries might not be
recolonized, their loss has not prevented
the increasing abundance of Steller sea
lions in California or in the eastern DPS
overall.
Because the eastern DPS of Steller sea
lion is currently listed as threatened
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
23567
under the ESA, it is therefore designated
as depleted and classified as a strategic
stock under the MMPA. However, the
eastern DPS has been considered a
potential candidate for removal from
listing under the ESA by the Steller sea
lion recovery team and NMFS (NMFS,
2008), based on observed annual rates of
increase. Although the stock size has
increased, the status of this stock
relative to its Optimum Sustainable
Population (OSP) size is unknown. The
overall annual rate of increase of the
eastern stock has been consistent and
long-term, and may indicate that this
stock is reaching OSP.
Behavior and Ecology—Steller sea
lions forage near shore and in pelagic
waters. They are capable of traveling
long distances in a season and can dive
to approximately 1,300 ft (400 m) in
depth. They also use terrestrial habitat
as haul-out sites for periods of rest,
molting, and as rookeries for mating and
pupping during the breeding season. At
sea, they are often seen alone or in small
groups, but may gather in large rafts at
the surface near rookeries and haul-outs.
Steller sea lions prefer the colder
temperate to sub-arctic waters of the
North Pacific Ocean. Haul-outs and
rookeries usually consist of beaches
(gravel, rocky or sand), ledges, and
rocky reefs. In the Bering and Okhotsk
Seas, sea lions may also haul-out on sea
ice, but this is considered atypical
behavior (NOAA, 2010a).
Steller sea lions are gregarious
animals that often travel or haul out in
large groups of up to 45 individuals
(Keple, 2002). At sea, groups usually
consist of female and subadult males;
adult males are usually solitary while at
sea (Loughlin, 2002). In the Pacific
Northwest, breeding rookeries are
located in British Columbia, Oregon,
and northern California. Steller sea lions
form large rookeries during late spring
when adult males arrive and establish
territories (Pitcher and Calkins, 1981).
Large males aggressively defend
territories while non-breeding males
remain at peripheral sites or haul-outs.
Females arrive soon after and give birth.
Most births occur from mid-May
through mid-July, and breeding takes
place shortly thereafter. Most pups are
weaned within a year. Non-breeding
individuals may not return to rookeries
during the breeding season but remain
at other coastal haul-outs (Scordino,
2006).
Steller sea lions are opportunistic
predators, feeding primarily on fish and
cephalopods, and their diet varies
geographically and seasonally (Bigg,
1985; Merrick et al., 1997; Bredesen et
al., 2006; Guenette et al., 2006).
Foraging habitat is primarily shallow,
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23568
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
nearshore and continental shelf waters;
freshwater rivers; and also deep waters
(Reeves et al., 2008; Scordino, 2010).
In Oregon, Steller sea lions are found
on offshore rocks and islands. Most of
these haul-out sites are part of the
Oregon Islands National Wildlife Refuge
and are closed to the public (ODFW,
2010). Oregon is home to the largest
breeding site in U.S. waters south of
Alaska, with breeding areas at Three
Arch Rocks (Oceanside), Orford Reef
(Port Orford), and Rogue Reef (Gold
Beach). Steller sea lions are also found
year-round in smaller numbers at Sea
Lion Caves and at Cape Arago State
Park.
Although Steller sea lions occur
primarily in coastal habitat in Oregon
and Washington, they are present yearround in the lower Columbia River,
usually downstream of the confluence
of the Cowlitz River (ODFW, 2008).
However, adult and subadult male
Steller sea lions have been observed at
Bonneville Dam, where they prey
primarily on sturgeon and salmon that
congregate below the dam. In 2002, the
USACE began monitoring seasonal
presence, abundance, and predation
activities of marine mammals in the
Bonneville Dam tailrace (Tackley et al.,
2008b). Steller sea lions have been
documented every year since 2003;
observations have steadily increased to
75 Steller sea lions in 2010, the most on
record and almost triple the number of
the previous year (26 individuals)
(Stansell et al., 2009, 2010).
Steller sea lions use the Columbia
River for travel, foraging, and resting as
they move between haul-out sites and
the dam. There are no known haul-out
sites within the portions of the Region
of Activity occurring in the Columbia
River, Willamette River, or North
Portland Harbor. The nearest known
haul-out in the Columbia River is a rock
formation (Phoca Rock) approximately
8 mi (13 km) downstream of Bonneville
Dam (approximately 26 mi (42 km)
upstream from the project site). Steller
sea lions are also known to haul out on
the south jetty at the mouth of the
Columbia River, near Astoria, Oregon.
There are no rookeries located in or near
the Region of Activity. The nearest
Steller sea lion rookery is on the
northern Oregon coast at Oceanside
(ODFW, 2010), approximately 70 mi
(113 km) south of Astoria, i.e., more
than 150 mi (240 km) from the Region
of Activity.
Steller sea lions arrive at the dam in
late fall (Tackley et al., 2008b), although
occasionally individuals are sighted
near Bonneville Dam in the months of
September, October, and November
(Stansell et al., 2009, 2010). Steller sea
lions are present at the dam through
May, and can travel between the dam
and the mouth of the Columbia River
several times during these months
(Tackley et al., 2008b). Table 14
compiles data from surface observations
by the USACE for the Bonneville Dam
tailrace. If arrival and departure dates
were not available, the timing of surface
observations within the January through
May study period were recorded.
Because regular observations in the
study period generally began when
California sea lions are observed below
Bonneville Dam, and sometimes reports
stated that observations stopped as sea
lion numbers dropped, the observation
dates only give a general idea of first
arrival and departure for Steller sea
lions. Because tracking data indicate
that sea lions travel at fast rates between
hydrophone locations above and below
the CRC project area (Brown et al.,
2010), dates of first arrival at Bonneville
Dam and departure from the dam are
assumed to coincide closely with
potential passage timing through the
CRC project area.
TABLE 14—ARRIVAL AND DEPARTURE DATES FOR STELLER SEA LIONS BELOW BONNEVILLE DAM
2002
Arrival .............................................
Departure .......................................
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
1 3–03
1 2–24
1 4–11
1,2 2–10
1,2 1–08
1,3 1–11
1,4 1–14
1,6 1–08
1 6–02
n/a ........
n/a ........
1 5–30
1 5–31
1,2 5–31
1,2 5–26
1 5–31
5 5–19
6–04
1 Dates
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
are dates observations were taken and not when sea lions were first seen. Observations were made in 2002, but no Steller sea lions
were observed. In 2005 through 2007, observations were made intermittently until sea lions were seen consistently (Tackley et al., 2008a). Observation dates for 2006–07 from Scordino 2010.
2 In 2006 and 2007 Steller sea lions were seen regularly in the tailrace area from January to early March. Report notes anecdotal information
on sightings of Steller sea lions in November and December. Report states that after March when hazing activities began, fewer Steller sea lions
were observed through May (Tackley et al., 2008a).
3 Steller sea lions were known to be catching and consuming sturgeon in the Bonneville Dam tailrace and farther downstream as early as November 2007 (Tackley et al., 2008b).
4 Steller sea lions were known to be catching and consuming sturgeon in the Bonneville Dam tailrace and farther downstream as early as October 2008 (Stansell et al., 2009).
5 Observations ended because few sea lions were present.
6 Steller sea lions were observed downriver of the Bonneville Dam tailrace as early as September 2009 (Stansell et al., 2010).
Based on the information presented in
Table 14, Steller sea lions are expected
to pass the project site beginning with
a few individuals as early as September
and most individuals in January through
early June. Stansell et al. (2009, 2010)
show that Steller sea lion abundance
below Bonneville Dam increases
through approximately mid-April, and
then drops through about the end of
May.
ODFW tagged eight Steller sea lions
with acoustic and/or satellite-linked
transmitters from March 30 through
May 4, 2010 (Wright, 2010a). Data show
that the eight individuals only made one
or two roundtrips from Bonneville
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:37 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
during the months they were tracked.
This study is ongoing and more
information will be available in the
future to determine both the number of
roundtrips from Bonneville and the time
to transit between Bonneville and the
mouth of the Columbia River. Although
transit times between the mouth of the
Columbia River and Bonneville Dam are
not available for Steller sea lions, they
are available for California sea lions.
The PSMFC leads a tagging and tracking
program for California sea lions, which
has observed that the transit time for
California sea lions between Astoria and
Bonneville Dam is 30–36 hours
upstream and 15 hours downstream
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(CRC, 2010). Similar transit times are
assumed here for Steller sea lions.
Steller sea lions have generally been
observed at Bonneville Dam between
early January and late May, although
individuals have been noted at the dam
as early as September (Stansell et al.,
2010). Thus, Steller sea lions are likely
to be transiting in the Columbia River
and North Portland Harbor during the
time that in-water work would take
place.
Acoustics—Like all pinnipeds, the
Steller sea lion is amphibious; while all
foraging activity takes place in the
water, breeding behavior is carried out
on land in coastal rookeries (Mulsow
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
and Reichmuth 2008). On land,
territorial male Steller sea lions
regularly use loud, relatively lowfrequency calls/roars to establish
breeding territories (Schusterman et al.,
1970; Loughlin et al., 1987). The calls of
females range from 0.03 to 3 kHz, with
peak frequencies from 0.15 to 1 kHz;
typical duration is 1.0 to 1.5 sec
(Campbell et al., 2002). Pups also
produce bleating sounds. Individually
distinct vocalizations exchanged
between mothers and pups are thought
to be the main modality by which
reunion occurs when mothers return to
crowded rookeries following foraging at
sea (Mulsow and Reichmuth, 2008).
Mulsow and Reichmuth (2008)
measured the unmasked airborne
hearing sensitivity of one male Steller
sea lion. The range of best hearing
sensitivity was between 5 and 14 kHz.
Maximum sensitivity was found at 10
kHz, where the subject had a mean
threshold of 7 dB. The underwater
hearing threshold of a male Steller sea
lion was significantly different from that
of a female. The peak sensitivity range
for the male was from 1 to 16 kHz, with
maximum sensitivity (77 dB re: 1mPa-m)
at 1 kHz. The range of best hearing for
the female was from 16 to above 25 kHz,
with maximum sensitivity (73 dB re:
1mPa-m) at 25 kHz. However, because of
the small number of animals tested, the
findings could not be attributed to either
individual differences in sensitivity or
sexual dimorphism (Kastelein et al.,
2005).
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Background on Marine Mammal
Hearing
When considering the influence of
various kinds of sound on the marine
environment, it is necessary to
understand that different kinds of
marine life are sensitive to different
frequencies of sound. Based on available
behavioral data, audiograms derived
using auditory evoked potential
techniques, anatomical modeling, and
other data, Southall et al. (2007)
designate functional hearing groups for
marine mammals and estimate the lower
and upper frequencies of functional
hearing of the groups. The functional
groups and the associated frequencies
are indicated below (though animals are
less sensitive to sounds at the outer edge
of their functional range and most
sensitive to sounds of frequencies
within a smaller range somewhere in
the middle of their functional hearing
range):
• Low frequency cetaceans
(mysticetes): Functional hearing is
estimated to occur between
approximately 7 Hz and 22 kHz;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (dolphins,
larger toothed whales, beaked and
bottlenose whales): Functional hearing
is estimated to occur between
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
• High frequency cetaceans (true
porpoises, river dolphins, Kogia sp.):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 200 Hz and 180
kHz; and
• Pinnipeds in water: functional
hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 75 Hz and 75 kHz, with
the greatest sensitivity between
approximately 700 Hz and 20 kHz.
As mentioned previously in this
document, three species of pinnipeds
are likely to occur in the Region of
Activity.
Potential Effects of the Specified
Activity on Marine Mammals
CRC’s in-water construction and
demolition activities (e.g., pile driving
and removal) introduce sound into the
marine environment, and have the
potential to have adverse impacts on
marine mammals. The potential effects
of sound from the proposed activities
associated with the CRC project may
include one or more of the following:
Tolerance; masking of natural sounds;
behavioral disturbance; non-auditory
physical effects; and temporary or
permanent hearing impairment
(Richardson et al., 1995). However, for
reasons discussed later in this
document, it is unlikely that there
would be any cases of temporary or
permanent hearing impairment resulting
from these activities. As outlined in
previous NMFS documents, the effects
of sound on marine mammals are highly
variable, and can be categorized as
follows (based on Richardson et al.,
1995):
• The sound may be too weak to be
heard at the location of the animal (i.e.,
lower than the prevailing ambient
sound level, the hearing threshold of the
animal at relevant frequencies, or both);
• The sound may be audible but not
strong enough to elicit any overt
behavioral response;
• The sound may elicit reactions of
varying degrees and variable relevance
to the well being of the marine mammal;
these can range from temporary alert
responses to active avoidance reactions
such as vacating an area until the
stimulus ceases, but potentially for
longer periods of time;
• Upon repeated exposure, a marine
mammal may exhibit diminishing
responsiveness (habituation), or
disturbance effects may persist; the
latter is most likely with sounds that are
highly variable in characteristics and
unpredictable in occurrence, and
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
23569
associated with situations that a marine
mammal perceives as a threat;
• Any anthropogenic sound that is
strong enough to be heard has the
potential to result in masking, or reduce
the ability of a marine mammal to hear
biological sounds at similar frequencies,
including calls from conspecifics and
underwater environmental sounds such
as surf sound;
• If mammals remain in an area
because it is important for feeding,
breeding, or some other biologically
important purpose even though there is
chronic exposure to sound, it is possible
that there could be sound-induced
physiological stress; this might in turn
have negative effects on the well-being
or reproduction of the animals involved;
and
• Very strong sounds have the
potential to cause a temporary or
permanent reduction in hearing
sensitivity, also referred to as threshold
shift. In terrestrial mammals, and
presumably marine mammals, received
sound levels must far exceed the
animal’s hearing threshold for there to
be any temporary threshold shift (TTS).
For transient sounds, the sound level
necessary to cause TTS is inversely
related to the duration of the sound.
Received sound levels must be even
higher for there to be risk of permanent
hearing impairment (PTS). In addition,
intense acoustic or explosive events
may cause trauma to tissues associated
with organs vital for hearing, sound
production, respiration and other
functions. This trauma may include
minor to severe hemorrhage.
Tolerance
Numerous studies have shown that
underwater sounds from industrial
activities are often readily detectable by
marine mammals in the water at
distances of many kilometers. However,
other studies have shown that marine
mammals at distances more than a few
kilometers away often show no apparent
response to industrial activities of
various types (Miller et al., 2005). This
is often true even in cases when the
sounds must be readily audible to the
animals based on measured received
levels and the hearing sensitivity of that
mammal group. Although various
baleen whales, toothed whales, and (less
frequently) pinnipeds have been shown
to react behaviorally to underwater
sound from sources such as airgun
pulses or vessels under some
conditions, at other times, mammals of
all three types have shown no overt
reactions (e.g., Malme et al., 1986;
Richardson et al., 1995; Madsen and
Mohl, 2000; Croll et al., 2001; Jacobs
and Terhune, 2002; Madsen et al., 2002;
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23570
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Miller et al., 2005). In general,
pinnipeds seem to be more tolerant of
exposure to some types of underwater
sound than are baleen whales.
Richardson et al. (1995) found that
vessel sound does not seem to strongly
affect pinnipeds that are already in the
water. Richardson et al. (1995) went on
to explain that seals on haul-outs
sometimes respond strongly to the
presence of vessels and at other times
appear to show considerable tolerance
of vessels, and Brueggeman et al. (1992)
observed ringed seals (Pusa hispida)
hauled out on ice pans displaying shortterm escape reactions when a ship
approached within 0.16–0.31 mi (0.25–
0.5 km).
Masking
Masking is the obscuring of sounds of
interest to an animal by other sounds,
typically at similar frequencies. Marine
mammals are highly dependent on
sound, and their ability to recognize
sound signals amid other sound is
important in communication and
detection of both predators and prey.
Background ambient sound may
interfere with or mask the ability of an
animal to detect a sound signal even
when that signal is above its absolute
hearing threshold. Even in the absence
of anthropogenic sound, the marine
environment is often loud. Natural
ambient sound includes contributions
from wind, waves, precipitation, other
animals, and (at frequencies above 30
kHz) thermal sound resulting from
molecular agitation (Richardson et al.,
1995).
Background sound may also include
anthropogenic sound, and masking of
natural sounds can result when human
activities produce high levels of
background sound. Conversely, if the
background level of underwater sound
is high (e.g., on a day with strong wind
and high waves), an anthropogenic
sound source would not be detectable as
far away as would be possible under
quieter conditions and would itself be
masked. Ambient sound is highly
variable on continental shelves
(Thompson, 1965; Myrberg, 1978;
Chapman et al., 1998; Desharnais et al.,
1999). This results in a high degree of
variability in the range at which marine
mammals can detect anthropogenic
sounds.
Although masking is a phenomenon
which may occur naturally, the
introduction of loud anthropogenic
sounds into the marine environment at
frequencies important to marine
mammals increases the severity and
frequency of occurrence of masking. For
example, if a baleen whale is exposed to
continuous low-frequency sound from
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
an industrial source, this would reduce
the size of the area around that whale
within which it can hear the calls of
another whale. The components of
background noise that are similar in
frequency to the signal in question
primarily determine the degree of
masking of that signal. In general, little
is known about the degree to which
marine mammals rely upon detection of
sounds from conspecifics, predators,
prey, or other natural sources. In the
absence of specific information about
the importance of detecting these
natural sounds, it is not possible to
predict the impact of masking on marine
mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). In
general, masking effects are expected to
be less severe when sounds are transient
than when they are continuous.
Masking is typically of greater concern
for those marine mammals that utilize
low frequency communications, such as
baleen whales and, as such, is not likely
to occur for pinnipeds in the Region of
Activity.
Disturbance
Behavioral disturbance is one of the
primary potential impacts of
anthropogenic sound on marine
mammals. Disturbance can result in a
variety of effects, such as subtle or
dramatic changes in behavior or
displacement, but the degree to which
disturbance causes such effects may be
highly dependent upon the context in
which the stimulus occurs. For
example, an animal that is feeding may
be less prone to disturbance from a
given stimulus than one that is not. For
many species and situations, there is no
detailed information about reactions to
sound.
Behavioral reactions of marine
mammals to sound are difficult to
predict because they are dependent on
numerous factors, including species,
maturity, experience, activity,
reproductive state, time of day, and
weather. If a marine mammal does react
to an underwater sound by changing its
behavior or moving a small distance, the
impacts of that change may not be
important to the individual, the stock,
or the species as a whole. However, if
a sound source displaces marine
mammals from an important feeding or
breeding area for a prolonged period,
impacts on the animals could be
important. In general, pinnipeds seem
more tolerant of, or at least habituate
more quickly to, potentially disturbing
underwater sound than do cetaceans,
and generally seem to be less responsive
to exposure to industrial sound than
most cetaceans. Pinniped responses to
underwater sound from some types of
industrial activities such as seismic
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
exploration appear to be temporary and
localized (Harris et al., 2001; Reiser et
al., 2009).
Because the few available studies
show wide variation in response to
underwater and airborne sound, it is
difficult to quantify exactly how pile
driving sound would affect pinnipeds.
The literature shows that elevated
underwater sound levels could prompt
a range of effects, including no obvious
visible response, or behavioral
responses that may include annoyance
and increased alertness, visual
orientation towards the sound,
investigation of the sound, change in
movement pattern or direction,
habituation, alteration of feeding and
social interaction, or temporary or
permanent avoidance of the area
affected by sound. Minor behavioral
responses do not necessarily cause longterm effects to the individuals involved.
Severe responses include panic,
immediate movement away from the
sound, and stampeding, which could
potentially lead to injury or mortality
(Southall et al., 2007).
Southall et al. (2007) reviewed
literature describing responses of
pinnipeds to non-pulsed sound in water
and reported that the limited data
suggest exposures between
approximately 90 and 140 dB generally
do not appear to induce strong
behavioral responses in pinnipeds,
while higher levels of pulsed sound,
ranging between 150 and 180 dB, will
prompt avoidance of an area. It is
important to note that among these
studies, there are some apparent
differences in responses between field
and laboratory conditions. In contrast to
the mid-frequency odontocetes, captive
pinnipeds responded more strongly at
lower levels than did animals in the
field. Again, contextual issues are the
likely cause of this difference. For
airborne sound, Southall et al. (2007)
note there are extremely limited data
suggesting very minor, if any,
observable behavioral responses by
pinnipeds exposed to airborne pulses of
60 to 80 dB; however, given the paucity
of data on the subject, we cannot rule
out the possibility that avoidance of
sound in the Region of Activity could
occur.
In their comprehensive review of
available literature, Southall et al.
(2007) noted that quantitative studies on
behavioral reactions of pinnipeds to
underwater sound are rare. A subset of
only three studies observed the response
of pinnipeds to multiple pulses of
underwater sound (a category of sound
types that includes impact pile driving),
and were also deemed by the authors as
having results that are both measurable
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
and representative. However, a number
of studies not used by Southall et al.
(2007) provide additional information,
both quantitative and anecdotal,
regarding the reactions of pinnipeds to
multiple pulses of underwater sound.
• Harris et al. (2001) observed the
response of ringed, bearded (Erignathus
barbatus), and spotted seals (Phoca
largha) to underwater operation of a
single air gun and an eleven-gun array.
Received exposure levels were 160 to
200 dB. Results fit into two categories.
In some instances, seals exhibited no
response to sound. However, the study
noted significantly fewer seals during
operation of the full array in some
instances. Additionally, the study noted
some avoidance of the area within
150 m of the source during full array
operations.
• Blackwell et al. (2004) is the only
cited study directly related to pile
driving. The study observed ringed seals
during impact installation of steel pipe
pile. Received underwater SPLs were
measured at 151 dB at 63 m. The seals
exhibited either no response or only
brief orientation response (defined as
‘‘investigation or visual orientation’’). It
should be noted that the observations
were made after pile driving was
already in progress. Therefore, it is
possible that the low-level response was
due to prior habituation.
• Miller et al. (2005) observed
responses of ringed and bearded seals to
a seismic air gun array. Received
underwater sound levels were estimated
at 160 to 200 dB. There were fewer seals
present close to the sound source during
air gun operations in the first year, but
in the second year the seals showed no
avoidance. In some instances, seals were
present in very close range of the sound.
The authors concluded that there was
‘‘no observable behavioral response’’ to
seismic air gun operations.
During a Caltrans installation
demonstration project for retrofit work
on the East Span of the San Francisco
Oakland Bay Bridge, California, sea
lions responded to pile driving by
swimming rapidly out of the area,
regardless of the size of the pile-driving
hammer or the presence of sound
attenuation devices (74 FR 63724).
Jacobs and Terhune (2002) observed
harbor seal reactions to acoustic
harassment devices (AHDs) with source
level of 172 dB deployed around
aquaculture sites. Seals were generally
unresponsive to sounds from the AHDs.
During two specific events, individuals
came within 141 and 144 ft (43 and
44 m) of active AHDs and failed to
demonstrate any measurable behavioral
response; estimated received levels
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
based on the measures given were
approximately 120 to 130 dB.
Costa et al. (2003) measured received
sound levels from an Acoustic
Thermometry of Ocean Climate (ATOC)
program sound source off northern
California using acoustic data loggers
placed on translocated elephant seals.
Subjects were captured on land,
transported to sea, instrumented with
archival acoustic tags, and released such
that their transit would lead them near
an active ATOC source (at 0.6 mi depth
[939 m]; 75-Hz signal with 37.5-Hz
bandwidth; 195 dB maximum source
level, ramped up from 165 dB over 20
min) on their return to a haul-out site.
Received exposure levels of the ATOC
source for experimental subjects
averaged 128 dB (range 118 to 137) in
the 60- to 90-Hz band. None of the
instrumented animals terminated dives
or radically altered behavior upon
exposure, but some statistically
significant changes in diving parameters
were documented in nine individuals.
Translocated northern elephant seals
exposed to this particular non-pulse
source began to demonstrate subtle
behavioral changes at exposure to
received levels of approximately 120 to
140 dB.
Several available studies provide
information on the reactions of
pinnipeds to non-pulsed underwater
sound. Kastelein et al. (2006) exposed
nine captive harbor seals in an
approximately 82 x 98 ft (25 x 30 m)
enclosure to non-pulse sounds used in
underwater data communication
systems (similar to acoustic modems).
Test signals were frequency modulated
tones, sweeps, and bands of sound with
fundamental frequencies between 8 and
16 kHz; 128 to 130 ±3 dB source levels;
1- to 2-s duration (60–80 percent duty
cycle); or 100 percent duty cycle. They
recorded seal positions and the mean
number of individual surfacing
behaviors during control periods (no
exposure), before exposure, and in
15-min experimental sessions (n = 7
exposures for each sound type). Seals
generally swam away from each source
at received levels of approximately 107
dB, avoiding it by approximately 16 ft
(5 m), although they did not haul out of
the water or change surfacing behavior.
Seal reactions did not appear to wane
over repeated exposure (i.e., there was
no obvious habituation), and the colony
of seals generally returned to baseline
conditions following exposure. The
seals were not reinforced with food for
remaining in the sound field.
Reactions of harbor seals to the
simulated sound of a 2-megawatt wind
power generator were measured by
Koschinski et al. (2003). Harbor seals
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
23571
surfaced significantly further away from
the sound source when it was active and
did not approach the sound source as
closely. The device used in that study
produced sounds in the frequency range
of 30 to 800 Hz, with peak source levels
of 128 dB at 1 m at the 80- and 160-Hz
frequencies.
Ship and boat sound do not seem to
have strong effects on seals in the water,
but the data are limited. When in the
water, seals appear to be much less
apprehensive about approaching
vessels. Some would approach a vessel
out of apparent curiosity, including
noisy vessels such as those operating
seismic airgun arrays (Moulton and
Lawson, 2002). Gray seals (Halichoerus
grypus) have been known to approach
and follow fishing vessels in an effort to
steal catch or the bait from traps. In
contrast, seals hauled out on land often
are quite responsive to nearby vessels.
Terhune (1985) reported that northwest
Atlantic harbor seals were extremely
vigilant when hauled out and were wary
of approaching (but less so passing)
boats. Suryan and Harvey (1999)
reported that Pacific harbor seals
commonly left the shore when
powerboat operators approached to
observe the seals. Those seals detected
a powerboat at a mean distance of 866
ft (264 m), and seals left the haul-out
site when boats approached to within
472 ft (144 m).
Southall et al. (2007) also compiled
known studies of behavioral responses
of marine mammals to airborne sound,
noting that studies of pinniped response
to airborne pulsed sounds are
exceedingly rare. The authors deemed
only one study as having quantifiable
results.
• Blackwell et al. (2004) studied the
response of ringed seals within 500 m
of impact driving of steel pipe pile.
Received levels of airborne sound were
measured at 93 dB at a distance of
63 m. Seals had either no response or
limited response to pile driving.
Reactions were described as
‘‘indifferent’’ or ‘‘curious.’’
Efforts to deter pinniped predation on
salmonids below Bonneville Dam began
in 2005, and have used Acoustic
Deterrent Devices (ADDs), boat chasing,
above-water pyrotechnics (cracker
shells, screamer shells or rockets),
rubber bullets, rubber buckshot, and
beanbags (Stansell et al., 2009). Review
of deterrence activities by the West
Coast Pinniped Program noted ‘‘USACE
observations from 2002 to 2008
indicated that increasing numbers of
California sea lions were foraging on
salmon at Bonneville Dam each year,
salmon predation rates increased, and
the deterrence efforts were having little
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
23572
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
effect on preventing predation’’
(Scordino, 2010). In the USACE status
report through May 28, 2010, boat
hazing was reported to have limited,
local, short term impact in reducing
predation in the tailrace, primarily from
Steller sea lions. ODFW and the WDFW
reported that sea lion presence did not
appear to be significantly influenced by
boat-based activities and several ‘‘new’’
sea lions (initially unbranded or
unknown from natural markings)
continued to forage in the observation
area in spite of shore- and boat-based
hazing. They suggested that hazing was
not effective at deterring naive sea lions
if there were large numbers of
experienced sea lions foraging in the
area (Brown et al., 2010). Observations
on the effect of ADDs, which were
installed at main fishway entrances in
2007, noted that pinnipeds were
observed swimming and eating fish
within 20 ft (6 m) of some of the devices
with no deterrent effect observed
(Tackley et al., 2008a, 2008b; Stansell et
al., 2009, 2010). Many of the animals
returned to the area below the dam
despite hazing efforts (Stansell et al.,
2009, Stansell and Gibbons, 2010).
Relocation efforts to Astoria and the
Oregon coast were implemented in
2007; however, all but one of fourteen
relocated animals returned to
Bonneville Dam within days (Scordino,
2010).
No information on in-water sound
levels of hazing activities at Bonneville
Dam has been published other than that
ADDs produce underwater sound levels
of 205 dB in the 15 kHz range (Stansell
et al., 2009). Durations of boat-based
hazing events were reported at less than
30 minutes for most of the 521 boatbased events in 2009, but ranged up to
90 minutes (Brown et al., 2009).
Durations of boat-based hazing events
were not reported for 2010. However,
280 events occurred over 44 days during
a five-month period using a total of
4,921 cracker shells, 777 seal bombs,
and 97 rubber buckshot rounds (Brown
et al., 2010). Based on knowledge of inwater sound from construction
activities, the CRC project believes that
sound levels from in-water construction
and demolition activities that pinnipeds
would be potentially exposed to are not
as high as those produced by hazing
techniques.
In addition, sea lions are expected to
quickly traverse through and not remain
in the project area. Tagging studies of
California sea lions indicate that they
pass hydrophones upriver and
downriver of the CRC project site
quickly. Wright et al. (2010) reported
minimum upstream and downstream
transit times between the Astoria haul-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
out and Bonneville Dam (river distance
approximately 20 km) were 1.9 and
1 day, respectively, based on fourteen
trips by eleven sea lions. The transit
speed was calculated to be 4.6 km/hr in
the upstream direction and 8.8 km/hr in
the downstream direction. Data from the
six individuals acoustically tagged in
2009 show that they made a combined
total of eleven upriver or downriver
trips quickly through the CRC project
site to or from Bonneville Dam and
Astoria (Brown et al., 2009). Data from
four acoustically tagged California sea
lions in 2010 also indicate that the
animals move though the area below
Bonneville Dam down to the receivers
located below the CRC project site
rapidly both in the upriver or downriver
directions (Wright, 2010). Although the
data apply to California sea lions, Steller
sea lions and harbor seals similarly have
no incentive to stay near the CRC
project area, in contrast with a strong
incentive to quickly reach optimal
foraging grounds at the Bonneville Dam,
and are thus expected to also pass the
project area quickly. Therefore,
pinnipeds are not expected to be
exposed to a significant duration of
construction sound.
It is possible that deterrence of
passage through the project area could
be a concern. However, given the 800m width of the Columbia River and the
rarity of impact pile driving on opposite
sides of the river (approximately 1–2
days total throughout the approximately
4-year construction period), passage
should not be hindered. Vibratory
installation or removal of piles at more
than one pier complex would likely
occur at the same time on occasion
during construction and demolition.
During construction and demolition,
space limitations due to barge size and
limitations on the amount of equipment
available are anticipated to be limiting
factors for the contractor. Vibratory
installation of steel casings, pipe piles,
and sheet piles are calculated to exceed
behavioral disturbance thresholds at
large distances; thus, the entire width of
the channel would be affected by sound
above the disturbance threshold even if
only one pier complex was being
worked on. However, because these
sound levels are lower than those
produced by ADDs at Bonneville Dam—
which have shown only limited efficacy
in deterring pinnipeds—and because
pinnipeds transiting the Region of
Activity will be highly motivated to
complete transit, deterrence of passage
is not anticipated to occur.
Debris Removal—The reactions of
pinnipeds to sound from debris removal
(a non-pulsed sound) have received
virtually no study. Previous studies
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
indicate that dredging sound has
resulted in avoidance reactions in
marine mammals; however, the number
of studies is small and limited to only
a handful of locations. Thomsen et al.
(2009) caution that, given the limited
number of studies, the existing
published data may not be
representative and that it is therefore
impossible to extrapolate the potential
effects from one area to the next.
In a review of the available literature
regarding the effects of dredging sound
on marine mammals, Richardson et al.
(1995) found studies only related to
whales and porpoises, and none related
to pinnipeds. The review did, however,
find studies related to the response of
pinnipeds to ‘‘other construction
activities’’, which may be applicable to
dredging sound. Three studies of ringed
seals during construction of artificial
islands in Alaska showed mostly mild
reactions ranging from negligible to
temporary local displacement. Green
and Johnson (1983, as cited in
Richardson et al. [1995]) observed that
some ringed seals moved away from the
disturbance source within a few
kilometers of construction. Frost and
Lowry (1988, as cited in Richardson et
al. [1995]) and Frost et al. (1988, as cited
in Richardson et al., 1995) noted that
ringed seal density within 3.7 km of
construction was less than seal density
in areas located more than 3.7 km away.
Harbor seals in Kachemak Bay, Alaska,
continued to haul out despite
construction of hydroelectric facilities
located 1,600 m away. Finally, Gentry
and Gilman (1990) reported that the
strongest reaction to quarrying
operations on St. George Island in the
Bering Sea was an alert posture when
heavy equipment occurred within 100
m of northern fur seals.
There are no established levels of
underwater debris removal sound
shown to cause injury to pinnipeds.
However, since the maximum expected
debris removal sound levels on the CRC
project are below the established injury
threshold, it is unlikely that this activity
would produce sound levels that are
injurious to pinnipeds. Additionally,
the limited body of literature does not
include any reports of injuries caused
by sound from underwater excavation.
Debris removal sound is likely to exceed
the disturbance threshold for only a
short distance from the source
(approximately 631 m). Specific
responses to sound above this level may
range from no response to avoidance to
minor disruption of migration and/or
feeding. Alternatively, pinnipeds may
become habituated to elevated sound
levels (NMFS, 2005; Stansell, 2009).
This is consistent with the literature,
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
which reports only the following
behavioral responses to these types of
sound sources: No reaction, alertness,
avoidance, and habituation. NMFS
(2005) posits that continuous sound
levels of 120 dB rms may elicit
responses such as avoidance, diving, or
changing foraging locations.
Debris removal is only estimated to
occur for up to 7 days over the 4-year
construction period in North Portland
Harbor. If this activity overlaps with
pinniped presence, behavioral
disturbance is expected to be brief and
temporary, and restricted to individuals
that are transiting the North Portland
Harbor portion of the Region of Activity.
Because many of the individual
pinnipeds transiting the Region of
Activity are already habituated to
hazing at Bonneville Dam and to high
levels of existing noise throughout the
lower Columbia River, it is expected
that they would not be especially
sensitive to a marginal increase in
existing noise. Thus, due to the short
duration of this sound, its location only
in North Portland Harbor and the high
level of existing disturbance throughout
the lower Columbia River, sound
generated from debris removal is not
expected to result in disturbance that
would rise to the level of Level B
harassment.
Vessel Operations—Various types of
vessels, including barges, tug boats, and
small craft, would be present in the
Region of Activity at various times.
Vessel traffic would continually traverse
the in-water CRC project area, with
activities centered on Piers 2 through 7
of the Columbia River and the new
North Portland Harbor bents. Such
vessels already use the Region of
Activity in moderately high numbers;
therefore, the vessels to be used in the
Region of Activity do not represent a
new sound source, only a potential
increase in the frequency and duration
of these sound source types.
There are very few controlled tests or
repeatable observations related to the
reactions of pinnipeds to vessel noise.
However, Richardson et al. (1995)
reviewed the literature on reactions of
pinnipeds to vessels, concluding overall
that pinnipeds showed high tolerance to
vessel noise. One study showed that, in
water, sea lions tolerated frequent
approach of vessels at close range.
Because the Region of Activity is
heavily traveled by commercial and
recreational craft, it seems likely that
pinnipeds that transit the Region of
Activity are already habituated to vessel
noise, thus the additional vessels that
would occur as a result of CRC project
activities would likely not have an
additional effect on these pinnipeds.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
Therefore, CRC project vessel noise in
the Region of Activity is unlikely to rise
to the level of Level B harassment.
Physical Disturbance—Vessels, inwater structures, and over-water
structures have the potential to cause
physical disturbance to pinnipeds,
although in-water and over-water
structures would cover no more than
20 percent of the entire channel width
at one time (CRC, 2010). As previously
mentioned, various types of vessels
already use the Region of Activity in
high numbers. Tug boats and barges are
slow moving and follow a predictable
course. Pinnipeds would be able to
easily avoid these vessels while
transiting through the Region of
Activity, and are likely already
habituated to the presence of numerous
vessels, as the lower Columbia River
and North Portland Harbor receive high
levels of commercial and recreational
vessel traffic. Therefore, vessel strikes
are extremely unlikely and, thus,
discountable. Potential encounters
would likely be limited to brief,
sporadic behavioral disturbance, if any
at all. Such disturbances are not likely
to result in a risk of Level B harassment
of pinnipeds transiting the Region of
Activity.
Hearing Impairment and Other
Physiological Effects
Temporary or permanent hearing
impairment is a possibility when marine
mammals are exposed to very strong
sounds. Non-auditory physiological
effects might also occur in marine
mammals exposed to strong underwater
sound. Possible types of non-auditory
physiological effects or injuries that may
occur in mammals close to a strong
sound source include stress,
neurological effects, bubble formation,
and other types of organ or tissue
damage. It is possible that some marine
mammal species (i.e., beaked whales)
may be especially susceptible to injury
and/or stranding when exposed to
strong pulsed sounds, particularly at
higher frequencies. Non-auditory
physiological effects are not anticipated
to occur as a result of CRC activities.
The following subsections discuss the
possibilities of TTS and PTS.
TTS—TTS, reversible hearing loss
caused by fatigue of hair cells and
supporting structures in the inner ear, is
the mildest form of hearing impairment
that can occur during exposure to a
strong sound (Kryter, 1985). While
experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold
rises and a sound must be stronger in
order to be heard. TTS can last from
minutes or hours to (in cases of strong
TTS) days. For sound exposures at or
somewhat above the TTS threshold,
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
23573
hearing sensitivity in both terrestrial
and marine mammals recovers rapidly
after exposure to the sound ends.
NMFS considers TTS to be a form of
Level B harassment rather than injury,
as it consists of fatigue to auditory
structures rather than damage to them.
Pinnipeds have demonstrated complete
recovery from TTS after multiple
exposures to intense sound, as
described in the studies below (Kastak
et al., 1999, 2005). The NMFSestablished 190-dB criterion is not
considered to be the level above which
TTS might occur. Rather, it is the
received level above which, in the view
of a panel of bioacoustics specialists
convened by NMFS before TTS
measurements for marine mammals
became available, one could not be
certain that there would be no injurious
effects, auditory or otherwise, to
pinnipeds. Therefore, exposure to sound
levels above 190 dB does not necessarily
mean that an animal has incurred TTS,
but rather that it may have occurred.
Few data on sound levels and durations
necessary to elicit mild TTS have been
obtained for marine mammals, and none
of the published data concern TTS
elicited by exposure to multiple pulses
of sound.
Human non-impulsive sound
exposure guidelines are based on
exposures of equal energy (the same
sound exposure level [SEL]; SEL is
reported here in dB re: 1 mPa2-s/re: 20
mPa2-s for in-water and in-air sound,
respectively) producing equal amounts
of hearing impairment regardless of how
the sound energy is distributed in time
(NIOSH, 1998). Until recently, previous
marine mammal TTS studies have also
generally supported this equal energy
relationship (Southall et al., 2007).
Three newer studies, two by Mooney et
al. (2009a,b) on a single bottlenose
dolphin (Tursiops truncatus) either
exposed to playbacks of U.S. Navy midfrequency active sonar or octave-band
sound (4–8 kHz) and one by Kastak et
al. (2007) on a single California sea lion
exposed to airborne octave-band sound
(centered at 2.5 kHz), concluded that for
all sound exposure situations, the equal
energy relationship may not be the best
indicator to predict TTS onset levels.
Generally, with sound exposures of
equal energy, those that were quieter
(lower SPL) with longer duration were
found to induce TTS onset more than
those of louder (higher SPL) and shorter
duration. Given the available data, the
received level of a single seismic pulse
(with no frequency weighting) might
need to be approximately 186 dB SEL in
order to produce brief, mild TTS.
In free-ranging pinnipeds, TTS
thresholds associated with exposure to
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
23574
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
brief pulses (single or multiple) of
underwater sound have not been
measured. However, systematic TTS
studies on captive pinnipeds have been
conducted (e.g., Bowles et al., 1999;
Kastak et al., 1999, 2005, 2007;
Schusterman et al., 2000; Finneran et
al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007). Specific
studies are detailed here:
• Finneran et al. (2003) studied
responses of two individual California
sea lions. The sea lions were exposed to
single pulses of underwater sound, and
experienced no detectable TTS at
received sound level of 183 dB peak
(163 dB SEL).
There were three studies conducted
on pinniped TTS responses to nonpulsed underwater sound. All of these
studies were performed in the same lab
and on the same test subjects, and,
therefore, the results may not be
applicable to all pinnipeds or in field
settings.
• Kastak and Schusterman (1996)
studied the response of harbor seals to
non-pulsed construction sound,
reporting TTS of about 8 dB. The seal
was exposed to broadband construction
sound for 6 days, averaging 6 to 7 hours
of intermittent exposure per day, with
SPLs from just approximately 90 to 105
dB.
• Kastak et al. (1999) reported TTS of
approximately 4–5 dB in three species
of pinnipeds (harbor seal, California sea
lion, and northern elephant seal) after
underwater exposure for approximately
20 minutes to sound with frequencies
ranging from 100–2,000 Hz at received
levels 60–75 dB above hearing
threshold. This approach allowed
similar effective exposure conditions to
each of the subjects, but resulted in
variable absolute exposure values
depending on subject and test
frequency. Recovery to near baseline
levels was reported within 24 hours of
sound exposure.
• Kastak et al. (2005) followed up on
their previous work, exposing the same
test subjects to higher levels of sound
for longer durations. The animals were
exposed to octave-band sound for up to
50 minutes of net exposure. The study
reported that the harbor seal
experienced TTS of 6 dB after a 25minute exposure to 2.5 kHz of octaveband sound at 152 dB (183 dB SEL). The
California sea lion demonstrated onset
of TTS after exposure to 174 dB and 206
dB SEL.
Southall et al. (2007) reported one
study on TTS in pinnipeds resulting
from airborne pulsed sound, while two
studies examined TTS in pinnipeds
resulting from airborne non-pulsed
sound:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
• Bowles et al. (unpubl. data)
exposed pinnipeds to simulated sonic
booms. Harbor seals demonstrated TTS
at 143 dB peak and 129 dB SEL.
California sea lions and northern
elephant seals experienced TTS at
higher exposure levels than the harbor
seals.
• Kastak et al. (2004) used the same
test subjects as in Kastak et al. 2005,
exposing the animals to non-pulsed
sound (2.5 kHz octave-band sound) for
25 minutes. The harbor seal
demonstrated 6 dB of TTS after
exposure to 99 dB (131 dB SEL). The
California sea lion demonstrated onset
of TTS at 122 dB and 154 dB SEL.
• Kastak et al. (2007) studied the
same California sea lion as in Kastak et
al. 2004 above, exposing this individual
to 192 exposures of 2.5 kHz octave-band
sound at levels ranging from 94 to 133
dB for 1.5 to 50 min of net exposure
duration. The test subject experienced
up to 30 dB of TTS. TTS onset occurred
at 159 dB SEL. Recovery times ranged
from several minutes to 3 days.
The sound level necessary to cause
TTS in pinnipeds depends on exposure
duration; with longer exposure, the
level necessary to elicit TTS is reduced
(Schusterman et al., 2000; Kastak et al.,
2005, 2007). For very short exposures
(e.g., to a single sound pulse), the level
necessary to cause TTS is very high
(Finneran et al., 2003). Impact pile
driving associated with CRC would
produce maximum underwater pulsed
sound levels estimated at 210 dB peak
and 176 dB SEL with 10 dB of
attenuation from an attenuation device
(214 dB peak and 186 dB SEL without
an attenuation device). Summarizing
existing data, Southall et al. (2007)
assume that pulses of underwater sound
result in the onset of TTS in pinnipeds
when received levels reach 212 dB peak
or 171 dB SEL. They did not offer
criteria for non-pulsed sounds. These
recommendations are presented in order
to discuss the likelihood of TTS
occurring during the CRC project. The
literature does not allow conclusions to
be drawn regarding levels of underwater
non-pulsed sound (e.g., vibratory pile
installation) likely to cause TTS. With a
sound attenuation device, TTS is not
likely to occur based on estimated
source levels from the CRC project.
Without a sound attenuation device, it
is estimated that the extent of the area
in which underwater sound levels could
potentially cause TTS is somewhere in
between the extent of where the injury
threshold occurs and the extent of
where the disturbance threshold occurs
(described previously in this document).
Impact pile driving would produce
initial airborne sound levels of
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
approximately 112 dB peak at 160 ft
(49 m) from the source, as compared to
the level suggested by Southall et al.
(2007) of 143 dB peak for onset of TTS
in pinnipeds from multiple pulses of
airborne sound. It is not expected that
airborne sound levels would induce
TTS in individual pinnipeds.
Although underwater sound levels
produced by the CRC project may
exceed levels produced in studies that
have induced TTS in pinnipeds, there is
a general lack of controlled, quantifiable
field studies related to this
phenomenon, and existing studies have
had varied results (Southall et al., 2007).
Therefore, it is difficult to extrapolate
from these data to site-specific
conditions for the CRC project. For
example, because most of the studies
have been conducted in laboratories,
rather than in field settings, the data are
not conclusive as to whether elevated
levels of sound would cause pinnipeds
to avoid the Region of Activity, thereby
reducing the likelihood of TTS, or
whether sound would attract pinnipeds,
increasing the likelihood of TTS. In any
case, there are no universally accepted
standards for the amount of exposure
time likely to induce TTS. Lambourne
(in CRC, 2010) posits that, in most
circumstances, free-roaming Steller sea
lions are not likely to remain in areas
subjected to high sound levels long
enough to experience TTS unless there
is a particularly strong attraction, such
as an abundant food source. While it
may be inferred that TTS could
theoretically result from the CRC
project, it is impossible to quantify the
magnitude of exposure, the duration of
the effect, or the number of individuals
likely to be affected. Exposure is likely
to be brief because pinnipeds use the
Region of Activity for transiting, rather
than breeding or hauling out. In
summary, it is expected that elevated
sound would have only a negligible
probability of causing TTS in individual
seals and sea lions.
PTS—When PTS occurs, there is
physical damage to the sound receptors
in the ear. In some cases, there can be
total or partial deafness, whereas in
other cases, the animal has an impaired
ability to hear sounds in specific
frequency ranges.
There is no specific evidence that
exposure to underwater industrial
sounds can cause PTS in any marine
mammal (see Southall et al., 2007).
However, given the possibility that
marine mammals might incur TTS,
there has been further speculation about
the possibility that some individuals
occurring very close to industrial
activities might incur PTS. Richardson
et al. (1995) hypothesized that PTS
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
caused by prolonged exposure to
continuous anthropogenic sound is
unlikely to occur in marine mammals, at
least for sounds with source levels up to
approximately 200 dB. Single or
occasional occurrences of mild TTS are
not indicative of permanent auditory
damage in terrestrial mammals. Studies
of relationships between TTS and PTS
thresholds in marine mammals are
limited; however, existing data appear
to show similarity to those found for
humans and other terrestrial mammals,
for which there is a large body of data.
PTS might occur at a received sound
level at least several decibels above that
inducing mild TTS.
Southall et al. (2007) propose that
sound levels inducing 40 dB of TTS
may result in onset of PTS in marine
mammals. The authors present this
threshold with precaution, as there are
no specific studies to support it.
Because direct studies on marine
mammals are lacking, the authors base
these recommendations on studies
performed on other mammals.
Additionally, the authors assume that
multiple pulses of underwater sound
result in the onset of PTS in pinnipeds
when levels reach 218 dB peak or 186
dB SEL. In air, sound levels are assumed
to cause PTS in pinnipeds at 149 dB
peak or 144 dB SEL (Southall et al.,
2007). Sound levels this high are not
expected to occur as a result of the
proposed activities.
The potential effects to marine
mammals described in this section of
the document do not take into
consideration the proposed monitoring
and mitigation measures described later
in this document (see the PROPOSED
MITIGATION and PROPOSED
MONITORING AND REPORTING
sections). It is highly unlikely that
marine mammals would receive sounds
strong enough (and over a sufficient
duration) to cause PTS (or even TTS)
during the proposed CRC activities.
When taking the mitigation measures
proposed for inclusion in the
regulations into consideration, it is
highly unlikely that any type of hearing
impairment would occur as a result of
CRC’s proposed activities.
passage obstruction and changes in prey
species distribution during
construction. Permanent changes to
habitat would be produced primarily
through the presence of new bridge
piers in the Columbia River and in
North Portland Harbor and removal of
the existing piers in the Columbia River.
A limited amount of debris removal in
the North Portland Harbor may occur.
The underwater sounds would occur
as short-term pulses (i.e., minutes to
hours), separated by virtually
instantaneous and complete recovery
periods. These disturbances are likely to
occur several times a day for up to a
week, 2–14 weeks per year, for 6 years
(5 years of activity would be authorized
under this rule). Water quality
impairment would also occur as shortterm pulses (i.e., minutes to hours)
during construction, most likely due to
erosion during precipitation events, and
would continue due to stormwater
runoff for the design life of CRC.
Physical habitat alteration due to
modification and replacement of
existing in-water and over-water
structures would also occur
intermittently during construction, and
would remain as the final, as-built
project footprint for the design life of
CRC.
Elevated levels of sound may be
considered to affect the in-water habitat
of pinnipeds via impacts to prey species
or through passage obstruction
(discussed later). However, due to the
timing of the in-water work and the
limited amount of pile driving that may
occur on a daily basis, these effects on
pinniped habitat would be temporary
and limited in duration. Very few
harbor seals are likely to be present in
any case, and any pinnipeds that do
encounter increased sound levels would
primarily be transiting the action area in
route to or from foraging below
Bonneville Dam where fish concentrate,
and thus unlikely to forage in the action
area in anything other than an
opportunistic manner. The direct loss of
habitat available during construction
due to sound impacts is expected to be
minimal.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal
Habitat
Construction activities would likely
impact pinniped habitat in the
Columbia River and North Portland
Harbor by producing temporary
disturbances, primarily through
elevated levels of underwater sound,
reduced water quality, and physical
habitat alteration associated with the
structural footprint of the CRC bridges.
Other potential temporary changes are
Impacts to Prey Species
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
Fish are the primary dietary
component of pinnipeds in the Region
of Activity. The Columbia River and
North Portland Harbor provides
migration and foraging habitat for
sturgeon and lamprey, migration and
spawning habitat for eulachon, and
migration habitat for juvenile and adult
salmon and steelhead, as well as some
limited rearing habitat for juvenile
salmon and steelhead.
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
23575
Impact pile driving would produce a
variety of underwater sound levels.
Underwater sound caused by vibratory
installation would be less than impact
driving (Caltrans, 2009; WSDOT,
2010b). Oscillating and rotating steel
casements for drilled shafts are not
likely to elevate underwater sound to a
level that is likely to cause injury or that
would cause adverse changes to fish
behavior on a long-term basis.
Literature relating to the impacts of
sound on marine fish species can be
divided into categories which describe
the following: (1) Pathological effects;
(2) physiological effects; and (3)
behavioral effects. Pathological effects
include lethal and sub-lethal physical
damage to fish; physiological effects
include primary and secondary stress
responses; and behavioral effects
include changes in exhibited behaviors
of fish. Behavioral changes might be a
direct reaction to a detected sound or a
result of anthropogenic sound masking
natural sounds that the fish normally
detect and to which they respond. The
three types of effects are often
interrelated in complex ways. For
example, some physiological and
behavioral effects could potentially lead
ultimately to the pathological effect of
mortality. Hastings and Popper (2005)
reviewed what is known about the
effects of sound on fish and identified
studies needed to address areas of
uncertainty relative to measurement of
sound and the responses of fish. Popper
et al. (2003/2004) also published a
paper that reviews the effects of
anthropogenic sound on the behavior
and physiology of fish. Please see those
sources for more detail on the potential
impacts of sound on fish.
Underwater sound pressure waves
can injure or kill fish (e.g., Reyff, 2003;
Abbott and Bing-Sawyer, 2002; Caltrans,
2001; Longmuir and Lively, 2001; Stotz
and Colby, 2001). Fish with swim
bladders, including salmon, steelhead,
and sturgeon, are particularly sensitive
to underwater impulsive sounds with a
sharp sound pressure peak occurring in
a short interval of time (Caltrans, 2001).
As the pressure wave passes through a
fish, the swim bladder is rapidly
squeezed due to the high pressure, and
then rapidly expanded as the
underpressure component of the wave
passes through the fish. The pneumatic
pounding may rupture capillaries in the
internal organs as indicated by observed
blood in the abdominal cavity and
maceration of the kidney tissues
(Caltrans, 2001). Although eulachon
lack a swim bladder, they are also
susceptible to general pressure wave
injuries including hemorrhage and
rupture of internal organs, as described
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
23576
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
above, and damage to the auditory
system. Direct take can cause
instantaneous death, latent death within
minutes after exposure, or can occur
several days later. Indirect take can
occur because of reduced fitness of a
fish, making it susceptible to predation,
disease, starvation, or inability to
complete its life cycle. Effects to prey
species are summarized here and are
outlined in more detail in NMFS’
biological opinion.
There are no physical barriers to fish
passage within the Region of Activity,
nor are there fish passage barriers
between the Region of Activity and the
Pacific Ocean. The proposed project
would not involve the creation of
permanent physical barriers; thus, longterm changes in pinniped prey species
distribution are not expected to occur.
Nevertheless, impact pile-driving
would likely create a temporary
migration barrier to all life stages of fish
using the Columbia River and North
Portland Harbor, although this would be
localized. Cofferdams and temporary inwater work structures also may create
partial barriers to the migration of
juvenile fish in shallow-water habitat.
Impacts to fish species distribution
would be temporary during in-water
work and hydroacoustic impacts from
impact pile driving would only occur
for limited periods during the day and
only during the in-water work window
established for this activity in
conjunction with ODFW, WDFW, and
NMFS. The overall effect to the prey
base for pinnipeds is anticipated to be
insignificant.
Prey may also be affected by turbidity,
contaminated sediments, or other
contaminants in the water column. The
CRC project involves several activities
that could potentially generate turbidity
in the Columbia River and North
Portland Harbor, including pile
installation, pile removal, installation
and removal of cofferdams, installation
of steel casings for drilled shafts, and
debris removal. Because these actions
would take place in a sandy substrate
and would be limited to a small area
and a brief portion of the work period,
the increase in turbidity is expected to
be small. Turbidity is not expected to
cause mortality to fish species in the
Region of Activity, and effects would
probably be limited to temporary
avoidance of the discrete areas of
elevated turbidity (anticipated to be no
more than 300 ft [91 m] from the source)
for approximately 4–6 hours at a time
(CRC, 2010), or effects such as abrasion
to gills and alteration in feeding and
migration behavior for fish close to the
activity. Therefore, turbidity would
likely have only insignificant effects to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
fish and, thus, insignificant effects on
pinnipeds.
The CRC project would minimize,
avoid, or contain much of the potential
sources of contamination, minimizing
the risk of exposure to prey species of
pinnipeds. The CRC project team
would, in advance of in-water work,
perform an extensive search for
evidence of contamination, pinpointing
the location, extent, and concentration
of the contaminants. Then, BMPs would
be implemented to ensure that the CRC
project: (1) Avoids areas of
contaminated sediment or (2) enables
responsible parties to initiate cleanup
activities for contaminated sediments
occurring from construction activities
within the Region of Activity. These
BMPs would be developed and
implemented in coordination with
regulatory agencies. Because the CRC
project would identify the locations of
contaminated sediments and use BMPs
to ensure that they do not become
mobilized, there is little risk that the
prey base of pinnipeds would be
significantly affected by or exposed to
contaminated sediments.
Though treatment of runoff would
occur, the ability to remove pollutants
to a level without effect upon fish or
that does not synergistically combine
with other sources is technologically
limited and unfeasible. Exposure to
these ubiquitous contaminants even in
low concentrations is likely to affect the
survival and productivity of salmonid
juveniles in particular (e.g., Loge et al.,
2006; Hecht et al., 2007; Johnson et al.,
2007; Sandahl et al., 2007; Spromberg
and Meador, 2006). Short-term exposure
to contaminants such as pesticides and
dissolved metals may disrupt olfactory
function (Hecht, 2007) and interfere
with associated behaviors such as
foraging, anti-predator responses,
reproduction, imprinting (odor
memories), and homing (the upstream
migration to natal streams). The toxicity
of these pollutants varies with water
quality speciation and concentration.
Regarding dissolved heavy metals,
Santore et al. (2001) indicate that the
presence of natural organic matter and
changes in pH and hardness affect the
potential for toxicity (increase and
decrease). Additionally, organics (living
and dead) can adsorb and absorb other
pollutants such as polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons (PAHs). The variables of
organic decay further complicate the
path and cycle of pollutants.
The release of contaminants is likely
to occur. Wind and water erosion is
likely to entrain and transport soil from
disturbed areas, contributing fine
sediments that are likely to contain
pollutants, and the use of heavy
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
equipment, including stationary
equipment like generators and cranes,
also creates a risk that accidental spills
of fuel, lubricants, hydraulic fluid,
coolants, and other contaminants may
occur. Petroleum-based contaminants,
such as fuel, oil, and some hydraulic
fluids, contain PAHs, which are acutely
toxic to salmonids and other aquatic
organisms at high levels of exposure and
cause sublethal adverse effects on
aquatic organisms at lower
concentrations (Heintz et al., 1999,
2000; Incardona et al., 2004, 2005,
2006).
However, due to the relatively small
amount of time that any heavy
equipment would be in the water and
the use of proposed conservation
measures, including site restoration
after construction is complete, any
increase in contaminants is likely to be
small, infrequent, and limited to the
construction period. In-water and nearwater construction would employ
numerous BMPs and would comply
with all required regulatory permits to
ensure that contaminants do not enter
surface water bodies. In the unlikely
event of accidental release, BMPs and a
Pollution Control and Contamination
Plan (PCCP) would be implemented to
ensure that contaminants are prevented
from spreading and are cleaned up
quickly. Therefore, contaminants are not
likely to significantly affect fish and,
thus, effects on pinnipeds are also likely
to be insignificant.
Physical Loss of Prey Species Habitat
The project would lead to temporary
physical loss of approximately 20,700
ft2 (2,508 m2) of shallow-water habitat.
Project elements responsible for
temporary physical loss include the
footprint of the numerous temporary
piles associated with in-water work
platforms, work bridges, tower cranes,
oscillator support piles, cofferdams, and
barge moorings in the Columbia River
and North Portland Harbor.
The in-water portions of the new
structures would result in the
permanent physical loss of
approximately 250 ft2 (23 m2) of
shallow-water habitat at pier complex 7
in the Columbia River. Demolition of
the existing Columbia River structures
would permanently restore about 6,000
ft2 (557 m2) of shallow-water habitat,
and removal of one large overwater
structure would permanently restore
about 600 ft2 (56 m2) of shallow-water
habitat. Overall, there would be a net
permanent gain of about 5,345 ft2 (497
m2) of shallow-water habitat in the
Columbia River (CRC, 2010). At North
Portland Harbor, there would be a
permanent net loss of about 2,435 ft2
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(218 m2) of shallow-water habitat at all
of the new in-water bridge bents. Note
that all North Portland Harbor impacts
are in shallow water.
Physical loss of shallow-water habitat
is of particular concern for rearing of
subyearling migrant salmonids. In
theory, in-water structures that
completely block the nearshore may
force these juveniles to swim into
deeper-water habitats to circumvent
them. Deep-water areas represent lower
quality habitat because predation rates
are higher there. Studies show that
predators such as walleye (Stizostedion
vitreum), northern pike-minnow
(Ptychocheilus oregonensis), and other
predatory fish occur in deepwater
habitat for at least part of the year (e.g.,
Johnson, 1969; Ager, 1976; Paragamian,
1989; Wahl, 1995; Pribyl et al., 2004). In
the case of the CRC project, in-water
portions of the structures would not
pose a complete blockage to nearshore
movement anywhere in the Region of
Activity. Although these structures
would cover potential rearing and
nearshore migration areas, the habitat is
not rare and is not of particularly high
quality. Juveniles would still be able to
use the abundant shallow-water habitat
available for miles in either direction.
Neither the permanent nor the
temporary structures would necessarily
force juveniles into deeper water, and
therefore pose no definite added risk of
predation.
To the limited extent that the
proposed actions do increase risk of
predation, pinnipeds may accrue minor
benefits. Alterations to adult eulachon
and salmon behavior may make them
more vulnerable to predation. Changes
in cover that congregate fish or cause
them to slow or pause migration would
likely attract pinnipeds, which may
then forage opportunistically. While
individual pinnipeds are likely to take
advantage of such conditions, it is not
expected to increase overall predation
rates across the run. Aggregating
features would be small in comparison
to the channel, and ample similar
opportunities exist throughout the lower
Columbia River.
Physical loss of shallow-water habitat
would have only negligible effects on
foraging, migration, and holding of
salmonids that are of the yearling age
class or older. These life functions are
not dependent on shallow-water habitat
for these age classes. Furthermore, the
lost habitat is not of particularly high
quality. There is abundant similar
habitat immediately adjacent along the
shorelines of the Columbia River and
throughout North Portland Harbor. The
lost habitat represents only a small
fraction of the remaining habitat
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
available for miles in either direction.
There would still be many acres of
habitat for yearling or older age-classes
of salmonids foraging, migrating, and
holding in the Region of Activity.
Physical loss of shallow-water habitat
would have only negligible effects on
eulachon and green sturgeon for the
same reason. Thus, the effects to these
elements of pinniped habitat would be
minimal.
The CRC project would cause a
temporary physical loss of
approximately 16,635 ft2 (1,545 m2) of
deep-water habitat, consisting chiefly of
coarse sand with a small proportion of
gravel. CRC project elements
responsible for temporary physical loss
include the cofferdams and numerous
temporary piles associated with inwater work platforms and moorings.
The in-water portions of the new
structures would result in the
permanent physical loss of
approximately 6,300 ft2 (585 m2) of
deep-water habitat at pier complexes 2
through 7 in the Columbia River.
Demolition of the existing Columbia
River piers would permanently restore
about 21,000 ft2 (1,951 m2) of deepwater habitat. Overall, there would be a
net permanent gain of about 15,000 ft2
(1,394 m2) of deep-water habitat in the
Columbia River.
Although there would be a temporary
net physical loss of deep-water habitat,
this is not expected to have a significant
impact on prey species. The lost habitat
is not rare or of particularly high
quality, and there is abundant similar
habitat in immediately adjacent areas of
the Columbia River and for many miles
both upstream and downstream. The
lost habitat would represent a very
small fraction (less than one percent) of
the remaining habitat available.
Additionally, the in-water portions of
the permanent and temporary in-water
structures would occupy no more than
about one percent of the width of the
Columbia River. Therefore, the
structures would not be likely to pose a
physical barrier to fish migration.
In addition, compensatory mitigation
for direct permanent habitat loss to
jurisdictional waters from permanent
pier placement would occur in
accordance with requirements set by
USACE, Oregon Department of State
Lands (DSL), Washington Department of
Ecology, ODFW, and WDFW. To meet
these requirements, CRC is proposing to
restore habitat in the lower Lewis River
and lower Hood River. At the Hood
River site, one mile of a historic side
channel would be reconnected to the
lower Hood River and an existing
21-acre (8.5-ha) wetland, resulting in
habitat benefits to salmonids and
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
23577
eulachon. At the Lewis River site,
restoration of 18.5 acres (7.5 ha) of side
channels would occur between the
lower Lewis River and the lower
Columbia River, resulting in habitat
benefits to salmonid and other native
species. Therefore, permanent habitat
loss is expected to have a negligible
impact to habitat for pinniped prey
species.
Due to the small size of the impact
relative to the remaining habitat
available, and the permanent benefits
from habitat restoration, both temporary
and permanent physical habitat loss are
likely to be insignificant to fish and,
thus, to the habitat and foraging
opportunities of pinnipeds.
Passage Obstruction
The new overwater bridge structures
would permanently decrease the overall
footprint of piers below the OHW in the
Columbia River and permanently
increase the overall footprint of the
piers below the OHW in North Portland
Harbor. The permanent changes would
be to riverine habitat; no pinniped haulout sites or rookeries would be affected.
The effects to habitat in the action area
would not result in significant changes
to pinniped passage. Therefore,
permanent changes due to bridge piers
would not significantly affect
pinnipeds.
There are a variety of temporary
structures that could potentially
obstruct passage of pinnipeds including
barges, moorings, tower cranes,
cofferdams, and work platforms.
Although there would be many such
structures in the Region of Activity, they
would cover no more than twenty
percent of the entire channel width at
one time. There would still be ample
room for pinnipeds to navigate around
these structures while transiting the
action area. Pinnipeds may need to
slightly alter their course as they move
through the construction area to avoid
these structures, but there is no
potential for physical structures to
completely block upstream or
downstream movement. Due to the
small size of the structures relative to
the remaining portion of the river
available, delays to pinniped
movements would be negligible.
Therefore, the effect of in-water and
overwater structures on the ability of
pinnipeds to pass upstream and
downstream would be insignificant.
The impact of temporary and
permanent habitat changes from bridge
construction is expected to be minimal
to pinnipeds. The effects to pinnipeds
from temporary and permanent habitat
changes are summarized below.
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
23578
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
• Sound disturbance: Temporary
modification of habitat during in-water
construction from elevated levels of
sound may affect pinniped foraging;
however, very few seals are in the
Region of Activity and most sea lions
are swimming upriver to forage below
Bonneville Dam. Sound disturbance
would not be continuous, would only
occur temporarily as animals pass
through the area and would be in the
form of Level B harassment only.
• Passage obstruction: The permanent
changes to the overall footprint of the
bridges in the Columbia River and North
Portland Harbor would not affect
pinniped breeding habitat or haul-out
sites and would not affect passage
significantly. Temporary structures
during construction would not cover
more than twenty percent of the entire
channel and are not likely to
significantly affect the ability of
pinnipeds to pass through the
construction area or delay their
movements.
• Changes in prey distribution and
quality: The CRC project is likely to
impact a small percentage of all salmon
and steelhead runs that swim through
the Region of Activity as a result of inwater work including pile installation.
This impact would be temporary and
would only occur during construction of
the bridges in the Columbia River and
North Portland Harbor and during
demolition of the existing Columbia
River Bridges. BMPs and minimization
measures would avoid or limit the
extent of the impact to prey species
from sound, changes to water quality,
and temporary structures. Short-term
impacts to the prey base from project
work do not represent a large part of the
pinniped prey base in comparison to
prey available through the entirety of
their foraging range, which includes the
Columbia River from Bonneville Dam to
the mouth and foraging grounds off the
Pacific Coast. Overall, effects to the prey
base would be temporary, limited to the
in-water work period over the CRC
project duration, and would not cause
measurable changes in the distribution
or quality of prey available to
pinnipeds.
• Physical changes to prey species
habitat: The new bridge structures
would permanently decrease the overall
footprint of piers below the OHW in the
Columbia River and permanently
increase the overall footprint of the
piers below the OHW in North Portland
Harbor. Habitat mitigation for direct
permanent habitat loss to fish from
permanent pier placement would occur
in the lower Lewis River and lower
Hood River and would provide longterm benefits to fish species in the lower
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
Columbia River, resulting in long-term
benefits to the pinniped prey base.
Therefore, permanent habitat loss is
expected to have a negligible impact to
habitat for pinniped prey species.
Temporary physical loss of habitat from
temporary structures would only occur
during the period of in-water work in
the Columbia River and North Portland
Harbor. These temporary losses are not
expected to significantly affect the prey
base for pinnipeds.
In conclusion, NMFS has
preliminarily determined that CRC’s
proposed activities are not expected to
have any habitat-related effects that
could cause significant or long-term
consequences for individual marine
mammals or on the food sources that
they utilize.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an incidental take
authorization under section 101(a)(5)(A)
of the MMPA, NMFS must, where
applicable, set forth the permissible
methods of taking pursuant to such
activity, and other means of effecting
the least practicable adverse impact on
such species or stock and their habitat,
paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of
such species or stock for taking for
certain subsistence uses (where
relevant). NMFS and CRC worked to
devise a number of mitigation measures
designed to minimize impacts to marine
mammals to the level of least
practicable adverse impact, described in
the following.
The results from hydroacoustic
monitoring during the test pile project,
as well as results from modeling the
zones of influence (ZOIs) (both
described previously in this document
and in following sections), were used to
develop mitigation measures for CRC
pile driving and removal activities. ZOIs
are often used to effectively represent
the mitigation zone that would be
established around each pile to prevent
Level A harassment of marine
mammals. In addition to the specific
measures described later, CRC would
employ the following general mitigation
measures:
• All work would be performed
according to the requirements and
conditions of the regulatory permits
issued by federal, state, and local
governments. Seasonal restrictions, e.g.,
work windows, would be applied to the
project to avoid or minimize potential
impacts to protected species (including
marine mammals) based on agreement
with, and the regulatory permits issued
by, DSL, WDFW, and USACE in
consultation with ODFW, the U.S. Fish
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and Wildlife Service (USFWS), and
NMFS.
• Briefings would be conducted
between the CRC project construction
supervisors and the crew, marine
mammal observer(s), and acoustical
monitoring team prior to the start of all
pile-driving activity, and when new
personnel join the work, to explain
responsibilities, communication
procedures, marine mammal monitoring
protocol, and operational procedures.
The CRC project would contact the
Bonneville Dam marine mammal
monitoring team to obtain information
on the presence or absence of pinnipeds
prior to initiating pile driving in any
discrete pile driving time period
described in the project description.
• CRC would comply with all
applicable equipment sound standards
and ensure that all construction
equipment has sound control devices no
less effective than those provided on the
original equipment (i.e., equipment may
not have been modified in such a way
that it is louder than it was initially).
• Permanent foundations for each inwater pier would be installed by means
of drilled shafts. This approach
significantly reduces the amount of
impact pile driving, the size of piles,
and amount of in-water sound.
• Installation of piles using impact
driving may only occur between
September 15 and April 15 of the
following year.
• On an average work day, six piles
could be installed using vibratory
installation to set the piles, with impact
driving then used to drive the piles to
refusal per project specifications to meet
load-bearing capacity requirements.
This method reduces the number of
daily pile strikes by over ninety percent.
• No more than two impact pile
drivers may be operated simultaneously
within the same water body channel.
• In waters with depths more than 2
ft (0.67 m), a bubble curtain or other
sound attenuation measure would be
used for impact driving of pilings,
except when testing device
performance. As described previously,
testing of the sound attenuation device
would occur approximately weekly.
This would require up to 7.5 minutes of
unattenuated driving per week. If a
bubble curtain or similar measure is
used, it would distribute small air
bubbles around 100 percent of the piling
perimeter for the full depth of the water
column. Any other attenuation measure
(e.g., temporary sound attenuation pile)
must provide 100 percent coverage in
the water column for the full depth of
the pile. A performance test of the
sound attenuation device in accordance
with the approved hydroacoustic
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23579
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
monitoring plan would be conducted
prior to any impact pile driving. If a
bubble curtain or similar measure is
utilized, the performance test would
confirm the calculated pressures and
flow rates at each manifold ring.
• For in-water heavy machinery work
other than pile driving (e.g., standard
barges, tug boats, barge-mounted
excavators, or clamshell equipment
used to place or remove material), if a
marine mammal comes within 50 m
(164 ft), operations shall cease and/or
vessels shall reduce speed to the
minimum level required to maintain
steerage and safe working conditions.
Monitoring and Shutdown
Shutdown Zones—For all pile driving
and removal activities, a shutdown zone
(defined as, at minimum, the area in
which SPLs equal or exceed 190 dB
rms) would be established. The purpose
of a shutdown zone is to define an area
within which shutdown of activity
would occur upon sighting of a marine
mammal (or in anticipation of an animal
entering the defined area), thus
preventing injury, serious injury, or
death of marine mammals. Although
hydroacoustic data from the test pile
project indicate that radial distances to
the 190-dB threshold would be less than
50 m, shutdown zones would
conservatively be set at a minimum
50 m. This precautionary measure is
intended to further reduce any
possibility of injury to marine mammals
by incorporating a buffer to the 190-dB
threshold within the shutdown area.
Please see the discussion of ‘‘Distance to
Sound Thresholds’’ and ‘‘Test Pile
Project’’ under Description of Sound
Sources, previously in this document.
Disturbance Zones—For all pile
driving and removal activities, a
disturbance zone would be established.
Disturbance zones are typically defined
as the area in which SPLs equal or
exceed 160 or 120 dB rms (for impact
and vibratory pile driving, respectively).
However, when the size of a disturbance
zone is sufficiently large as to make
monitoring of the entire area
impracticable (as in the case of the
120-dB zone here), the disturbance zone
may be defined as some area that may
reasonably be monitored. Here, the
disturbance zone is defined for
monitoring purposes as an area of
800 m radius. Disturbance zones
provide utility for monitoring
conducted for mitigation purposes (i.e.,
shutdown zone monitoring) by
establishing monitoring protocols for
areas adjacent to the shutdown zones.
Monitoring of disturbance zones enables
PSOs to be aware of and communicate
the presence of marine mammals in the
project area but outside the shutdown
zone and thus prepare for potential
shutdowns of activity. However, the
primary purpose of disturbance zone
monitoring is for documenting incidents
of Level B harassment; disturbance zone
monitoring is discussed in greater detail
later (see Proposed Monitoring and
Reporting).
Monitoring Protocols—Initial
monitoring zones are based on worst
case values measured during the test
pile project and with the attenuation
device operating during impact driving,
and are presented in Table 15. A
minimum distance of 50 m is used for
all shutdown zones, even if actual or
initial calculated distances are less. A
maximum distance of 800 m is used for
all disturbance zones for vibratory pile
driving, even if actual or calculated
values are greater. Monitoring of the full
disturbance zone for these activities is
impracticable. The data collected during
the test pile project consistently support
the belief that the coefficient of
transmission loss increases with
increasing range from the source pile,
out to at least 800 m. To provide the
best estimate of transmission loss at a
specific range, the data were
interpolated to one meter increments
using a quadratic interpolation routine.
To establish a disturbance zone for
impact pile driving, an iterative solution
was computed based on the interpolated
transmission loss data.
TABLE 15—DISTANCE TO INITIAL SHUTDOWN AND DISTURBANCE MONITORING ZONES FOR IN-WATER SOUND IN THE
COLUMBIA RIVER AND NORTH PORTLAND HARBOR
Distance to monitoring zones (m) 1
Pile type
Hammer type
190 dB 2
18–24 in steel pipe 3 .......................................
36–48 in steel pipe 4 .......................................
48-in steel pipe ...............................................
120-in steel casing ..........................................
Sheet pile ........................................................
Impact .............................................................
Impact .............................................................
Vibratory .........................................................
Vibratory .........................................................
Vibratory .........................................................
160 dB 2
50
50
50
50
50
258
582
N/A
N/A
N/A
120 dB 2
N/A
N/A
800
800
800
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1 Monitoring zones based on worst case values measured during test pile project and with the attenuation device operating during impact driving. A minimum distance of 50 m is used for all shutdown zones, even if actual or initial calculated distances are less. A maximum distance of
800 m is used for all disturbance zones for vibratory pile driving, even if actual or calculated values are greater. For modeled values, see Tables
11 and 12.
2 All values unweighted and relative to 1 μPa.
3 For 24-in pile, test pile data show a worst case source level of 191 dB rms with a worst-case attenuation of 8 dB and transmission loss coefficient based on quadratic interpolation of test pile data of 16.3.
4 For 48-in pile, test pile data show a worst case source level of 201 dB RMS with a worst-case attenuation of 11 dB, and transmission loss
coefficient based on quadratic interpolation of test pile data of 17.0.
Data from the test pile project suggest
that the majority of the energy from
vibratory driving occurs in frequencies
below 1,000 Hz, with energy levels
gradually falling off at higher
frequencies (CRC, 2011). For vibratory
installation during the test pile study,
the energy was not distinguishable
above background levels by 800 m
(2,625 ft) for all but one pile. Therefore,
although transmission loss data were
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
not conclusive—only one pile produced
a signal that could be distinguished at
all three monitoring stations, above
background sound that was much
higher than was previously measured
for the action area—the modeled results
for vibratory driving are validated by the
empirical data, and it is likely that
actual distances to the 120-dB threshold
would be much less than modeled
values. Piles were generally installed or
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
extracted during the test pile study in
less than 10 minutes. Vibratory
extraction of piles would conservatively
be treated similarly to vibratory
installation, with similar monitoring
zones. As described previously in this
document (see section on ‘‘Test Pile
Project’’), a maximum SPL of 181 dB for
vibratory installation was recorded,
while a maximum SPL of 176 dB was
recorded for vibratory extraction.
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
23580
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
The vibratory installation of steel
casings and sheet piles was not
measured as part of the test pile project.
As noted in Table 11, modeled distance
to the 120-dB isopleths resulting from
vibratory installation of sheet pile was
significantly less than that for vibratory
installation of pipe pile. No published
information is available on vibratory
installation of 120-in (3 m) steel casings,
which would be installed for drilled
shafts. Published information from
Caltrans (2007) shows that driving of
36-in pile produced up to 175 dB rms
while driving of 72-in pile produced up
to 180 dB rms, both measured at 5 m
from the pile. By extrapolating from
these published values, CRC assumes
the energy imparted through a larger
casing would be up to 10 dB rms (an
order of magnitude) higher than the
highest value for a 72-in pile. In the
absence of specific data, the initial
disturbance zone for vibratory
installation of steel casings and sheet
pile would be established at 800 m, as
described previously for vibratory pile
driving.
In order to accomplish appropriate
monitoring for mitigation purposes, CRC
would have an observer stationed on
each active pile driving barge to closely
monitor the shutdown zone as well as
the surrounding area. In addition, CRC
would post one shore-based observer,
whose primary responsibility would be
to record pinnipeds in the disturbance
zone and to alert barge-based observers
to the presence of pinnipeds in the
disturbance zone, thus creating a
redundant alert system for prevention of
injurious interaction as well as
increasing the probability of detecting
pinnipeds in the disturbance zone. CRC
estimates that shore-based observers
would be able to scan approximately
800 m (upstream and downstream) from
the available observation posts;
therefore, shore-based observers would
be capable of monitoring the agreedupon disturbance zone. Visibility would
be somewhat reduced by the existing
bridges in the upstream direction.
As described, at least two observers
would be on duty during all pile
driving/removal activity. The first
observer would be positioned on a work
platform or barge where the entire 50 m
shutdown zone is clearly visible, with
the second shore-based observer
positioned to observe the disturbance
zone from either the north or south bank
of the river, depending on where the
work platform or barge is positioned.
Protocols would be implemented to
ensure that coordinated communication
of sightings occurs between observers in
a timely manner.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
When pile driving/removal is
occurring simultaneously at multiple
sites, each site would have one observer
dedicated to monitoring the shutdown
zone for that site. Depending on the
location of activity sites and the spacing
of equipment, additional shore-based
observers may be required to provide
complete observational coverage of each
site’s disturbance zone. That is, each
site would have at least one observer,
while one or multiple shore-based
observers may be required.
In summary:
• CRC would implement a minimum
shutdown zone of 50 m radius around
all pile driving and removal activity,
including installation of steel casings.
The 50-m shutdown zone provides a
buffer for the 190-dB threshold but is
also intended to further avoid the risk
of direct interaction between marine
mammals and the equipment.
• CRC would have a redundant
monitoring system, in which one
observer would be stationed on each
pile driving barge, while one or multiple
observers would be shore-based, as
required to provide complete
observational coverage of the reduced
disturbance zone for each pile driving/
removal site. The former would be
capable of providing comprehensive
monitoring of the proposed shutdown
zones, and would likely be able to
effectively monitor a distance, in both
directions, of approximately 800 m (the
distance for the vibratory pile driving
disturbance zone). These observers’ first
priority would be shutdown zone
monitoring in prevention of injurious
interaction, with a secondary priority of
counting takes by Level B harassment in
the disturbance zone. The additional
shore-based observer(s) would be able to
monitor the same distances, but their
primary responsibility would be
counting of takes in the disturbance
zone and communication with bargebased observers to alert them to
pinniped presence in the action area.
• The shutdown and disturbance
zones would be monitored throughout
the time required to drive a pile. If a
marine mammal is observed within the
disturbance zone, a take would be
recorded and behaviors documented.
However, that pile segment would be
completed without cessation, unless the
animal approaches or enters the
shutdown zone, at which point all pile
driving activities would be halted.
• All shutdown and disturbance
zones would either be based on
empirical, site-specific data, or would
initially be based on data for similar
sources. For all activities, in-situ
hydroacoustic monitoring would be
conducted to either verify or determine
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the actual distances to these threshold
zones, and the size of the zones would
be adjusted accordingly based on
received SPLs. As noted previously, the
minimum shutdown zone would always
be 50 m.
The following measures would apply
to visual monitoring:
• If a small boat is used for
monitoring, the boat would remain 50
yd (46 m) from swimming pinnipeds in
accordance with NMFS marine mammal
viewing guidelines (NMFS, 2004).
• If vibratory installation of steel pipe
piles or casings occurs after dark,
monitoring would be conducted with a
night vision scope and/or other suitable
device. Impact driving would only
occur during daylight hours.
• If the shutdown zone is obscured by
fog or poor lighting conditions, pile
driving would not be initiated until the
entire shutdown zone is visible. Work
that has been initiated appropriately in
conditions of good visibility may
continue during poor visibility.
• The shutdown zone would be
monitored for the presence of pinnipeds
before, during, and after any pile driving
activity. The shutdown zone would be
monitored for 30 minutes prior to
initiating the start of pile driving. If
pinnipeds are present within the
shutdown zone prior to pile driving, the
start of pile driving would be delayed
until the animals leave the shutdown
zone of their own volition, or until 15
minutes elapse without resighting the
animal(s).
• Monitoring would be conducted
using binoculars. When possible, digital
video or still cameras would also be
used to document the behavior and
response of pinnipeds to construction
activities or other disturbances.
• Each observer would have a radio
or cell phone for contact with other
monitors or work crews. Observers
would implement shut-down or delay
procedures when applicable by calling
for the shut-down to the hammer
operator.
• A GPS unit or electric range finder
would be used for determining the
observation location and distance to
pinnipeds, boats, and construction
equipment.
Monitoring would be conducted by
qualified observers. In order to be
considered qualified, observers must
meet the following criteria:
• Visual acuity in both eyes
(correction is permissible) sufficient for
discernment of moving targets at the
water’s surface with ability to estimate
target size and distance; use of
binoculars may be necessary to correctly
identify the target.
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
• Advanced education in biological
science, wildlife management,
mammalogy, or related fields (bachelor’s
degree or higher is required).
• Experience and ability to conduct
field observations and collect data
according to assigned protocols (this
may include academic experience).
• Experience or training in the field
identification of pinnipeds, including
the identification of behaviors.
• Sufficient training, orientation, or
experience with the construction
operation to provide for personal safety
during observations.
• Writing skills sufficient to prepare a
report of observations including but not
limited to the number and species of
pinnipeds observed; dates and times
when in-water construction activities
were conducted; dates and times when
in-water construction activities were
suspended to avoid potential incidental
injury from construction sound of
pinnipeds observed within a defined
shutdown zone; and pinniped behavior.
• Ability to communicate orally, by
radio or in person, with project
personnel to provide real-time
information on pinnipeds observed in
the area as necessary.
Hydroacoustic Monitoring—
Hydroacoustic monitoring would be
conducted to determine actual values
and distances to relevant acoustic
thresholds, including for vibratory
installation of steel casings and sheet
piles. The initial disturbance zones
would then be adjusted as appropriate
on the basis of that information. If new
zones are established based on SPL
measurements, NMFS requires each
new zone be based on the most
conservative measurement (i.e., the
largest zone configuration). Vibratory
installation of steel pipe and sheet pile
is not anticipated to produce
underwater sound above the 190-dB
injury threshold, while vibratory
installation of steel casings is estimated
to produce SPLs of 190 dB at a
maximum distance of 5 m from the
source. However, a minimum 50 m
shutdown zone would be established for
these activities as for impact driving.
Table 15 shows initial distances for
shutdown and disturbance zones for
these activities.
Ramp-Up and Shutdown
The objective of a ramp-up is to alert
any animals close to the activity and
allow them time to move away, which
would expose fewer animals to loud
sounds, including both underwater and
above water sound. This procedure also
ensures that any pinnipeds missed
during shutdown zone monitoring
would move away from the activity and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
not be injured. Although impact driving
would occur from September 15 through
April 15, and vibratory driving would
occur year-round, ramp-up would be
required only from January 1 through
June 15 of any year, during the period
of greatest potential overlap with
pinniped presence in the project area.
The following ramp-up procedures
would be used for in-water pile
installation:
• A ramp-up technique would be
used at the beginning of each day’s inwater pile driving activities or if pile
driving has ceased for more than 1 hour.
• If a vibratory driver is used,
contractors would be required to initiate
sound from vibratory hammers for 15
seconds at reduced energy followed by
a 1-minute waiting period. The
procedure would be repeated two
additional times before full energy may
be achieved.
• If a non-diesel impact hammer is
used, contractors would be required to
provide an initial set of strikes from the
impact hammer at reduced energy,
followed by a 1-minute waiting period,
then two subsequent sets. The reduced
energy of an individual hammer cannot
be quantified because they vary by
individual drivers. Also, the number of
strikes would vary at reduced energy
because raising the hammer at less than
full power and then releasing it results
in the hammer ‘‘bouncing’’ as it strikes
the pile, resulting in multiple ‘‘strikes’’.
• If a diesel impact hammer is used,
contractors would be required to turn on
the sound attenuation device (e.g.,
bubble curtain or other approved sound
attenuation device) for 15 seconds prior
to initiating pile driving to flush
pinnipeds from the area.
The shutdown zone would also be
monitored throughout the time required
to drive a pile (or install a steel casing).
If a pinniped is observed approaching or
entering the shutdown zone, piling
operations would be discontinued until
the animal has moved outside of the
shutdown zone. Pile driving would
resume only after the animal is
determined to have moved outside the
shutdown zone by a qualified observer
or after 15 minutes have elapsed since
the last sighting of the animal within the
shutdown zone.
Work Zone Lighting
If work occurs at night, temporary
lighting would be used in the night
work zones. During overwater
construction, the contractor would use
directional lighting with shielded
luminaries to control glare and direct
light onto work area, not surface waters.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
23581
Additional Mitigation Measures
In addition, NMFS and CRC, together
with other relevant regulatory agencies,
have developed a number of mitigation
measures designed to protect fish
through prevention or minimization of
turbidity and disturbance and
introduction of contaminants, among
other things. These measures have been
prescribed under the authority of
statutes other than the MMPA, and are
not a part of this proposed rulemaking.
However, because these measures
minimize impacts to pinniped prey
species (either directly or indirectly, by
minimizing impacts to prey species’
habitat), they are summarized briefly
here. Additional detail about these
measures may be found in CRC’s
application.
Timing restrictions would be used to
avoid in-water work when ESA-listed
fish are most likely to be present. Fish
entrapment would be minimized by
containing and isolating in-water work
to the extent possible, through the use
of drilled shaft casings and cofferdams.
The contractor would provide a
qualified fishery biologist to conduct
and supervise fish capture and release
activity to minimize risk of injury to
fish. All pumps must employ fish screen
that meet certain specifications in order
to avoid entrainment of fish. A qualified
biologist would be present during all
impact pile driving operations to
observe and report any indications of
dead, injured, or distressed fishes,
including direct observations of these
fishes or increases in bird foraging
activity.
CRC would work to ensure minimum
degradation of water quality in the
project area, and would require the
contractor to prepare a Water Quality
Sampling Plan for conducting water
quality monitoring for all projects
occurring in-water in accordance with
specific conditions. The Plan shall
identify a sampling methodology as well
as method of implementation to be
reviewed and approved by the engineer.
In addition, the contractor would
prepare a Spill Prevention, Control, and
Countermeasures (SPCC) Plan prior to
beginning construction. The SPCC Plan
would identify the appropriate spill
containment materials; as well as the
method of implementation. All
equipment to be used for construction
activities would be cleaned and
inspected prior to arriving at the project
site, to ensure no potentially hazardous
materials are exposed, no leaks are
present, and the equipment is
functioning properly. Equipment that
would be used below OHW would be
identified; daily inspection and cleanup
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23582
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
procedures would insure that identified
equipment is free of all external
petroleum-based products. Should a
leak be detected on heavy equipment
used for the project, the equipment must
be immediately removed from the area
and not used again until adequately
repaired.
The contractor would also be required
to prepare and implement a Temporary
Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC)
Plan and a Source Control Plan for
project activities requiring clearing,
vegetation removal, grading, ditching,
filling, embankment compaction, or
excavation. The BMPs in the plans
would be used to control sediments
from all vegetation removal or grounddisturbing activities.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Conclusions
NMFS has carefully evaluated the
applicant’s proposed mitigation
measures and considered a range of
other measures in the context of
ensuring that NMFS prescribes the
means of effecting the least practicable
adverse impact on the affected marine
mammal species and stocks and their
habitat. Our evaluation of potential
measures included consideration of the
following factors in relation to one
another:
• The manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure is
expected to minimize adverse impacts
to marine mammals;
• The proven or likely efficacy of the
specific measure to minimize adverse
impacts as planned; and
• The practicability of the measure
for applicant implementation.
Based on our evaluation, NMFS has
preliminarily determined that the
mitigation measures proposed from both
NMFS and CRC provide the means of
effecting the least practicable adverse
impact on marine mammal species or
stocks and their habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance. The proposed rule
comment period will afford the public
an opportunity to submit
recommendations, views, and/or
concerns regarding this action and the
proposed mitigation measures.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an incidental take
authorization (ITA) for an activity,
section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA states
that NMFS must, where applicable, set
forth ‘‘requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such
taking’’. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13)
indicate that requests for ITAs must
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
include the suggested means of
accomplishing the necessary monitoring
and reporting that would result in
increased knowledge of the species and
of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are
expected to be present in the proposed
action area.
CRC proposed a marine mammal
monitoring plan in their application (see
Appendix D of CRC’s application). The
plan may be modified or supplemented
based on comments or new information
received from the public during the
public comment period. All methods
identified herein have been developed
through coordination between NMFS
and the design and environmental teams
at CRC. The methods are based on the
parties’ professional judgment
supported by their collective knowledge
of pinniped behavior, site conditions,
and proposed project activities. Because
pinniped monitoring has not previously
been conducted at this site, aspects of
these methods may warrant
modification. Any modifications to this
protocol would be coordinated with
NMFS. A summary of the plan, as well
as the proposed reporting requirements,
is contained here.
The intent of the monitoring plan is
to:
• Comply with the requirements of
the MMPA as well as the ESA section
7 consultation;
• Avoid injury to pinnipeds through
visual monitoring of identified
shutdown zones and shut-down of
activities when animals enter or
approach those zones; and
• To the extent possible, record the
number, species, and behavior of
pinnipeds in disturbance zones for pile
driving and removal activities.
As described previously, monitoring
for pinnipeds would be conducted in
specific zones established to avoid or
minimize effects of elevated levels of
sound created by the specified
activities. Shutdown zones would not
be less than 50 m, while initial
disturbance zones would be based on
site-specific data. Zones may be
modified on the basis of actual recorded
SPLs from acoustic monitoring.
Visual Monitoring
The established shutdown and
disturbance zones would be monitored
by qualified marine mammal observers
for mitigation purposes, as well as to
document marine mammal behavior and
incidents of Level B harassment, as
described here. CRC’s marine mammal
monitoring plan (see Appendix D of
CRC’s application) would be
implemented, requiring collection of
sighting data for each pinniped
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
observed during the proposed activities
for which monitoring is required,
including impact or vibratory
installation of steel pipe or sheet pile or
steel casings. A qualified biologist(s)
would be present on site at all times
during impact pile driving or vibratory
installation or removal of steel pile or
casings. Disturbance zones, briefly
described previously under Proposed
Mitigation, are discussed in greater
depth here.
Disturbance Zone Monitoring—
Disturbance zones, described previously
in Proposed Mitigation, are defined in
Table 15 for underwater sound.
Monitoring zones for Level B
harassment from airborne sound would
be 650 m for harbor seals and 196 m for
sea lions (corresponding to the
anticipated extent of airborne sound
reaching 90 and 100 dB, respectively).
The size of the disturbance zone for
vibratory pile installation or extraction
would be approximately 800 m in both
the upstream and downstream
directions, corresponding with the area
that can reasonably be monitored by a
shore-based observer. Any sighted
animals outside of this area would be
recorded as takes, but it is impossible to
guarantee that all animals would be
observed or to make observations of
fine-scale behavioral reactions to sound
throughout this zone. Nevertheless,
because any animals transiting the
action area (and the larger disturbance
zone) would pass through the monitored
area, all animals may potentially be
observed, and use of the smaller
disturbance zone for monitoring
purposes does not necessarily mean that
a significant number of harassed
animals would not be observed.
Monitoring of disturbance zones would
be implemented as described
previously.
The monitoring biologists would
document all pinnipeds observed in the
monitoring area. Data collection would
include a count of all pinnipeds
observed by species, sex, age class, their
location within the zone, and their
reaction (if any) to construction
activities, including direction of
movement, and type of construction that
is occurring, time that pile driving
begins and ends, any acoustic or visual
disturbance, and time of the
observation. Environmental conditions
such as wind speed, wind direction,
visibility, and temperature would also
be recorded. No monitoring would be
conducted during inclement weather
that creates potentially hazardous
conditions, as determined by the
biologist, nor would monitoring be
conducted when visibility is
significantly limited, such as during
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
heavy rain or fog. During these times of
inclement weather, in-water work that
may produce sound levels in excess of
190 dB rms would be halted; these
activities would not commence until
monitoring has started for the day.
All monitoring personnel must have
appropriate qualifications as identified
previously, with qualifications to be
certified by CRC (see Proposed
Mitigation). These qualifications
include education and experience
identifying pinnipeds in the Columbia
River and the ability to understand and
document pinniped behavior. All
monitoring personnel would meet at
least once for a training session
sponsored by CRC. Topics would
include: Implementation of the protocol,
identifying marine mammals, and
reporting requirements.
All monitoring personnel would be
provided a copy of the LOA and final
biological opinion for the project.
Monitoring personnel must read and
understand the contents of the LOA and
biological opinion as they relate to
coordination, communication, and
identifying and reporting incidental
harassment of pinnipeds.
Hydroacoustic Monitoring
Hydroacoustic monitoring would be
conducted on a representative number
of piles or casings, according to
protocols developed and approved by
NMFS and USFWS. The number, size,
and location of piles or casings
monitored would represent the variety
of substrates and depths, as necessary,
in both the Columbia River and North
Portland Harbor. Hydroacoustic
monitoring would be conducted as
necessary to measure representative
source levels for impact and vibratory
installation and removal of piles and
casings. Measurements would represent
a worst-case for size, depth, and
substrate for all materials and
installation methods. For standard
underwater sound monitoring, one
hydrophone positioned at 10 m from the
pile is used. Some additional initial
monitoring at several distances from the
pile is anticipated to determine sitespecific transmission loss and
directionality of sound. This data would
be used to establish the radii of the
shutdown and disturbance zones for
pinnipeds.
One hydrophone would be placed at
between 1 and 3 m above the bottom at
a distance of 10 m from each pile being
monitored. Hydrophones placed upriver
and downriver (at the 200-, 400- and
800-meter distances) would be placed at
a depth greater than 5 m below the
water surface or placed 1–3 meters
above the bottom. A weighted tape
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
measure would be used to determine the
depth of the water. Each hydrophone
would be attached to a nylon cord or a
steel chain if the current is swift enough
to cause strumming of the line. The
nylon cord or chain would be attached
to an anchor that would keep the line
the appropriate distance from each pile.
The nylon cord or chain would be
attached to a buoy or raft at the surface
and checked regularly to maintain the
tightness of the line. The distances
would be measured by a tape measure,
where possible, or a range-finder for
those hydrophones that are distant from
the pile. There would be a direct line of
sight between the pile and the
hydrophone in all cases. GPS
coordinates would be recorded for each
hydrophone location.
When the river velocity is greater than
1 m/s, a flow shield around each
hydrophone would be used to provide
a barrier between the irregular,
turbulent flow and the hydrophone.
River velocity would be measured
concurrent to sound measurements. If
velocity is greater than 1 m/s, a
correlation between sound levels and
current speed would be made to
determine whether the data is valid and
should be included in the analysis.
Hydrophone calibrations would be
checked at the beginning of each day of
monitoring activity. Prior to the
initiation of pile driving, the
hydrophones would be placed at the
appropriate distances and depth as
described.
Prior to and during the pile driving
activity environmental data would be
gathered such as wind speed and
direction, air temperature, humidity,
surface water temperature, water depth,
wave height, weather conditions, and
other factors that could contribute to
influencing the underwater sound levels
(e.g., aircraft, boats). Start and stop time
of each pile driving event and the time
at which the bubble curtain or
functional equivalent is turned on and
off would be recorded. The chief
construction inspector would supply
the acoustics specialist with a
description of the substrate
composition, hammer model and size,
hammer energy settings and any
changes to those settings during the
piles being monitored, depth pile
driven, blows per foot for the piles
monitored, and total number of strikes
to drive each pile that is monitored.
Proposed Reporting
Reports of data collected during
monitoring would be submitted to
NMFS weekly. The reporting would
include:
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
23583
• All data described previously under
monitoring, including observation dates,
times, and conditions; and
• Correlations of observed behavior
with activity type and received levels of
sound, to the extent possible.
CRC would also submit a report(s)
concerning the results of all acoustic
monitoring. Acoustic monitoring reports
would include:
• Size and type of piles.
• A detailed description of any sound
attenuation device used, including
design specifications.
• The impact hammer energy rating
used to drive the piles, make and model
of the hammer(s), and description of the
vibratory hammer.
• A description of the sound
monitoring equipment.
• The distance between hydrophones
and depth of water at the hydrophone
locations.
• The depth of the hydrophones.
• The distance from the pile to the
water’s edge.
• The depth of water in which the
pile was driven.
• The depth into the substrate that
the pile was driven.
• The physical characteristics of the
bottom substrate into which the piles
were driven.
• The total number of strikes to drive
each pile.
• The background sound pressure
level reported as the fifty percent CDF,
if recorded.
• The results of the hydroacoustic
monitoring, including the frequency
spectrum, ranges and means including
the standard deviation/error for the peak
and rms SPL’s, and an estimation of the
distance at which rms values reach the
relevant marine mammal thresholds and
background sound levels. Vibratory
driving results would include the
maximum and overall average rms
calculated from 30-s rms values during
the drive of the pile.
• A description of any observable
pinniped behavior in the immediate
area and, if possible, correlation to
underwater sound levels occurring at
that time.
An annual report on marine mammal
monitoring and mitigation would be
submitted to NMFS, Office of Protected
Resources, and NMFS, Northwest
Regional Office. The annual reports
would summarize information
presented in the weekly reports and
include data collected for each distinct
marine mammal species observed in the
project area, including descriptions of
marine mammal behavior, overall
numbers of individuals observed,
frequency of observation, and any
behavioral changes and the context of
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23584
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
the changes relative to activities would
also be included in the annual reports.
Additional information that would be
recorded during activities and contained
in the reports include: Date and time of
marine mammal detections, weather
conditions, species identification,
approximate distance from the source,
and activity at the construction site
when a marine mammal is sighted.
In addition to annual reports, NMFS
proposes to require CRC to submit a
draft comprehensive final report to
NMFS, Office of Protected Resources,
and NMFS, Northwest Regional Office,
180 days prior to the expiration of the
regulations. This comprehensive
technical report would provide full
documentation of methods, results, and
interpretation of all monitoring during
the first 4.5 years of the regulations. A
revised final comprehensive technical
report, including all monitoring results
during the entire period of the
regulations, would be due 90 days after
the end of the period of effectiveness of
the regulations.
Adaptive Management
The final regulations governing the
take of marine mammals incidental to
the specified activities at CRC would
contain an adaptive management
component. In accordance with 50 CFR
216.105(c), regulations for the proposed
activity must be based on the best
available information. As new
information is developed, through
monitoring, reporting, or research, the
regulations may be modified, in whole
or in part, after notice and opportunity
for public review. The use of adaptive
management would allow NMFS to
consider new information from different
sources to determine if mitigation or
monitoring measures should be
modified (including additions or
deletions) if new data suggest that such
modifications are appropriate.
The following are some of the
possible sources of applicable data:
• Results from CRC’s monitoring from
the previous year;
• Results from general marine
mammal and sound research; or
• Any information which reveals that
marine mammals may have been taken
in a manner, extent or number not
authorized by these regulations or
subsequent LOAs.
If, during the effective dates of the
regulations, new information is
presented from monitoring, reporting, or
research, these regulations may be
modified, in whole or in part, after
notice and opportunity of public review,
as allowed for in 50 CFR 216.105(c). In
addition, LOAs would be withdrawn or
suspended if, after notice and
opportunity for public comment, the
Assistant Administrator finds, among
other things, that the regulations are not
being substantially complied with or
that the taking allowed is having more
than a negligible impact on the species
or stock, as allowed for in 50 CFR
216.106(e). That is, should substantial
changes in marine mammal populations
in the project area occur or monitoring
and reporting show that CRC actions are
having more than a negligible impact on
marine mammals, then NMFS reserves
the right to modify the regulations and/
or withdraw or suspend LOAs after
public review.
Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment
Except with respect to certain
activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: ‘‘any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
has the potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has
the potential to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering [Level B
harassment].’’ Take by Level B
harassment only is anticipated as a
result of CRC’s proposed activities. Take
of marine mammals is anticipated to be
associated with the installation and
removal of piles and installation of steel
casings, via impact and vibratory
methods, and debris removal. No take
by injury, serious injury, or death is
anticipated.
Assumptions regarding numbers of
pinnipeds and number of round trips
per individual per year in the Region of
Activity are based on information from
ongoing pinniped research and
management activities conducted in
response to concern over California sea
lion predation on fish populations
concentrated below Bonneville Dam. An
intensive monitoring program has been
conducted in the Bonneville Dam
tailrace since 2002, using surface
observations to evaluate seasonal
presence, abundance, and predation
activities of pinnipeds. Minimum
estimates of the number of pinnipeds
present in the tailrace from 2002
through 2011 are presented in Table 16.
Bonneville Dam is the first dam on the
river, located at RKm 235, and is upriver
of the CRC project site, which is located
at approximately RKm 170. The primary
California sea lion haul-out in the
Columbia River is located in the
Columbia River estuary in Astoria,
approximately 151 RKm downstream of
the project. This haul-out is the site of
trapping and tagging for research and
monitoring of pinnipeds that reach the
Bonneville Dam tailrace.
TABLE 16—MINIMUM ESTIMATED TOTAL NUMBERS OF PINNIPEDS PRESENT AT BONNEVILLE DAM FROM 2002 THROUGH
2011
Species
2002
California sea lion ............................................
Steller sea lion * ...............................................
Harbor seal .......................................................
2003
30
0
1
2004
104
3
2
2005 **
99
3
2
2006
81
4
1
72
11
3
2007
2008
71
9
2
82
39
2
2009
54
26
2
2010
89
75
2
2011
54
89
1
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Data from Stansell et al. 2010, pers. comm. Stansell, 2011.
* Animals not uniquely identified through 2007. Numbers through 2007 represent the highest number seen on any one day for each year
(Tackley et al., 2008a).
** Regular observations did not begin until March 18 in 2005; minimum estimate should likely be considered somewhat higher than these numbers (Tackley et al., 2008a).
Monitoring began as a result of the
2000 FCRPS biological opinion, which
required an evaluation of pinniped
predation in the tailrace of Bonneville
Dam. The objective of the study was to
determine the timing and duration of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
pinniped predation activity, estimate
the number of fish caught, record the
number of pinnipeds present, identify
and track individual California sea
lions, and evaluate various pinniped
deterrents used at the dam (Tackley et
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
al., 2008a). The study period for
monitoring was January 1 through May
31, beginning in 2002. During the study
period pinniped observations began
after consistent sightings of at least one
animal occurred. Tackley et al. (2008a)
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
notes that sightings began earlier each
year from 2002 to 2004. Although some
sightings were reported earlier in the
season, full-time observations began
March 21 in 2002, March 3 in 2003, and
February 24, 2004 (Tackley et al.,
2008a). In 2005 observations began in
April, but in 2006 through 2010
observations began in January or early
February (Tackley et al., 2008a, b;
Stansell et al., 2009; Stansell and
Gibbons, 2010). California sea lion and
Steller sea lion arrival and departure
dates at Bonneville Dam are compiled
from the reports above and were
detailed previously in Table 13 and
Table 14. If arrival and departure dates
were not available, the timing of surface
observations within the January through
May study period were recorded.
Because regular observations in the
study period generally began as sea
lions were observed below Bonneville
Dam, and sometimes reports stated that
observations stopped as sea lion
numbers dropped, the observation dates
23585
only give a general idea of first arrival
and departure. Because acoustic
telemetry data indicate that sea lions
travel at fast rates between hydrophone
locations above and below the CRC
project area (see Brown et al., 2010),
dates of first arrival at Bonneville Dam
and departure from the dam are
assumed to coincide closely with
potential passage timing through the
CRC project area. Table 17 details
observation effort by year; data is not yet
available for observations in 2011.
TABLE 17—HOURS OF OBSERVATION FOR PINNIPEDS AT THE BONNEVILLE DAM TAILRACE, BY YEAR
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
662
1,356
553
1,108
3,647
4,433
5,131
3,455
3,609
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Pinniped species presence is
determined by likelihood of occurrence
near the CRC project construction
activities based on general abundance at
Bonneville Dam and the number of
times individuals are estimated to make
the trip to and from the dam in a year.
Individuals observed at the dam are
known to have passed the project site at
least once; however, not all individuals
that pass the project site would go all
the way to the dam, although it is
expected that the vast majority would.
Therefore, the use of abundances at
Bonneville Dam in estimating take
would produce a slight
underestimation. These estimates also
assume that all pinnipeds that pass the
project site would be exposed to project
activities (e.g., pile installation would
be occurring every time an individual
passes the project site). However,
project activities that may impact
pinnipeds would not occur 24 hours a
day; therefore, this assumption results
in an overestimate of exposures. Table
18 summarizes the estimated take.
Harbor Seal
During most of the year, it is possible
that small numbers of adults and
subadults of both sexes may be expected
to transit through the Region of Activity.
In general, harbor seals remain close to
haul-out sites when foraging and
resting. As described previously, there
are no known harbor seal haul-out sites
within or near the Region of Activity,
with the nearest known haul-out sites at
least 45 mi (72 km) downstream.
Pupping sites are generally restricted to
coastal estuaries and other areas along
the Olympic Peninsula and Puget
Sound.
One to three harbor seals were
documented below the dam in all 9
years of surface observations. Estimates
are minimums and are based on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
observations made only within the
January through May timeframe,
although harbor seals have been
observed in very low numbers yearround near Bonneville Dam (Tackley et
al., 2008a). However, based on salmon
and steelhead run timing, as well as
lamprey and smelt timing, seals would
most likely occur during the same
January through May period when sea
lions are present. Based on the
preceding information, CRC estimates a
minimum of one to three adult or
subadult harbor seals would be
potentially exposed to in-water project
activities each year. Based on the
limited data available, CRC assumes that
the number of individuals that actually
pass by the CRC project area would be
slightly higher than the highest
minimum observed at the dam. CRC
therefore conservatively estimates six
individuals per year may potentially
pass the project site. This may
overestimate the number in some years.
However, based on the consistency in
the data, the number of individuals that
have the potential to be exposed to
project activities is likely to remain
small in future years.
The number of round trips made per
individual year is difficult to discern
from the limited data available. Because
harbor seals are not uniquely identified
in the observations at Bonneville Dam,
repeat observations of the same
individual may have been reported on
different observation days. Only one to
three harbor seals have been observed at
Bonneville Dam in any year (although
this may represent greater than three
individuals). One may safely assume
that each individual completes at least
one round-trip past the project site,
although it may be more; because of the
lack of data regarding seal movement to
and from the dam, it is difficult to
justify a number of round-trips per
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
individual. We do know that harbor
seals occur only infrequently at the dam
and, therefore, only a limited number of
round-trips could occur per individual.
CRC conservatively estimates that each
individual may make up to two roundtrips.
Based on known pupping and haulout locations, and the low number of
observations of harbor seals at
Bonneville Dam over the years, it is
likely that very few harbor seals transit
through the Region of Activity, and that
those that do are subadults or adults.
CRC conservatively estimates that up to
six subadult or adult harbor seals
(double the maximum number observed
at Bonneville Dam to date) may transit
the Region of Activity up to four times
per year (two round-trips).
California Sea Lion
California sea lions are observed in
the winter and spring (January through
May) with only a limited number of
exceptions. No haul-out sites are located
within the Region of Activity and no
breeding or pupping occurs in the
Region of Activity. All animals
documented in the Columbia River have
been adult or juvenile males (Jeffries et
al., 2000). Table 16 presents numbers of
California sea lions observed at
Bonneville Dam. Numbers are presented
as minimums, because not all sea lions
are able to be uniquely identified in all
observations and therefore may not be
in the count. Tackley et al. (2008) noted
that individuals were not uniquely
identified prior to 2008; thus, the
numbers of sea lions estimated from
2002 through 2007 were likely
underestimated. During those years,
Tackley et al. (2008) estimate that an
additional 15 to 35 California sea lions
may have been present, but observers
were not able to uniquely identify them
and therefore they are not represented
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
23586
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
in the counts. In addition, the high
number of 104 individuals present
below the dam in 2003 occurred prior
to hazing (started in 2005) or permanent
removal (2008–2010) activities. CRC
believes the high number is not
representative of current levels, due to
extensive efforts to deter sea lions.
Permanent removal of forty
individuals occurred from 2008–2010
(Stansell et al., 2010). In 2010, the
number of individual sea lions observed
was a minimum of 89 individuals. Of
the 89 individuals, fourteen were
removed (Stansell et al., 2010).
Typically, the percentage of individuals
making their first appearance at
Bonneville Dam has been approximately
thirty percent; however, in 2010 the
percentage of new individuals was
approximately 65 percent (51 were first
time visitors below the dam) (Stansell et
al., 2010). The removal program is
currently suspended by court order,
further complicating the estimation of
sea lion abundance at the dam in future
years. Trends are particularly hard to
discern because numbers passing the
project site would be a reflection of the
number of returning sea lions, numbers
of sea lions successfully removed in
future years (should the program be
resumed), and numbers of new sea
lions, none of which may be estimated
on the basis of data indicating clear
trends.
Based on 2010 data, new animals
would likely largely replace those
removed (e.g., in 2010, fourteen animals
were removed and 51 were first time
visitors below the dam) and still
possibly result in an overall increase in
California sea lion numbers. It is
possible that a more effective method of
deterrence will be developed in the
future, or continued removal efforts will
result in the number of California sea
lions stabilizing or decreasing in future
years. However, spring Chinook
(Oncorhynchus tshawytscha) returns to
the Columbia River in 2010 were the
third largest on record since 1938 (CBB
2010), based on a preliminary summary
(ODFW and WDFW 2010). If the
numbers remain high or increase, it is
possible that the numbers of sea lions
foraging near Bonneville Dam may
increase.
CRC estimates that the number of sea
lions passing the project site would be
approximately 89 individuals (the
minimum high count since significant
effort toward sea lion deterrence began)
annually. There is a substantial amount
of uncertainty in this estimate;
therefore, NMFS presents the take
estimate with the caveat that the
estimate of California sea lions
potentially present in each year of in-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
water project work may need to be
adapted using the most recent data and
trends available in future years (see
Adaptive Management).
CRC examined satellite-linked and
acoustic tracking reports of California
sea lions to help estimate the number of
times individual sea lions may pass the
CRC project site. Tracking has been
conducted on an almost annual basis
since 2004. Based on data from 100 to
150 animals, annual California sea lion
round trips to the dam range from one
to five trips per individual (CRC, 2010).
Movements of 26 satellite-tagged sea
lions captured in the Columbia River
during three non-breeding seasons
(2003–04, 2004–05, and 2006–07) are
described by Wright et al. (2010).
Duration below the Bonneville Dam
ranged from 2 to 43 days (Wright et al.,
2010). The authors noted that
movements of sea lions captured in the
Columbia River varied considerably
within and across individuals, and that
estimating the mean number of trips to
Bonneville Dam in a given season is
problematic given that many animals
were tagged after they may have already
made one or more such trips (Wright et
al., 2010). In 2009, six California sea
lions were tagged in early April with
acoustic transmitters, and four of those
tagged had relatively long datasets
(approximately 1–1.5 months) (Brown et
al., 2009). After tagging, three of the
animals made one round trip from
Astoria to Bonneville Dam, and one
made two round trips prior to final
departure from Bonneville Dam by the
end of May (Brown et al., 2009). The
animals may have made additional trips
prior to tagging in early April. Data from
five animals tagged in 2010 indicate that
at least one to four round-trips were
made to Bonneville Dam from Astoria
(Brown et al. 2010). Four animals were
tagged in March or April for 22 to 51
days. Of these four individuals, two
made at least four trips, one made two
trips and one made one trip. The fifth
animal was tagged in May at the end of
the season and departed immediately
after capture. Again, the preliminary
data do not include trips taken prior to
tagging.
Based on past data, the estimated
number of times an individual sea lion
would pass the CRC project site ranges
from at least two to ten times per year
(one to five roundtrips per year).
However, the actual number is quite
variable from individual to individual.
Therefore, based on the data available,
CRC conservatively estimates a
maximum of ten trips (five round-trips)
past the project site annually.
In summary, CRC conservatively
estimates that up to 89 California sea
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
lions may travel through the Region of
Activity, annually, in future years. The
nearest haul-out site is 45 mi (72 km)
from the Region of Activity, California
sea lion hazing efforts at Bonneville
Dam are expected to continue, and there
is no information indicating that a large
increase in the numbers of California
sea lions traveling up the Columbia
River to Bonneville Dam is likely. Each
California sea lion could be behaviorally
harassed ten times per year (five roundtrips).
Steller Sea Lion
Exposure of Steller sea lions to
elevated sound levels in the Region of
Activity is likely to occur from
November through May, when primarily
adult and subadult male Steller sea
lions typically forage at Bonneville
Dam. Steller sea lions are known to
migrate through the Region of Activity
as they transit between the dam and the
ocean during this time period, often
making multiple round-trip journeys.
Beginning in 2008, individual sea lions
have also been present during
September or October, but in low
numbers (Stansell et al., 2009, 2010;
Tackley et al., 2008b). Therefore,
exposure during fall months is possible
in very low numbers, but less likely.
There are no Steller sea lion haul-outs
or breeding sites in the Region of
Activity. The nearest known haul-out is
located approximately 26 mi (42 km)
upstream of the CRC project area, and
the nearest breeding site is located more
than 200 mi (322 km) from the CRC
project area (NMFS, 2008b). Therefore,
elevated sound levels would have no
effect on individuals at breeding or
haul-out sites.
Similar to California sea lions,
projections of Steller sea lion numbers
estimated to pass the CRC project site
during construction in future years are
impossible to make with a high degree
of confidence. Unlike California sea
lions, ESA-listed Steller sea lions have
not been subject to removal programs.
Regular observations from 2002 through
2011 showed an increase in minimum
numbers observed from 0 to 89
individuals, even though hazing efforts
at the fish ladder entrances started in
2005 and vessel-based hazing began in
2006 (Scordino, 2010; Tackley et al.,
2008a; Stansell et al., 2009). In 2010, the
minimum number observed of 75
individuals was approximately triple
the 2009 minimum of 26 individuals
(Stansell and Gibbons, 2010); however,
the 2009 minimum was reduced by one
third from the 2008 minimum of 39.
The minimum number of animals
projected in future years would be
expected to be at least 89 individuals
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
and may continue to increase based on
recent past trends. However, there is
very little certainty in this estimate,
especially when it is projected into the
future. It is possible a more effective
method of deterrence would be
developed in the future and the number
of Steller sea lions may stabilize or
decrease in future years. However, if
trends in the numbers of fish continue,
it is also possible that the number of
Steller sea lions present would continue
to increase.
Acoustic and satellite-linked tracking
data for Steller sea lions in the
Columbia River are only available for
six individuals, and most were only
tracked for one month beginning at the
end of March or during April of 2010
(CRC, 2010). Additional data are
available from two individuals that were
tagged with only satellite-linked
transmitters (which do not provide inriver movement data). From the limited
dataset, seven individuals made one
round trip from marine areas, and one
individual made two round trips
(Wright, 2010a). The number of round
trips made earlier in the season, prior to
tagging, is not included in the estimate
and could increase the number of trips
per individual. Like California sea lions,
considerable variation within and across
individuals may exist. Acoustic and
satellite-linked data collection efforts
will continue in the future and will
better inform the estimate of number of
round-trips Steller sea lions are likely to
make past the CRC project area.
Summary
Based on past data, the number of
times an individual Steller sea lion
23587
would pass the CRC project site ranges
from a minimum of two to four times
per year (one to two round-trips).
Therefore, CRC estimates that
individuals may transit the Region of
Activity six times per year (three roundtrips). As for California sea lions, the
significant uncertainty associated with
these estimates may require adaptation
of the estimates using the most recent
data and trends available (see Adaptive
Management). Based on trends in Steller
sea lions identified below Bonneville
Dam in recent years, CRC conservatively
estimates a tripling of the minimum of
75 individuals seen in 2010, to 225
individuals that may transit the project
site six times (three round-trips) each
per year.
TABLE 18—ESTIMATED NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS EXPOSED TO PROPOSED ACTIVITIES PER YEAR
Estimated
number of
individuals
per year
Species
Sex/age class
affected
Harbor seal .....................................
California sea lion ...........................
Steller sea lion ................................
Adult males or females ..................
Subadult or adult males .................
Subadult or adult males .................
6
89
225
Estimated number of exposures
per individual per year *
4 (2 round-trips) .............................
10 (5 round-trips) ...........................
6 (3 round-trips) .............................
Total estimated take
per year
24
890
1,350
* It is assumed that individuals exposed to CRC’s proposed activities would be in transit to/from Bonneville Dam to forage. Trips to Bonneville
Dam are assumed to be round-trips to/from the mouth of the Columbia River.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Negligible Impact and Small Numbers
Analyses and Preliminary
Determination
NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible
impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as ‘‘* * * an
impact resulting from the specified
activity that cannot be reasonably
expected to, and is not reasonably likely
to, adversely affect the species or stock
through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival.’’ In making a
negligible impact determination, NMFS
considers a variety of factors, including
but not limited to: (1) The number of
anticipated mortalities; (2) the number
and nature of anticipated injuries; (3)
the number, nature, intensity, and
duration of Level B harassment; and (4)
the context in which the takes occur.
Incidental take, in the form of Level
B harassment only, is likely to occur
primarily as a result of pinniped
exposure to elevated levels of sound
caused by impact and vibratory
installation and removal of pipe and
sheet pile and steel casings. No take by
injury, serious injury, or death is
anticipated or would be authorized. By
incorporating the proposed mitigation
measures, including pinniped
monitoring and shut-down procedures
described previously, harassment to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
individual pinnipeds from the proposed
activities is expected to be limited to
temporary behavioral impacts. CRC
assumes that all individuals traveling
past the project area would be exposed
each time they pass the area and that all
exposures would cause disturbance.
NMFS agrees that this represents a
worst-case scenario and is therefore
sufficiently precautionary. There are no
pinniped haul-outs or rookeries located
within or near the Region of Activity.
The nearest haul-out for California sea
lions and harbor seals is approximately
45 mi (72 km) downriver from the
Region of Activity, while the nearest
known haul-out for Steller sea lions is
approximately 26 mi (42 km) upstream
from the Region of Activity.
The shutdown zone monitoring
proposed as mitigation, and the small
size of the zones in which injury may
occur, makes any potential injury of
pinnipeds extremely unlikely, and
therefore discountable. Because
pinniped exposures would be limited to
the period they are transiting the
disturbance zone, with potential repeat
exposures (on return to the mouth of the
Columbia River) separated by days to
weeks, the probability of experiencing
TTS is also considered unlikely.
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
These activities may cause
individuals to temporarily disperse from
the area or avoid transit through the
area. However, existing traffic sound,
commercial vessels, and recreational
boaters already occur in the area. Thus,
it is likely that pinnipeds are habituated
to these disturbances while transiting
the Region of Activity and would not be
significantly hindered from transit.
Behavioral changes are expected to
potentially occur only when an animal
is transiting a disturbance zone at the
same time that the proposed activities
are occurring.
In addition, it is unlikely that
pinnipeds exposed to elevated sound
levels would temporarily avoid
traveling through the affected area, as
they are highly motivated to travel
through the action area in pursuit of
foraging opportunities upriver (NMFS,
2008e). Sea lions have shown increasing
habituation in recent years to various
hazing techniques used to deter the
animals from foraging in the Bonneville
tailrace area, including acoustic
deterrent devices, boat chasing, and
above-water pyrotechnics (Stansell et
al., 2009). Many of the individuals that
travel to the tailrace area return in
subsequent years (NMFS, 2008).
Therefore, it is likely that pinnipeds
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
23588
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
would continue to pass through the
action area even when sound levels are
above disturbance thresholds.
Although pinnipeds are unlikely to be
deterred from passing through the area,
even temporarily, they may respond to
the underwater sound by passing
through the area more quickly, or they
may experience stress as they pass
through the area. Sea lions already move
quickly through the lower river on their
way to foraging grounds below
Bonneville Dam (transit speeds of 4.6
km/hr in the upstream direction and 8.8
km/hr in the downstream direction
[Brown et al., 2010]). Any increase in
transit speed is therefore likely to be
slight. Another possible effect is that the
underwater sound would evoke a stress
response in the exposed individuals,
regardless of transit speed. However, the
period of time during which an
individual would be exposed to sound
levels that might cause stress is short
given their likely speed of travel
through the affected areas. In addition,
there would be few repeat exposures for
individual animals. Thus, it is unlikely
that the potential increased stress would
have a significant effect on individuals
or any effect on the population as a
whole.
Therefore, NMFS finds it unlikely that
the amount of anticipated disturbance
would significantly change pinnipeds’
use of the lower Columbia River or
significantly change the amount of time
they would otherwise spend in the
foraging areas below Bonneville Dam.
Pinniped usage of the Bonneville Dam
foraging area, which results in transit of
the action area, is a relatively recent
learned behavior resulting from human
modification (i.e., fish accumulation at
the base of the dam). Even in the
unanticipated event that either change
was significant and animals were
displaced from foraging areas in the
lower Columbia River, there are
alternative foraging areas available to
the affected individuals. NMFS does not
anticipate any effects on haul-out
behavior because there are no proximate
haul-outs within the areas affected by
elevated sound levels. All other effects
of the proposed action are at most
expected to have a discountable or
insignificant effect on pinnipeds,
including an insignificant reduction in
the quantity and quality of prey
otherwise available.
Any adverse effects to prey species
would occur on a temporary basis
during project construction. Given the
large numbers of fish in the Columbia
River, the short-term nature of effects to
fish populations, and extensive BMPs
and minimization measures designed by
NMFS in cooperation with CRC to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
protect fish during construction, as well
as conservation and habitat mitigation
measures that would continue into the
future, the project is not expected to
have significant effects on the
distribution or abundance of potential
prey species in the long term. All
project activities would be conducted
using the BMPs and minimization
measures, which are described in detail
in NMFS’ biological opinion, pursuant
to section 7 of the ESA, on the effects
of the CRC project on ESA-listed
species. Therefore, these temporary
impacts are expected to have a
negligible impact on habitat for
pinniped prey species.
A detailed description of potential
impacts to individual pinnipeds was
provided previously in this document.
The following sections put into context
what those effects mean to the
respective populations or stocks of each
of the pinniped species potentially
affected.
Harbor Seal
The Oregon/Washington coastal stock
of harbor seals consisted of about 25,000
animals in 1999 (Carretta et al., 2007).
As described previously, both the
Washington and Oregon portions of this
stock have reached carrying capacity
and are no longer increasing, and the
stock is believed to be within its OSP
level (Jeffries et al., 2003; Brown et al.,
2005). The estimated take of 24
individuals per year by Level B
harassment is small relative to a stable
population of approximately 25,000
(0.1 percent), and is not expected to
impact annual rates of recruitment or
survival of the stock.
California Sea Lion
The U.S. stock of California sea lions
was estimated to be 238,000 in the 2007
Stock Assessment Report and may be at
carrying capacity, although more data
are needed to verify that determination
(Carretta et al., 2007). Generally,
California sea lions in the Pacific
Northwest are subadult or adult males
(NOAA, 2008). The estimated take of
890 individuals per year is small
relative to a population of
approximately 238,000 (0.4 percent),
and is not expected to impact annual
rates of recruitment or survival of the
stock.
Steller Sea Lion
The total population of the eastern
DPS of Steller sea lions is estimated to
be within a range from approximately
58,334 to 72,223 animals with an overall
annual rate of increase of 3.1 percent
throughout most of the range (Oregon to
southeastern Alaska) since the 1970s
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(Allen and Angliss, 2010). In 2006, the
NMFS Steller sea lion recovery team
proposed removal of the eastern stock
from listing under the ESA based on its
annual rate of increase. CRC’s take
estimate is conservative, assuming a
three-fold increase above the largest
minimum count in 2010. An increase of
this magnitude occurred from 2009 to
2010, and so may be warranted;
however, that 1-year increase is not
necessarily a reliable indicator of future
trends and so may result in an
overestimate of future take. The total
estimated take of 1,350 individuals per
year is small compared to a population
of approximately 65,000 (2.1 percent).
For California and Steller sea lions,
individuals that may be disturbed
would be males, so the anticipated
behavioral harassment is not expected
to impact recruitment or survival of the
stock. For all species, because the type
of incidental harassment is not expected
to actually remove individuals from the
population or decrease significantly
their ability to feed or breed, this
amount of incidental harassment is
anticipated to have a negligible impact
on the stock.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
mitigation and monitoring measures,
NMFS preliminarily finds that CRC’s
proposed activities would result in the
incidental take of small numbers of
marine mammals, by Level B
harassment only, and that the total
taking from CRC’s proposed activities
would have a negligible impact on the
affected species or stocks.
Impact on Availability of Affected
Species or Stock for Taking for
Subsistence Uses
There are no relevant subsistence uses
of marine mammals implicated by this
action. Therefore, NMFS has
determined that the total taking of
affected species or stocks would not
have an unmitigable adverse impact on
the availability of such species or stocks
for taking for subsistence purposes.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
On January 19, 2011, NMFS
concluded consultation with FHWA and
FTA under section 7 of the ESA on the
proposed activities in the Columbia
River and North Portland Harbor and
issued a biological opinion. The finding
of that consultation was that the
proposed activities may adversely affect
but are not likely to jeopardize the
continued existence of the eastern DPS
of Steller sea lions as well as a number
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
of ESA-listed fish. NMFS has
preliminarily determined that issuance
of these regulations and subsequent
LOAs would not have any impacts
beyond those analyzed in the 2011
biological opinion.
National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA)
CRC released a Draft Environmental
Impact Statement (EIS) for the proposed
activities in May 2008. The draft EIS
analyzed the potential environmental
and community effects of five
alternatives against the project’s goals,
as identified in the Statement of
Purpose and Need. The Final EIS,
released in September 2011, described
additional analysis of potential
environmental and community effects of
the project and incorporated the
comments received on the Draft EIS and
public input received at more than 950
community briefings, workshops and
public meetings. Following a 30-day
review period, the CRC federal oversight
agencies (FHWA and FTA) selected an
alternative for the project and signed a
record of decision (ROD) on December
7, 2011. Further information about
CRC’s NEPA process, as well as the EIS
and ROD, is available at
www.columbiarivercrossing.com.
Because NMFS was not a cooperating
agency in the development of CRC’s EIS,
NMFS will conduct a separate NEPA
analysis for issuance of authorizations
pursuant to section 101(a)(5)(A) of the
MMPA for the activities proposed by
CRC.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Information Solicited
NMFS requests interested persons to
submit comments, information, and
suggestions concerning the request and
the content of the proposed regulations
to govern the taking described herein
(see ADDRESSES).
Classification
The Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) has determined that this
proposed rule is not significant for
purposes of Executive Order 12866.
Pursuant to section 605(b) of the
Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), the
Chief Counsel for Regulation of the
Department of Commerce has certified
to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration (SBA)
that this proposed rule, if adopted,
would not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities. The SBA defines small entity as
a small business, small organization, or
a small governmental jurisdiction.
Applying this definition, there are no
small entities that are impacted by this
proposed rule. This proposed rule
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
impacts only the activities of CRC,
which has submitted a request for
authorization to take marine mammals
incidental to bridge construction within
the Columbia River, over the course of
5 years. CRC is a joint project of ODOT
and WSDOT, in cooperation with
FHWA and FTA. Project staff
coordinates with state and local
agencies in both Oregon and
Washington, and also collaborates with
federal agencies and tribal governments.
CRC is not considered to be a small
governmental jurisdiction under the
RFA’s definition. Under the RFA,
governmental jurisdictions are
considered to be small if they are
‘‘governments of cities, counties, towns,
townships, villages, school districts, or
special districts, with a population of
less than 50,000, unless an agency
establishes, after opportunity for public
comment, one or more definitions of
such term which are appropriate to the
activities of the agency and which are
based on such factors as location in
rural or sparsely populated areas or
limited revenues due to the population
of such jurisdiction, and publishes such
definition(s) in the Federal Register.’’
Because this proposed rule impacts only
the activities of CRC, which is not
considered to be a small entity within
SBA’s definition, the Chief Counsel for
Regulation certified that this proposed
rule will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. As a result of
this certification, a regulatory flexibility
analysis is not required and none has
been prepared.
Notwithstanding any other provision
of law, no person is required to respond
to nor shall a person be subject to a
penalty for failure to comply with a
collection of information subject to the
requirements of the Paperwork
Reduction Act (PRA) unless that
collection of information displays a
currently valid OMB control number.
This proposed rule contains collectionof-information requirements subject to
the provisions of the PRA. These
requirements have been approved by
OMB under control number 0648–0151
and include applications for regulations,
subsequent LOAs, and reports. Send
comments regarding any aspect of this
data collection, including suggestions
for reducing the burden, to NMFS and
the OMB Desk Officer (see ADDRESSES).
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 217
Exports, Fish, Imports, Indians,
Labeling, Marine mammals, Penalties,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Seafood, Transportation.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
23589
Dated: April 10, 2012.
Alan D. Risenhoover,
Acting Deputy Assistant Administrator for
Regulatory Programs, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
For reasons set forth in the preamble,
50 CFR part 217 is proposed to be
amended as follows:
PART 217—REGULATIONS
GOVERNING THE TAKE OF MARINE
MAMMALS INCIDENTAL TO
SPECIFIED ACTIVITIES
1. The authority citation for part 217
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.
2. Subpart V is added to part 217 to
read as follows:
Subpart V—Taking of Marine Mammals
Incidental to Columbia River Crossing
Project, Washington and Oregon
Sec.
217.210 Specified activity and specified
geographical region.
217.211 Effective dates.
217.212 Permissible methods of taking.
217.213 Prohibitions.
217.214 Mitigation.
217.215 Requirements for monitoring and
reporting.
217.216 Letters of Authorization.
217.217 Renewals and Modifications of
Letters of Authorization.
Subpart V—Taking of Marine Mammals
Incidental to Columbia River Crossing
Project, Washington and Oregon
§ 217.210 Specified activity and specified
geographical region.
(a) Regulations in this subpart apply
only to Columbia River Crossing (CRC)
and those persons it authorizes to
conduct activities on its behalf for the
taking of marine mammals that occurs
in the area outlined in paragraph (b) of
this section and that occurs incidental
to bridge construction and demolition
associated with the CRC project.
(b) The taking of marine mammals by
CRC may be authorized in a Letter of
Authorization (LOA) only if it occurs in
the Columbia River or North Portland
Harbor, in the states of Washington and
Oregon.
§ 217.211
Effective dates.
[Reserved]
§ 217.212
Permissible methods of taking.
(a) Under LOAs issued pursuant to
§ 216.106 and § 217.216 of this chapter,
the Holder of the LOA (hereinafter
‘‘CRC’’) may incidentally, but not
intentionally, take marine mammals
within the area described in
§ 217.210(b) of this chapter, provided
the activity is in compliance with all
terms, conditions, and requirements of
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
23590
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
the regulations in this subpart and the
appropriate LOA.
(b) The incidental take of marine
mammals under the activities identified
in § 217.210(a) of this chapter is limited
to the indicated number of Level B
harassment takes of the following
species:
(1) Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina)—120
(an average of 24 annually)
(2) California sea lion (Zalophus
californianus)—4,450 (an average of 890
annually)
(3) Steller sea lion (Eumetopias
jubatus)—6,750 (an average of 1,350
annually)
§ 217.213
Prohibitions.
Notwithstanding takings
contemplated in § 217.212(b) of this
chapter and authorized by a LOA issued
under § 216.106 and § 217.216 of this
chapter, no person in connection with
the activities described in § 217.210 of
this chapter may:
(a) Take any marine mammal not
specified in § 217.212(b) of this chapter;
(b) Take any marine mammal
specified in § 217.212(b) of this chapter
other than by incidental, unintentional
Level B Harassment;
(c) Take a marine mammal specified
in § 217.212(b) of this chapter if NMFS
determines such taking results in more
than a negligible impact on the species
or stocks of such marine mammal; or
(d) Violate, or fail to comply with, the
terms, conditions, and requirements of
this subpart or a LOA issued under
§ 216.106 and § 217.216 of this chapter.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 217.214
Mitigation.
(a) When conducting the activities
identified in § 217.210(a) of this chapter,
the mitigation measures contained in
the LOA issued under § 216.106 and
§ 217.216 of this chapter must be
implemented. These mitigation
measures include:
(1) General Conditions:
(i) Briefings shall be conducted
between the CRC project construction
supervisors and the crew, marine
mammal observer(s), and acoustical
monitoring team prior to the start of all
pile driving activity, and when new
personnel join the work, to explain
responsibilities, communication
procedures, marine mammal monitoring
protocol, and operational procedures.
The CRC project shall contact the
Bonneville Dam marine mammal
monitoring team to obtain information
on the presence or absence of pinnipeds
prior to initiating pile driving in any
discrete pile driving time period
described in the project description.
(ii) CRC shall comply with all
applicable equipment sound standards
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
and ensure that all construction
equipment has sound control devices no
less effective than those provided on the
original equipment.
(iii) For in-water heavy machinery
work other than pile driving (e.g.,
standard barges, tug boats, bargemounted excavators, or clamshell
equipment used to place or remove
material), if a marine mammal comes
within 50 m of such activity, operations
shall cease and vessels shall reduce
speed to the minimum level required to
maintain steerage and safe working
conditions.
(2) Pile Installation:
(i) Permanent foundations for each inwater pier shall be installed by means
of drilled shafts.
(ii) All piles shall be installed using
vibratory driving to the extent possible.
Installation of piles using impact
driving may only occur between
September 15 and April 15 of the
following year, during daylight hours
only. No more than two impact pile
drivers may be operated simultaneously
within the same water body channel.
(iii) In waters with depths more than
2 ft (0.67 m), a bubble curtain or other
sound attenuation measure shall be
used for impact driving of pilings. If a
bubble curtain or similar measure is
used, it shall distribute small air
bubbles around 100 percent of the piling
perimeter for the full depth of the water
column. Any other attenuation measure
(e.g., temporary sound attenuation pile)
must provide 100 percent coverage in
the water column for the full depth of
the pile. A performance test of the
sound attenuation device in accordance
with the approved hydroacoustic
monitoring plan shall be conducted
prior to any impact pile driving. If a
bubble curtain or similar measure is
utilized, the performance test shall
confirm the calculated pressures and
flow rates at each manifold ring.
(3) Shutdown and Monitoring:
(i) Shutdown zone: For all impact pile
driving and vibratory pile driving and
removal, or installation of steel casings,
shutdown zones shall be established.
These zones shall include all areas
where underwater sound pressure levels
(SPLs) are anticipated to equal or exceed
190 dB re: 1 mPa rms. Shutdown zones
shall be established on the basis of
existing worst-case site-specific data for
24- or 48-in steel pile, as appropriate,
collected by CRC with NMFS approval,
and shall be adjusted as indicated by the
results of acoustic monitoring
conducted during the specified
activities, but shall not be less than
50 m radius.
(ii) Disturbance zone: For all impact
pile driving and vibratory pile driving
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
or removal, disturbance zones shall be
established. For impact pile driving,
these zones shall include all areas
where underwater SPLs are anticipated
to equal or exceed 160 dB re: 1 mPa rms,
and shall be established on the basis of
existing worst-case site-specific data for
24- or 48-in steel pile, as appropriate,
collected by CRC with NMFS approval.
The zones shall be adjusted as indicated
by the results of acoustic monitoring
conducted during the specified
activities. The actual size of the zone for
vibratory pile driving and removal that
includes all areas where underwater
SPLs equal or exceed 120 dB re: 1 mPa
rms shall be empirically determined and
reported by CRC, and on-site biologists
shall be aware of the size of this zone.
However, because of its large size,
monitoring of the entire zone may not
be required but shall be conducted as
described in paragraph (v) of this
section.
(A) Initial disturbance zones for
vibratory installation or removal of steel
pipe pile and sheet pile and vibratory
installation of steel casings shall be set
at 800 m. In-situ acoustic monitoring
shall be performed to determine the
actual distances to these zones, and the
size of the zones shall be adjusted
accordingly based on worst-case sitespecific data for vibratory installation of
steel sheet pile and steel casings, but the
area to be visually monitored shall not
be larger than 800 m.
(B) [Reserved]
(iii) Airborne sound: Disturbance
zones for pile driving and removal
activity and steel casing installation, to
include all areas where airborne SPLs
are anticipated to equal or exceed 90 dB
re: 20 mPa rms or 100 dB re: 20 mPa rms
(for harbor seals and sea lions,
respectively), shall be established.
These zones shall be adjusted
accordingly based on worst-case sitespecific data collected during acoustic
monitoring of the specified activities.
(iv) The shutdown and disturbance
zones shall be monitored throughout the
time required to drive a pile. If a marine
mammal is observed within or
approaching the shutdown zone,
activity shall be halted as soon as it is
safe to do so, until the animal is
observed exiting the shutdown zone or
15 minutes has elapsed. If a marine
mammal is observed within the
disturbance zone, a take shall be
recorded and behaviors documented.
(v) Monitoring of shutdown and
disturbance zones shall occur for all pile
driving and removal and steel casing
installation activities. The following
measures shall apply:
(A) Shutdown and disturbance zones
shall be monitored from a work
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
platform, barge, or other vantage point.
If a small boat is used for monitoring,
the boat shall remain 50 yd (46 m) from
swimming pinnipeds. CRC shall at all
times employ, at minimum, one
Protected Species Observer (PSO) to be
located on each barge or work platform
engaging in pile driving or removal or
steel casing installation and, at
minimum, one PSO to be based on shore
or at another appropriate vantage point,
as determined by CRC. If a single shorebased PSO is unable to provide full
observational coverage of disturbance
zones when multiple pile driving or
removal or steel casing installation
activities are occurring simultaneously,
additional shore-based PSOs shall be
stationed so that such coverage is
attained. For vibratory pile driving and
removal or steel casing installation, CRC
shall maintain comprehensive
observation of a maximum disturbance
zone of 800 m radial distance.
(B) If the shutdown zone is obscured
by fog or poor lighting conditions, pile
driving or removal or steel casing
installation shall not be initiated until
the entire shutdown zone is visible. Pile
driving or removal or steel casing
installation may continue under such
conditions if properly initiated.
(C) The shutdown zone shall be
monitored for the presence of pinnipeds
before, during, and after any pile driving
activity. The shutdown zone shall be
monitored for 30 minutes prior to
initiating the start of pile driving and for
30 minutes following the completion of
pile driving. If pinnipeds are present
within the shutdown zone prior to pile
driving, the start of pile driving shall be
delayed until the animals leave the
shutdown zone of their own volition or
until 15 minutes has elapsed without
observing the animal.
(4) Ramp-up
(i) A ramp-up technique shall be used
at the beginning of each day’s in-water
pile driving activities and if pile driving
resumes after it has ceased for more
than 1 hour.
(ii) If a vibratory driver is used,
contractors shall be required to initiate
sound from vibratory hammers for 15
seconds at reduced energy followed by
a 1-minute waiting period. The
procedure shall be repeated two
additional times before full energy may
be achieved.
(iii) If a non-diesel impact hammer is
used, contractors shall be required to
provide an initial set of strikes from the
impact hammer at reduced energy,
followed by a 1-minute waiting period,
then two subsequent sets.
(iv) If a diesel impact hammer is used,
contractors shall be required to turn on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
the sound attenuation device for 15
seconds prior to initiating pile driving.
(5) Additional mitigation measures as
contained in a LOA issued under
§ 216.106 and § 217.216 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
§ 217.215 Requirements for monitoring
and reporting.
(a) Visual Monitoring Program: (1)
CRC shall employ PSOs during in-water
construction and demolition activities.
All PSOs must receive advance NMFS
approval after a review of their
qualifications and NMFS-approved
training. The PSOs shall be responsible
for visually locating marine mammals in
the shutdown and disturbance zones
and, to the extent possible, identifying
the species. PSOs shall record, at
minimum, the following information:
(i) A count of all pinnipeds observed
by species, sex, and age class.
(ii) Their location within the
shutdown or disturbance zone, and their
reaction (if any) to construction
activities, including direction of
movement.
(iii) Activity that is occurring at the
time of observation, including time that
pile driving begins and ends, any
acoustic or visual disturbance, and time
of the observation.
(iv) Environmental conditions,
including wind speed, wind direction,
visibility, and temperature.
(2) Monitoring shall be conducted
using appropriate binoculars. When
possible, digital video or still cameras
shall also be used to document the
behavior and response of pinnipeds to
construction activities or other
disturbances.
(3) Each monitor shall have a radio or
cell phone for contact with other
monitors or work crews. Observers shall
implement shut-down or delay
procedures when applicable by calling
for the shut-down to the hammer
operator.
(4) A GPS unit or electric range finder
shall be used for determining the
observation location and distance to
pinnipeds, boats, and construction
equipment.
(5) No monitoring shall be conducted
during inclement weather that creates
potentially hazardous conditions, as
determined by the biologist on-site. No
monitoring shall be conducted when
visibility in the shutdown zone is
significantly limited, such as during
heavy rain or fog. During these times of
inclement weather, in-water work that
may produce sound levels in excess of
190 dB rms must be halted; these
activities may not commence until
appropriate monitoring of the shutdown
zone can take place.
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
23591
(b) Reporting—CRC must implement
the following reporting requirements:
(1) Reports of data collected during
monitoring shall be submitted to NMFS
weekly. The reports shall include:
(i) All data required to be collected
during monitoring, as described under
217.215(a) of this chapter, including
observation dates, times, and
conditions; and
(ii) Correlations of observed behavior
with activity type and received levels of
sound, to the extent possible.
(2) CRC shall also submit a report(s)
concerning the results of all acoustic
monitoring. Acoustic monitoring reports
shall include:
(i) Size and type of piles.
(ii) A detailed description of any
sound attenuation device used,
including design specifications.
(iii) The impact hammer energy rating
used to drive the piles, make and model
of the hammer(s), and description of the
vibratory hammer.
(iv) A description of the sound
monitoring equipment.
(v) The distance between
hydrophones and depth of water at the
hydrophone locations.
(vi) The depth of the hydrophones.
(vii) The distance from the pile to the
water’s edge.
(viii) The depth of water in which the
pile was driven.
(ix) The depth into the substrate that
the pile was driven.
(x) The physical characteristics of the
bottom substrate into which the piles
were driven.
(xi) The total number of strikes to
drive each pile.
(xii) The background sound pressure
level reported as the fifty percent
cumulative distribution function, if
recorded.
(xiii) The results of the hydroacoustic
monitoring, including the frequency
spectrum, ranges and means including
the standard deviation/error for the peak
and rms SPLs, and an estimation of the
distance at which rms values reach the
relevant marine mammal thresholds and
background sound levels. Vibratory
driving results shall include the
maximum and overall average rms
calculated from 30-s rms values during
the drive of the pile.
(xiv) A description of any observable
pinniped behavior in the immediate
area and, if possible, correlation to
underwater sound levels occurring at
that time.
(3) Reporting Injured or Dead Marine
Mammals
(i) In the unanticipated event that the
specified activity clearly causes the take
of a marine mammal in a manner
prohibited by a LOA (if issued), such as
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
23592
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
an injury (Level A harassment), serious
injury, or mortality, CRC shall
immediately cease the specified
activities and report the incident to the
Chief of the Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, and the Northwest Regional
Stranding Coordinator, NMFS. The
report must include the following
information:
(A) Time and date of the incident;
(B) Description of the incident;
(C) Environmental conditions (e.g.,
wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
state, cloud cover, and visibility);
(D) Description of all marine mammal
observations in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
(E) Species identification or
description of the animal(s) involved;
(F) Fate of the animal(s); and
(G) Photographs or video footage of
the animal(s).
Activities shall not resume until
NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take.
NMFS will work with CRC to determine
what measures are necessary to
minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA
compliance. CRC may not resume their
activities until notified by NMFS.
(ii) In the event that CRC discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the cause
of the injury or death is unknown and
the death is relatively recent (e.g., in
less than a moderate state of
decomposition), CRC shall immediately
report the incident to the Chief of the
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,
and the Northwest Regional Stranding
Coordinator, NMFS.
The report must include the same
information identified in
217.215(b)(3)(i) of this chapter.
Activities may continue while NMFS
reviews the circumstances of the
incident. NMFS will work with CRC to
determine whether additional
mitigation measures or modifications to
the activities are appropriate.
(iii) In the event that CRC discovers
an injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the injury
or death is not associated with or related
to the activities authorized in the LOA
(e.g., previously wounded animal,
carcass with moderate to advanced
decomposition, or scavenger damage),
CRC shall report the incident to the
Chief of the Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, and the Northwest Regional
Stranding Coordinator, NMFS, within
24 hours of the discovery. CRC shall
provide photographs or video footage or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
other documentation of the stranded
animal sighting to NMFS.
(4) Annual Reports.
(i) An annual report summarizing all
pinniped monitoring and construction
activities shall be submitted to NMFS,
Office of Protected Resources, and
NMFS, Northwest Regional Office
(specific contact information to be
provided in LOA) each year.
(ii) The annual reports shall include
data collected for each distinct marine
mammal species observed in the project
area. Description of marine mammal
behavior, overall numbers of
individuals observed, frequency of
observation, and any behavioral changes
and the context of the changes relative
to activities shall also be included in the
annual reports. Additional information
that shall be recorded during activities
and contained in the reports include:
Date and time of marine mammal
detections, weather conditions, species
identification, approximate distance
from the source, and activity at the
construction site when a marine
mammal is sighted.
(5) Five Year Comprehensive Report.
(i) CRC shall submit a draft
comprehensive final report to NMFS,
Office of Protected Resources, and
NMFS, Northwest Regional Office
(specific contact information to be
provided in LOA) 180 days prior to the
expiration of the regulations. This
comprehensive technical report shall
provide full documentation of methods,
results, and interpretation of all
monitoring during the first 4.5 years of
the activities conducted under the
regulations in this Subpart.
(ii) CRC shall submit a revised final
comprehensive technical report,
including all monitoring results during
the entire period of the LOAs, 90 days
after the end of the period of
effectiveness of the regulations to
NMFS, Office of Protected Resources,
and NMFS, Northwest Regional Office
(specific contact information to be
provided in LOA).
§ 217.216
Letters of Authorization.
(a) To incidentally take marine
mammals pursuant to these regulations,
CRC must apply for and obtain a LOA.
(b) A LOA, unless suspended or
revoked, may be effective for a period of
time not to exceed the expiration date
of these regulations.
(c) If an LOA expires prior to the
expiration date of these regulations,
CRC must apply for and obtain a
renewal of the LOA.
(d) In the event of projected changes
to the activity or to mitigation and
monitoring measures required by an
LOA, CRC must apply for and obtain a
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
modification of the LOA as described in
§ 217.217 of this chapter.
(e) The LOA shall set forth:
(1) Permissible methods of incidental
taking;
(2) Means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact (i.e.,
mitigation) on the species, its habitat,
and on the availability of the species for
subsistence uses; and
(3) Requirements for monitoring and
reporting.
(f) Issuance of the LOA shall be based
on a determination that the level of
taking will be consistent with the
findings made for the total taking
allowable under these regulations.
(g) Notice of issuance or denial of a
LOA shall be published in the Federal
Register within 30 days of a
determination.
§ 217.217 Renewals and Modifications of
Letters of Authorization.
(a) A LOA issued under § 216.106 and
§ 217.216 of this chapter for the activity
identified in § 217.210(a) of this chapter
shall be renewed or modified upon
request by the applicant, provided that:
(1) The proposed specified activity and
mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
measures, as well as the anticipated
impacts, are the same as those described
and analyzed for these regulations
(excluding changes made pursuant to
the adaptive management provision in
§ 217.217(c)(1) of this chapter), and (2)
NMFS determines that the mitigation,
monitoring, and reporting measures
required by the previous LOA under
these regulations were implemented.
(b) For LOA modification or renewal
requests by the applicant that include
changes to the activity or the mitigation,
monitoring, or reporting (excluding
changes made pursuant to the adaptive
management provision in
§ 217.217(c)(1) of this chapter) that do
not change the findings made for the
regulations or result in no more than a
minor change in the total estimated
number of takes (or distribution by
species or years), NMFS may publish a
notice of proposed LOA in the Federal
Register, including the associated
analysis illustrating the change, and
solicit public comment before issuing
the LOA.
(c) A LOA issued under § 216.106 and
§ 217.216 of this chapter for the activity
identified in § 217.210(a) of this chapter
may be modified by NMFS under the
following circumstances:
(1) Adaptive Management—NMFS
may modify (including augment) the
existing mitigation, monitoring, or
reporting measures (after consulting
with CRC regarding the practicability of
the modifications) if doing so creates a
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
reasonable likelihood of more
effectively accomplishing the goals of
the mitigation and monitoring set forth
in the preamble for these regulations.
(i) Possible sources of data that could
contribute to the decision to modify the
mitigation, monitoring, or reporting
measures in an LOA:
(A) Results from CRC’s monitoring
from the previous year(s).
(B) Results from other marine
mammal and/or sound research or
studies.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Apr 18, 2012
Jkt 226001
(C) Any information that reveals
marine mammals may have been taken
in a manner, extent or number not
authorized by these regulations or
subsequent LOAs.
(ii) If, through adaptive management,
the modifications to the mitigation,
monitoring, or reporting measures are
substantial, NMFS will publish a notice
of proposed LOA in the Federal
Register and solicit public comment.
(2) Emergencies—If NMFS determines
that an emergency exists that poses a
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
23593
significant risk to the well-being of the
species or stocks of marine mammals
specified in § 217.212(b) of this chapter,
an LOA may be modified without prior
notice or opportunity for public
comment. Notice would be published in
the Federal Register within 30 days of
the action.
[FR Doc. 2012–9086 Filed 4–18–12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\19APP2.SGM
19APP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 77, Number 76 (Thursday, April 19, 2012)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 23548-23593]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2012-9086]
[[Page 23547]]
Vol. 77
Thursday,
No. 76
April 19, 2012
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Part 217
Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental
to Columbia River Crossing Project, Washington and Oregon; Proposed
Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 77 , No. 76 / Thursday, April 19, 2012 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 23548]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
50 CFR Part 217
[Docket No. 110801455-2197-01]
RIN 0648-BB16
Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; Taking Marine Mammals
Incidental to Columbia River Crossing Project, Washington and Oregon
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from the Department of
Transportation's Federal Transit Authority (FTA) and Federal Highway
Administration (FHWA), on behalf of the Columbia River Crossing project
(CRC), for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to bridge
construction and demolition activities at the Columbia River and North
Portland Harbor, Washington and Oregon, over the course of 5 years from
approximately July 2013 through June 2018. Pursuant to the Marine
Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is proposing regulations to govern
that take and requests information, suggestions, and comments on these
proposed regulations.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than May 21,
2012.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments on this document, identified by
110801455-2197-01, by any of the following methods:
Electronic Submission: Submit all electronic public
comments via the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal www.regulations.gov. To
submit comments via the e-Rulemaking Portal, first click the Submit a
Comment icon, then enter 110801455-2197-01 in the keyword search.
Locate the document you wish to comment on from the resulting list and
click on the Submit a Comment icon on the right of that line.
Hand delivery or mailing of comments via paper or disc
should be addressed to Tammy Adams, Acting Chief, Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine
Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910.
Comments regarding any aspect of the collection of information
requirement contained in this proposed rule should be sent to NMFS via
one of the means provided here and to the Office of Information and
Regulatory Affairs, NEOB-10202, Office of Management and Budget, Attn:
Desk Office, Washington, DC 20503, OIRA@omb.eop.gov.
Instructions: Comments must be submitted by one of the above
methods to ensure that the comments are received, documented, and
considered by NMFS. Comments sent by any other method, to any other
address or individual, or received after the end of the comment period,
may not be considered. All comments received are a part of the public
record and will generally be posted for public viewing on
www.regulations.gov without change. All personal identifying
information (e.g., name, address) submitted voluntarily by the sender
will be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential business
information, or otherwise sensitive or protected information. NMFS will
accept anonymous comments (enter N/A in the required fields if you wish
to remain anonymous). Attachments to electronic comments will be
accepted in Microsoft Word, Excel, or Adobe PDF file formats only.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ben Laws, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Availability
A copy of CRC's application, and other supplemental documents, may
be obtained by writing to the address specified above (see ADDRESSES),
calling the contact listed above (see FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT),
or visiting the internet at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm. A Draft Environmental Impact Statement (DEIS) on the
Columbia River Crossing project, authored by the FTA and FHWA, is
available for viewing at https://www.columbiarivercrossing.org/.
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.)
direct the Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon request, the
incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers of marine
mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region if certain
findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if the taking
is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed authorization is
provided to the public for review.
Authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings
are set forth. NMFS has defined `negligible impact' in 50 CFR 216.103
as ``* * * an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot
be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival.''
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the
MMPA defines `harassment' as: ``any act of pursuit, torment, or
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild [``Level A harassment'']; or (ii) has
the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering [``Level B harassment''].''
Summary of Request
On November 22, 2010, NMFS received a complete application from CRC
requesting authorization for take of three species of marine mammal
incidental to construction and demolition activities in the Columbia
River and North Portland Harbor, Washington and Oregon. CRC has
requested regulations to be effective for the period of 5 years from
approximately July 2013 through June 2018; portions of the project that
may result in incidental take of marine mammals are anticipated to
potentially last until March 2021. Marine mammals would be exposed to
various operations, including pile driving and removal, demolition of
existing structures, and the presence of construction-related vessels.
Because the specified activities have the potential to take marine
mammals present within the action area, CRC requests authorization to
incidentally take, by Level B harassment only, Steller sea lions
(Eumetopias jubatus), California sea lions (Zalophus californianus),
and harbor seals (Phoca vitulina).
Description of the Specified Activity
CRC is proposing a multimodal transportation project along a 5-mile
section of the Interstate 5 (I-5) corridor connecting Vancouver,
Washington, and Portland, Oregon. There are significant
[[Page 23549]]
congestion, safety, and mobility problems in the CRC project area. The
existing northbound bridge was built in 1917, and the southbound bridge
was added in 1958. These bridges have been classified as functionally
obsolete because they do not meet current or future demands for
interstate service, resulting in congestion-related delays. Assuming
that no changes are made, the daily congestion period is projected to
grow from the current 6 hours to 15 hours by 2030 (CRC, 2008). In
addition, this section of I-5 has an accident rate more than double
that of similar urban highways. Narrow lanes, short on-ramps, and non-
standard shoulders on the bridges contribute to accidents. When bridge
lifts occur to allow passage of river traffic, all vehicular traffic is
stopped, resulting in delays on connecting roadways and adding to
unsafe driving conditions.
Current public transit service between Vancouver and Portland is
limited to bus service constrained by the limited capacity in the I-5
corridor and is subject to the same congestion as other vehicles, which
affects transit reliability and operations. Bicycle and pedestrian
facilities are currently substandard in much of the project area.
Seismic safety is also an important issue. Recent geotechnical
studies have shown that the sandy soil under the mainstem Columbia
River bridges would likely liquefy to a depth of 85 ft (26 m) during an
earthquake greater than magnitude 8.0. This could cause irreparable
damage to the bridges and potential loss of human life.
To remedy these deficiencies, the CRC project proposes:
Replacement of the existing Columbia River bridges with
two new structures;
Widening of the existing North Portland Harbor Bridge, and
construction of three new structures across the harbor; and
Demolition of existing Columbia River bridges.
The new Columbia River crossing would carry traffic on two separate
pier-supported bridges and would include a new light rail transit (LRT)
line and improved bicycle/pedestrian facilities, using a stacked
alignment that would reduce the number of in-water piers in the
Columbia River by approximately one-third from alternative designs. CRC
proposes six in-water pier complexes for a total of twelve piers for
the Columbia River bridges.
CRC proposes to widen the existing I-5 southbound bridge over North
Portland Harbor, and would add three new bridges adjacent to the
existing bridges. From east to west, these structures would carry:
A three-lane northbound collector-distributor (CD) ramp
carrying local traffic;
Northbound and southbound I-5 on the widened existing
bridge across the North Portland Harbor;
Southbound CD ramps carrying local traffic; and
LRT combined with a bicycle/pedestrian path.
Each bridge would have four or five in-water bents, consisting of
one to three drilled shafts. A bent is part of a bridge's substructure,
composed of a rigid frame commonly made of reinforced concrete or steel
that supports a vertical load and is placed transverse to the length of
a structure. Bents are commonly used to support beams and girders. Each
vertical member of a bent may be called a column, pier or pile. The
horizontal member resting on top of the columns is a bent cap. The
columns stand on top of some type of foundation or footer that is
usually hidden below grade. A bent commonly has at least two or more
vertical supports.
The permanent in-water piers of both the Columbia River and North
Portland Harbor crossings would be constructed using drilled shafts,
rather than impact-driven piles. However, the project would require
numerous temporary in-water structures to support equipment and
materials during the course of construction, which may require the use
of temporary impact-driven piles. These structures would include work
platforms, work bridges, and tower cranes. Project construction would
require the installation and removal of approximately 1,500 temporary
steel piles.
The existing Columbia River bridges would be demolished after the
new Columbia River bridges have been constructed and after associated
interchanges are operating. The existing Columbia River bridges would
be demolished in two stages: (1) Superstructure demolition and (2)
substructure demolition. In-water demolition would be accomplished
either within cofferdams or with the use of diamond wire/wire saw. A
full description of the activities proposed by CRC is described in the
following sections.
Region of Activity
The Region of Activity is located within the Lower Columbia River
sub-basin. The Columbia River and its tributaries are the dominant
aquatic system in the Pacific Northwest. The Columbia River originates
on the west slope of the Rocky Mountains in Canada and flows
approximately 1,200 mi (1,931 km) to the Pacific Ocean, draining an
area of approximately 219,000 mi\2\ (567,207 km\2\) in Washington,
Oregon, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, Nevada, and Utah. Saltwater intrusion
from the Pacific Ocean extends approximately 23 mi (37 km) upstream
from the river mouth at Astoria, Oregon. Coastal tides influence the
flow rate and river level up to Bonneville Dam at river mile (RM) 146
(RKm 235) (USACE, 1989).
The project area is highly altered by human disturbance, and
urbanization extends to the shoreline. There has been extensive removal
of streamside forests and wetlands. Riparian areas have been further
degraded by construction of dikes and levees and the placement of
stream bank armoring. For several decades, industrial, residential, and
upstream agricultural sources have contributed to water quality
degradation in the river. Additionally, existing levels of disturbance
are high due to heavy commercial shipping traffic.
The I-5 bridges are located at RM 106 (RKm 171) of the Columbia
River. From north to south, the I-5 bridges cross the Columbia River
from Vancouver, Washington, to Hayden Island in Portland, Oregon. From
Hayden Island, a single I-5 bridge crosses North Portland Harbor to the
mainland in Portland, Oregon. The North Portland Harbor is a large side
channel of the Columbia River that flows between the southern bank of
Hayden Island and the Oregon mainland. The channel branches off the
Columbia River approximately 2 RM (3 RKm) upstream (east) of the
existing bridge site, and flows approximately 5 RM (8 RKm) downstream
(west) before rejoining the mainstem Columbia River (please see Figure
2-2 of CRC's application). The Region of Activity has been defined as
the area of the Columbia River and North Portland Harbor in which
marine mammals may be directly impacted by sound generated by in-water
construction activities, i.e., the area in which modeling indicates
that underwater sound generated by the project would be greater than
120 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa root mean square (rms; all underwater sound
discussed in this document is referenced to 1 [mu]Pa).
Due to the curvature of the river and islands present, underwater
sound from pile installation would encounter land before it reaches
modeled distances to the 120 dB disturbance threshold. Sound from pile
installation could not extend beyond Sauvie Island, approximately 5.5
RM (8.9 RKm) downstream, and Lady Island, 12.5 RM (20 RKm) upstream;
thus, this distance
[[Page 23550]]
represents the extent of the Region of Activity downstream and upstream
of CRC project construction activities. This distance encompasses the
Columbia River from approximately RM 101 to 118 (RKm 163 to 190).
Within North Portland Harbor, the maximum distance that underwater
sound could extend would be 3.5 mi (5.6 km) downstream and 1.9 mi (3.1
km) upstream of CRC project construction activities.
Dates of Activity
CRC has requested regulations governing the incidental take of
marine mammals for the 5-year period from July 2013 through June 2018.
Construction activities for both the Columbia River and North Portland
Harbor bridges are estimated to begin in July 2013. Construction
activities for the Columbia River bridges are estimated to end in 2017,
while construction activities for the North Portland Harbor bridges are
estimated to end in 2016. Demolition of the existing Columbia River
bridges is expected to occur for eighteen months, from approximately
September 2019 until March 2021. However, some demolition could
possibly occur during the proposed 5-year authorization period. Table 1
provides an overview of the anticipated CRC project timeline and
sequencing of project elements. Funding would be a significant factor
in determining the overall sequencing and construction duration.
Contractor schedules, weather, materials, and equipment could also
influence construction duration. CRC would seek additional
authorization under the MMPA for any in-water work continuing beyond
the expiration of the proposed rule.
The existing in-water work window for this portion of the Columbia
River and North Portland Harbor, developed to reduce construction
impacts to Endangered Species Act (ESA)-listed fish species, is
November 1 through February 28. Because of the large amount of in-water
work required, the CRC project would not be able to complete the in-
water work during this time period. Therefore, CRC has requested a
variance to the in-water work window established by the Oregon and
Washington Departments of Fish and Wildlife (ODFW and WDFW,
respectively). Most in-water construction activities are proposed to
occur year-round, although impact pile driving would occur only from
September 15 to April 15. The rationale for CRC's proposed variance
takes into account project hydroacoustic impacts in relation to run
timing for ESA-listed fish species. The project's timing for impact
pile driving overlaps with pinniped presence (primarily January through
May) from approximately January through April 15.
Table 1--Proposed Timing of In-Water Work
[CR = Columbia River; NPH = North Portland Harbor]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Activity Description Activity duration Timing
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Install small-diameter piles (less Small-diameter piles 45 min/day (impact Only within approved
than or equal to 48 in (1.2 m)) with would be used in the hammer operation) with extended in-water work
impact methods \1\. construction of up to 7.5 min/week of window of September 15
temporary work bridges/ unattenuated driving through April 15 each
platforms, tower in CR and 5 min/week year.
cranes, and support of unattenuated
platforms. driving in NPH.
138 days in CR, 134
days in NPH.
2. Install small-diameter piles with Small-diameter piles Length of work day is Year-round provided
non-impact methods. would be used in the subject to local sound work does not violate
construction of ordinances, however water quality
temporary work bridges/ could be up to 24 standards.\2\
platforms, barge hours/day.
moorings, tower 138 days in CR, 134
cranes, and oscillator days in NPH.
support platforms.
3. Extract small-diameter piles (not Removal of small- Length of work day is Year-round provided
including cofferdams). diameter piles would subject to local sound work does not violate
be done using ordinances, however water quality
vibratory equipment or could be up to 24 standards.
direct pull. hours/day.
4. Install/remove cofferdam for Used to construct piers Cofferdams could be in Year-round provided
construction of Columbia River nearest to shore in place for a maximum of work does not violate
bridges. the Columbia River 250 work days each. water quality
(Pier complexes 2 and Installation and standards.
7). Steel sheet pile dewatering of each
sections to be cofferdam would not
installed by non- take more than 65 work
impact means to form a days; cofferdam
cofferdam. Sheet pile removal would not take
removal can be direct more than 25 work
pull or use a days. Length of work
vibratory hammer. day is subject to
local sound ordinances.
5a. Install large-diameter drilled Used to construct piers CR: 110-120 days/pier Year-round provided
shaft casings (greater than or equal and bents not complex. work does not violate
to 72 in (1.8 m)) using vibratory immediately adjacent NPH: approximately 8 water quality
hammer, rotator, or oscillator to shore in the days/shaft.. standards.
outside of a cofferdam. Columbia River and
North Portland Harbor.
5b. Install large-diameter drilled Used to construct piers CR pier complexes 2 and Year-round provided
shaft casings using vibratory and bents nearest to 7: approximately 84 work does not violate
hammer, rotator, or oscillator shore in the Columbia days each. water quality
inside of a water- or sand-filled River and North NPH: approximately 8 standards.
cofferdam. Portland Harbor. days/shaft..
6. Clean out shafts and place Applies to all piers CR: 110-120 days/pier Year-round provided
reinforcing and concrete inside and shafts. All complex. work does not violate
steel casings. activities/materials NPH: approximately 8 water quality
would be contained days/shaft.. standards.
within the casings and
have no contact with
the water.
[[Page 23551]]
7a. Perform placement of Possible construction Estimate 95 work days Year-round. For pier
reinforcement and concrete for a method for shaft cap per pier. caps nearest shore:
cast-in-place pile cap. at pier complexes 2 year-round if work
and 7. All activities occurs within a de-
and materials would be watered cofferdam.
contained within forms
and would have no
contact with the
water. The bottom of
the pier caps may sit
below the mud line.
7b. Place a prefabricated pile cap, At CR pier complexes 3- 100 work days per pier. For deep water piers:
form, pile template, or similar 6. Potentially at pier year-round provided
element into the water. complexes 2 and 7. work does not violate
Assume contact with water quality
the water surface, but standards. For piers
not with the riverbed. nearest shore: year-
round if work occurs
within a de-watered
cofferdam.
8. Install and remove cofferdam for Steel sheet pile Approximately 370 days. Year-round provided
demolition of existing Columbia sections would be Installation: 10 work work does not violate
River bridges. installed with a days per pier, water quality
vibratory hammer or Demolition: 20 work standards.
pushed in, to form a days per pier,
cofferdam. Sheet pile Removal: 10 work days
removal can be direct per pier..
pull or with a
vibratory hammer. More
than one cofferdam is
to be in use at a time.
9a. Perform wire saw/diamond wire Used throughout for Pier cutting and Year-round provided
cutting outside of a cofferdam at or demolition of existing removal to take work does not violate
below the water surface. bridges to cut approximately 7 work water quality
concrete piers into days per pier. standards.
manageable pieces.
These pieces would
then be loaded onto
barges and transported
off site.
9b. Perform wire saw/diamond wire Used for demolition of Pier cutting and Year-round provided
cutting or a hydraulic breaker the existing Columbia removal to take work does not violate
inside of a cofferdam. River bridges. Used in approximately 7 work water quality
water to cut concrete days per pier. standards.
piers into manageable
pieces. Cofferdam
would not be dewatered.
10. Remove material from river bed... Old pier/bent Less than 7 work days No variance requested.
foundations or riprap during the published November 1 to February
from North Portland standard in-water work 28.
Crossing would be window per pier.
removed if obstructing
construction. Would
use bucket dredge.
10a. Spot remove debris and riprap Guided removal (likely Up to 2 hrs/day. Less Year-round provided
from river bed. underwater diver than 7 work days. work does not violate
assisted) of specific water quality
pieces of debris or standards.
large riprap only in
the location where the
shaft would be
drilled. In North
Portland Harbor only.
Would use bucket
dredge.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: Proposed timing is contingent upon obtaining an in-water work variance from all relevant regulatory
agencies.
\1\ To reduce number of impact pile strikes, temporary piles that are load-bearing would be vibrated to refusal,
then driven and proofed with an impact hammer to confirm load-bearing capacity.
\2\ In the event water quality monitoring determines that work exceeds water quality standards, all in-water
work would be suspended until corrective measures can be implemented.
Description of the Activity--Columbia River Bridges
The project would construct two new bridges across the Columbia
River downstream (to the west) of the existing interstate bridges. Each
of the structures would range from approximately 91 to 136 ft (28-41 m)
wide, with a gap of approximately 15 ft (5 m) between them. The over-
water length of each new mainstem bridge would be approximately 2,700
ft (823 m).
The Columbia River bridges would consist of six in-water pier
complexes of two piers each, for a total of twelve in-water piers.
Piers 3-6 would each have separate structures for the northbound and
southbound bridges. Each pier would consist of up to nine 10-ft-
diameter (3 m) drilled shafts topped by a shaft cap (see Figure 1-4 of
CRC's application for illustration). Pier complexes 2 through 7 are in-
water, beginning on the Oregon side. Pier complex 1 would be on land in
Oregon, while pier complex 8 would be on land in Washington. Portions
of pier complex 7 occur in shallow water (less than 20 ft [6 m] deep).
The basic configuration of these bridges, the span lengths, and the
layout of the bridges relative to the Columbia River shoreline and
navigation channels are illustrated in Figure 1-2 of CRC's application.
The proposed Columbia River mainstem crossing design uses dual
stacked bridge structures, which reduces the number of in-water piers
in the Columbia River by approximately one-third compared with
alternative designs, and greatly reduces both the temporary
construction impacts and the permanent effects of in-water piers. The
western structure would carry southbound I-5 traffic on the top deck,
[[Page 23552]]
with LRT on the lower deck. The eastern structure would carry
northbound I-5 traffic on the top deck, with bicycle/pedestrian traffic
on the lower deck.
At each pier complex, sequencing would occur as listed below.
Details of each activity are presented in following sections.
Install temporary cofferdam (applies to pier complexes 2
and 7 only).
Install temporary piles to moor barges and to support
temporary work platforms (at pier complexes 3 through 6) and work
bridges (at pier complexes 2 and 7).
Install drilled shafts for each pier complex.
Remove work platform or work bridge and associated piles.
Install shaft caps at the water level.
Remove cofferdam (applies to pier complexes 2 and 7 only).
Erect tower crane.
Construct columns on the shaft caps.
Build bridge superstructure spanning the columns.
Remove tower crane.
Connect superstructure spans with mid-span closures.
Remove barge moorings.
A construction sequence was developed for building the new Columbia
River bridges and demolishing the existing structures (see Figure 1-5
of CRC's application). Once a construction contract is awarded, the
contractor may sequence the construction in a way that may not conform
exactly to the proposed schedule but that best utilizes the materials,
equipment, and personnel available to perform the work. However, the
amount of in-water work that can be conducted at any one time is
limited, and is based on three factors:
1. The amount of equipment available to build the project would
likely be limited. Based on equipment availability, the CRC engineering
team estimates that only two drilled shaft operations could occur at
any time.
2. The physical space the equipment requires at each pier would be
substantial. The estimated sizes of the work platforms/bridges and
associated barges are shown in Appendix A of CRC's application. This is
a conceptual design developed by the CRC project team to provide a
maximum area of impact. The actual work platforms would be designed by
the contractor; therefore, actual sizes would be determined at a later
date. The overlap of work platforms/bridges and barge space limits the
amount and type of equipment that can operate at a pier complex at one
time.
3. The U.S. Coast Guard has required that one navigation channel be
open at all times during construction, to the extent feasible.
All the activities listed above may occur at more than one pier
complex at a time. Please see Appendix A of CRC's application for
conceptual diagrams of the construction sequence.
Temporary Structures--Pier complexes 2 and 7 would each require one
temporary cofferdam. Cofferdams would consist of interlocking sections
of sheet piles to be installed with a vibratory hammer or with press-in
methods. Cofferdams would be removed using a vibratory hammer or direct
pull.
Additionally, the project would include numerous temporary in-water
structures to support equipment and materials during the course of
construction. These structures would include work platforms, work
bridges, and tower cranes. They would be designed by the contractor
after a contract is awarded, but prior to construction.
Work platforms, which would surround the future location of each
shaft cap, would be constructed at pier complexes 3 through 6. A
conceptual design of a temporary in-water work platform may be found in
CRC's application (Figure 11 of Appendix A). Work bridges would be
installed at pier complexes 2 and 7 so that equipment can access these
pier complexes directly from land. Temporary work bridges would be
placed only on the landward side of these pier complexes. The bottom of
the temporary work platforms and bridges would be a few feet above the
water surface. The decks of the temporary work structures would be
constructed of large, untreated wood beams to accommodate large
equipment, such as 250-ton cranes. After drilled shafts and shaft caps
have been constructed, the temporary work platforms and their support
piles would be removed.
After work platforms/bridges are removed at a given pier complex,
one tower crane would be constructed between each pair of adjacent
piers that makes up the pier complex. The crane would construct the
bridge columns and the superstructure. Following construction of the
columns and superstructure, the tower cranes and their support piles
would be removed.
Steel pipe piles would be used to support the temporary support
structures. In addition, four temporary piles could surround each of
the drilled shafts. Due to the heavy equipment and stresses placed on
the support structures, all of these temporary piles would need to be
load-bearing. Load-bearing piles would be installed using a vibratory
hammer and then proofed with an impact hammer to ensure that they meet
project specifications demonstrating load-bearing capacity. The number
and size of temporary piles for these structures is listed in Table 2.
Table 2--Summary of Steel Pipe Piles and Temporary Structures Required for Construction of Columbia River Bridges
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total
Structure Number Pile diameter Pile length Piles per structure number of Duration present in water
piles (days-each)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Work platforms/bridges. 6............... 18-24 in (0.5-0.6 m).. 70-90 ft (21-27 m)... 100................ 600 260-315.
42-48 in (1.1-1.2 m).. 120 ft (37 m)........ 32................. 192 ..............................
Tower cranes........... 6............... 42-48 in.............. 120 ft............... 8.................. 48 150-275.
Barge moorings......... N/A............. 18-24 in.............. 70-90 ft............. Varies............. 80 120/mooring.
Barges (cumulative, at Up to 12........ N/A................... N/A.................. N/A................ N/A Varies.
a single time).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total.............. Varies.......... ...................... ..................... ................... 920 ..............................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 23553]]
Barges would be used as platforms to conduct work activities and to
haul materials and equipment to and from the work site. Barges would be
moored to non-load-bearing steel pipe piles and adjacent to temporary
work structures. Several types and sizes of barges would be used for
bridge construction. The type and size of a barge would depend on how
the barge is used. No more than twelve barges are estimated to be
moored or active in the Columbia River at any one time throughout the
construction period. Barges would be moored around each pier complex.
Approximately eighty mooring piles would be installed over the life of
the project, each in place for approximately 120 work days. Mooring
piles would be vibrated into the sediment until refusal. Vibratory
installation would take between 5-30 minutes per pile.
The number of temporary platforms or bridges in the Columbia River
at one time would vary between zero and three during construction. Up
to four work platforms and two work bridges would be required to
install drilled shafts and construct shaft caps. Each work platform/
bridge would require 22 to 25 work days to install. Each work platform/
bridge would be in place for approximately 260 to 315 work days. Each
tower crane would require approximately two work days to drive support
piles and an additional thirteen work days to construct the platform.
Each tower crane would be in place for approximately 150 to 275 work
days.
Load-bearing piles (used for work platforms/bridges and tower
cranes) would be vibrated to refusal (approximately 5-30 minutes per
pile), then driven and proofed with an impact hammer to confirm load-
bearing capacity. An average of six temporary piles would be installed
per day using vibratory installation to set the piles, and up to two
impact drivers to proof them. Rates of installation would be determined
by the type of installation equipment, substrate, and required load-
bearing capacity of each pile. Temporary piles would be installed and
removed throughout the construction process. No more than two impact
pile drivers would operate at one time. Use of two impact pile drivers
would primarily occur within a single pier complex.
In general, temporary piles would extend only into the alluvium to
an approximate depth of 70 to 120 ft (21-37 m). Standard pipe lengths
are 80 to 90 ft (24-27 m), so some piles may need to be spliced to
achieve these depths.
Estimated pile installation specifications are provided in Table 3.
The number of pile strikes was estimated by Washington Department of
Transportation (WSDOT) geotechnical and CRC project engineers, based on
information from past projects and knowledge of site sediment
conditions. The actual number of pile strikes would vary depending on
the type of hammer, the hammer energy used, and substrate composition.
The strike interval of 1.5 seconds (forty strikes per minute) is also
estimated from past projects and is based on use of a diesel hammer.
This estimate is within the typical range of 35-52 strikes per minute
for diesel hammers (HammerSteel, 2009). As shown in Table 3, for any
one 12-hour daily pile driving period, less than 1 hour of pile driving
would occur. Please see Table 8 for a summary of time required for
vibratory driving.
Table 3--Pile Strike Summary for Construction in Columbia River
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hours of pile
Estimated driving per 12-hr
Pile Size Estimated piles Estimated strikes maximum strikes daily pile
installed per day per pile per day driving work
period*
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18-24 in (0.5-0.6 m)................ 2 300 600 0.25
42-48 in (1.1-1.2 m)................ 4 300 1,200 0.50
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total........................... 6 N/A 1,800 0.75
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* This scenario assumes just one pile being driven at a time. During construction, up to two piles may be driven
at the same time in the Columbia River. If this were to occur, the strike numbers would stay the same, but the
actual driving time would decrease.
A sound attenuation device (i.e., bubble curtain) would be used
during all impact pile driving, with the exception of periods when the
device would be turned off to measure its effectiveness, in accordance
with the hydroacoustic monitoring plan. A period of up to 7.5 min per
week of pile driving without the use of an attenuation device has been
allocated in analyses of project impacts, to allow for this study of
mitigation effectiveness, as well as for instances when the device
might fail. If the attenuation device fails, pile driving activities
would shut down as soon as practicable and resolution of the problem
would occur; however, some amount of unattenuated driving may occur
before shut-down can safely occur. By incorporating this time into the
analysis, the project may still proceed in the event of an equipment
failure without exceeding analyzed thresholds. With the exception of
hydroacoustic monitoring, intentional impact pile driving without a
sound attenuation device is not proposed nor would it be authorized. In
addition, to limit hydroacoustic impacts to marine mammals, there would
be, at minimum, a consecutive 12-hour period without impact pile
driving for every 24-hour day.
Permanent Structures--In-water drilled shaft construction is
accomplished by installing large diameter steel casing to a specified
depth (up to -270 ft (-82 m) North American Vertical Datum of 1988) to
the top of the competent geological layer, which is the Troutdale
Formation in the project area. The top layer of river substrate is
composed of loose to very dense alluvium (primarily sand and some
fines), beneath which is approximately 20 ft (6 m) of dense gravel,
underlain by the Troutdale Formation.
A vibratory hammer, oscillator, or rotator would be used to advance
a casing. If casings are installed by a vibratory hammer, installation
is estimated to be 1 work day per casing. If casings need to be welded
together, 1 work day is estimated for the weld. No more than two
casings are estimated per shaft. Soil would be removed from inside the
casing and transferred onto a barge as the casing is advanced, and the
soil would be deposited at an approved upland site. Drilling would
continue below the casing approximately 30 ft (9 m) into the Troutdale
Formation to a specified tip elevation. After excavating soil from
inside the casing, reinforcing steel would be installed into the shaft
and then the shaft would be filled with concrete.
During construction of the drilled shafts, uncured concrete would
be poured into water-filled steel casings, creating a mix of concrete
and water. As
[[Page 23554]]
the concrete is poured into the casing, it would displace this highly
alkaline mixture. The project would implement best management practices
(BMPs) to contain the mixture and ensure that it does not enter any
surface water body. Once contained, the water would be treated to meet
state water quality standards and either released to a wastewater
treatment facility or discharged to a surface water body. The steel
casing may or may not be removed, depending on the installation method.
Figures 1-6 through 1-9 of CRC's application depict typical drilled
shaft operations and equipment.
The total duration of the permanent shaft installation could vary
considerably depending on the type of installation equipment used, the
quantity of available installation equipment, and actual soil
conditions. Installation of each drilled shaft is estimated to take
approximately 10 days. With the limited in-water work window for impact
pile driving and construction phasing constraints, the total duration
of drilled shaft installation would be approximately thirty months. For
each of the in-water pier complexes (Piers 2-7), six to nine shafts
would be drilled. For piers 3-6, which would support separate
northbound and southbound bridges, this means a minimum of 48 drilled
shafts. For piers 2 and 7, which would support a unified structure,
there would be a minimum of twelve drilled shafts. At minimum, there
would be an overall total of 72 drilled shafts.
Precast shaft caps would be placed on top of the drilled shafts.
Installation of the shaft caps would require cranes, work barges, and
material barges. Columns would be constructed of cast-in-place
reinforced concrete or precast concrete. Column construction is
estimated to take 120 days for each pier complex. Construction of
columns would require cranes, work barges, and material barges in the
river year-round. The superstructure would be constructed of structural
steel, cast-in-place concrete, or precast concrete. Precast elements
would be fabricated at a casting yard.
Description of the Activity--North Portland Harbor Bridges
The existing North Portland Harbor bridge would be upgraded to meet
current seismic standards. The seismic retrofit activities would
consist solely of minor modifications to the bent caps and girders that
would not require in-water work. In addition, four new bridge
structures would be constructed across North Portland Harbor. The
bridges, illustrated in Figure 1-12 of CRC's application are, from west
to east: the LRT/pedestrian/bicycle bridge, I-5 southbound off-ramp, I-
5 southbound on-ramp, existing mainline, and I-5 northbound on-ramp.
The existing North Portland Harbor bridge was constructed in the
early 1980s of prestressed concrete girders and reinforced concrete
bents. The bents are supported by driven steel pilings. Two previous
bridges, constructed in 1917 and 1958, were built at the same location
as the current bridge, but may not have been fully removed during
subsequent replacement efforts. These bridges had reinforced concrete
bents supported on timber piles. Some of this material may still be
present, but this would not be confirmed until construction begins.
Some removal of previous bridge elements is anticipated prior to
installation of the new bridge shafts. Removal of remnant bridge
elements would be with a clamshell dredge. The five new or improved
bridges over the North Portland Harbor would range from approximately
900-1,000 ft (274-305 m) over water, and would range from 40-150 ft
(12-46 m) in width. Bridge widths would vary due to merging of lanes on
some structures.
Construction is expected to be sequential, beginning with either of
the most nearshore bents of a given bridge and proceeding to the
adjacent bent. The actual sequencing would be determined by the
contractor once a construction contract is awarded. No more than three
of the five bridges are likely to have in-water work occurring
simultaneously. For the bents closest to shore, construction would
occur from work bridges. At the other in-water bents, as described for
Columbia River bridges, construction would likely occur from barges and
support platforms. General construction activities to build the bents
and superstructure are similar to those for the Columbia River bridges,
except that shaft caps would not be used and bridge decks would be
placed on girders instead of balanced cantilevers. General sequencing
of the construction of a single bridge appears below. Some of these
activities may occur simultaneously at separate bents.
Construct support platforms and work bridges using
vibratory and impact pile drivers.
Vibrate temporary piles for barge moorings.
Extract large pieces of debris as needed to allow casings
to advance.
Install drilled shafts at each bent.
Construct columns on the drilled shafts.
Construct a bent cap or crossbeam on top of the columns at
a bent location.
Erect bridge girders on the bent caps or crossbeams.
Place the bridge deck on the girders.
Remove temporary work bridges, support platforms, and
supporting piles.
Temporary Structures--At the bents closest to shore, up to nine
temporary work bridges would be constructed to support equipment for
drilled shafts. In addition, at each of the 31 bent locations, one
support platform would be constructed, each consisting of four load-
bearing piles. The bridges and support platforms would be designed by
the contractor after a contract is awarded, but prior to construction.
The number and size of piles for temporary in-water work structures are
listed in Table 4.
Table 4--Approximate Number of Steel Pipe Piles Required for Construction of North Portland Harbor Bridges
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total
Structure Number Pile diameter Pile length Piles per number of Duration present in water
structure piles (days-each)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Work bridges..................... 9.................... 18-24 in (0.5-0.6 70-120 ft (21-37 m) 25 225 20-42.
m).
Support platforms................ 31................... 36-48 in (0.9-1.2 120 ft............. 4 124 10-34.
m).
Barge moorings................... N/A.................. 36-48 in........... 120 ft............. N/A 216 30/mooring.
Barges (cumulative, at a single Up to 9.............. N/A................ N/A................ N/A N/A 10-34.
time).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total........................ Varies............... ................... ................... ........... 565 ............................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 23555]]
As with the mainstem Columbia River bridges, temporary piles would
be required to support in-water work bridges or to moor barges during
construction of the North Portland Harbor bridges. Unlike the Columbia
River bridges, cofferdams are not necessary. Piles used for the
temporary work bridges and the support platforms must be load bearing.
They would first be vibrated to refusal, and then proofed with an
impact hammer to confirm load-bearing capacity. An average of three
load-bearing piles would be installed per day using vibratory
installation to set the piles, with one impact driver to proof. Rates
of installation would be determined by the type of installation
equipment, substrate, and required load-bearing capacity of each pile.
Temporary mooring piles would be installed and removed throughout
the construction process. Installation of these mooring piles could
occur year-round and at any time during sufficient visibility. These
piles would be installed using vibratory methods only. In general,
temporary piles would extend only into the alluvium to an estimated
depth of 70 to 120 ft (21-37 m). Standard pipe lengths are 80 to 90 ft
(24-27 m), so some piles may need to be welded to achieve the lengths
required to drive them to these depths. Estimated pile installation
specifications are provided in Table 5. Estimates of required number of
strikes per pile and total strikes are the same as for the Columbia
River. However, only one impact driver at a time would be used. Impact
pile driving is proposed to occur only during a modified in-water work
period from approximately September 15 to April 15. No impact pile
driving would occur outside of the approved dates.
As discussed for Columbia River, a sound attenuation device (i.e.,
bubble curtain) would be used during all impact pile driving, with the
exception of periods when the device would be turned off to measure its
effectiveness, in accordance with the hydroacoustic monitoring plan. A
period of up to 5 minutes per week of pile driving without the use of
an attenuation device has been allocated in analyses of project impacts
for North Portland Harbor, to allow for this study of mitigation
effectiveness, as well as for instances when the device might fail. If
the attenuation device fails, pile driving activities would shut down
as soon as practicable and resolution of the problem would occur;
however, some amount of unattenuated driving may occur before shut-down
can safely occur. By incorporating this time into the analysis, the
project may still proceed in the event of an equipment failure without
exceeding analyzed thresholds. With the exception of hydroacoustic
monitoring, intentional impact pile driving without a sound attenuation
device is not proposed nor would it be authorized. In addition, to
limit hydroacoustic impacts to marine mammals, there would be, at
minimum, a consecutive 12-hour period without impact pile driving for
every 24-hour day. Please see Table 8 for a summary of time required
for vibratory driving.
Table 5--Pile Strike Summary for Construction in North Portland Harbor
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hours of pile
Estimated piles Estimated strikes Estimated driving per 12-hr
Pile size installed per day per pile maximum strikes daily pile driving
per day work period
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18-24 in (0.5-0.6 m)............... 3 300 900 0.375
36-48 in (0.9-1.2 m)............... 3 300 900 0.375
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total.......................... 6 N/A 1,800 0.75
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Barges would be used as platforms for conducting work activities
and to haul materials and equipment to and from the work site. Barges
would be moored with steel pipe piles adjacent to temporary work
bridges or bents. Several types and sizes of barges would be used
according to specific function. No more than nine barges are estimated
to be present in North Portland Harbor at any one time during the
construction period.
Following installation of the drilled shafts, the temporary work
structures and their support piles would be removed through vibratory
methods. Other temporary piles would be installed to moor barges
adjacent to the new bents. These non-load bearing piles would be
installed through vibratory methods only. The installation of steel
pipe piles would occur throughout the construction period. Steel piles
would be installed and removed during the multi-year construction of
the temporary support structures. Although the project would use over
500 piles in the North Portland Harbor, only 100 to 200 piles are
estimated to be in the water at any one time.
Debris Removal--Debris from previous structures, including
foundations from the 1917 and 1953 bridges, may be present in North
Portland Harbor at some locations where drilled shafts would be
installed. This debris is likely to consist of large rock or old
concrete. Because casings cannot advance through this type of material,
it must be removed. Removal would consist of capturing the debris in a
clamshell bucket. Capture of sediment would be limited. Debris would be
placed in an upland location, and disposed of at a landfill if
appropriate. Debris removal activities would be limited to the
designated in-water work window of November 1 through February 28.
Removal activities would take no more than 10 days over the course of
construction.
Before debris removal begins, divers would pinpoint the location of
the material. Debris removal would only occur in the precise locations
where material overlaps with the footprint of the new shafts, greatly
minimizing the areal extent of the activity. The amount of material in
this location is unknown; however, assuming a worst-case scenario (that
the area of the material is the same as the footprint of the drilled
shafts), the project would remove debris in no more than 31 locations
over an area of roughly 2,433 ft\2\ (226 m\2\). No more than 90 yd\3\
(69 m\3\) of material would be removed. If any items are found during
excavation that contain potential contaminants (e.g., buried drums, car
bodies containing petroleum products), activities to control and clean
up contaminants would be implemented in accordance with the project's
approved Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures (SPCC) plan.
Permanent Structures--In-water drilled shaft construction for the
North Portland Harbor would occur as described for the Columbia River
bridges. Installation of each drilled shaft is estimated to take
approximately 10 days. However, the total duration of this activity
could vary considerably depending on the type of equipment
[[Page 23556]]
used, the quantity of available equipment, and on-site soil conditions.
The total duration of drilled shaft installation would be approximately
eighteen months. A maximum of 31 shafts would be installed for the
North Portland Harbor bridges. Each bridge would have four to seven
spans, each a maximum of 255 ft (78 m) long. Each new bridge would have
three to five in-water bents, consisting of one to three 10-ft diameter
(3 m) drilled shafts. Unlike the Columbia River piers, shafts would not
be topped by a shaft cap. Current designs place all of the bents in
shallow water (less than 20 ft (6 m) deep).
Columns would be constructed of cast-in-place reinforced concrete.
Construction of cast-in-place columns would require cranes, work
barges, and material barges continuously throughout this period. The
superstructure would consist of girders and a deck. Girders would be
constructed of structural steel, cast-in-place concrete, or precast
concrete. Precast girders may be fabricated at a casting yard. A cast-
in-place concrete deck would be placed on the girders.
Description of the Activity--Columbia River Bridge Demolition
The existing Columbia River bridges would be demolished after the
new Columbia River bridges have been constructed and after associated
interchanges are operating. The existing Columbia River bridges would
be demolished in two stages: (1) Superstructure demolition and (2)
substructure demolition.
Demolition of the superstructure would begin with removal of the
counterweights. The lift span would be locked into place and the
counterweights would be cut into pieces and transferred off-site via
truck or barge. Next, the lift towers would be cut into manageable
pieces and loaded onto barges by a crane. Prior to removal of the
trusses, the deck would be removed by cutting it into manageable
pieces; these pieces would be transported by barge or truck or by using
a breaker, in which case debris would be caught on a barge or other
containment system below the work area. After demolition of the
concrete deck, trusses would be lifted off of their bearings and onto
barges and transferred to a shoreline dismantling site.
The existing Columbia River bridge structures comprise eleven pairs
of steel through-truss spans with reinforced concrete decks, including
one pair of movable spans over the primary navigation channel and one
pair of 531-ft long (162 m) span trusses. The remaining nine pairs of
trusses range from 265 to 275 ft (81-84 m) in length. In addition to
the trusses, there are reinforced concrete approach spans (over land)
on either end of the bridges.
Nine sets of the eleven existing Columbia River bridge piers are
below the ordinary high water (OHW) level and are supported on a total
of approximately 1,800 driven timber piles. Demolition methods are not
finalized; however, the final design would consider factors such as
pier depth, safety, phasing constraints, and impacts to aquatic
species. Demolition of the concrete piers and timber piling foundations
would be accomplished using one of two methods:
1. After removal of the trusses, a cofferdam would be installed at
each of the nine in-water bridge piers to contain demolition
activities. Cofferdams would not be dewatered. The piers would be
broken up and removed from within the cofferdam. Timber piles that pose
a navigation hazard would then be extracted or cut off below the mud
line.
2. A diamond wire/wire saw would be used to cut the piers into
manageable chunks that would be transported offsite. Cofferdams would
not be used. Timber piles would then be extracted or cut off below the
mud line. With either method, the pieces of the piers would be removed
via barge.
Although maintenance personnel regularly inspect the existing
bridge, the timber piles located underneath the existing piers are
inaccessible and have not been inspected. Therefore, it is unknown
whether these timber piles have been treated with creosote, but given
their age and intended purpose, it is assumed that they have been so
treated. Only piles that could pose a navigation hazard would be
removed or cut off below the mud line. These piles include those that
are present in the proposed navigation channels and any that extend
above the surface of the river bed. Piles would be removed (using a
vibratory extractor, direct pull, or clam shell dredge) or cut off
below the mud line using an underwater saw. The exact number of piles
to be removed is unknown.
A conceptual demolition sequence was determined based on the amount
of equipment likely available to build the project and the physical
space the equipment requires at each pier. The sequence is provided in
Appendix A, Figures 12-16 of CRC's application. The actual construction
sequence would be determined by the contractor once a construction
contract is awarded. Demolition would occur after the new Columbia
River replacement bridges are built. Demolition activities would take
approximately eighteen months, from approximately September 2019 until
March 2021. However, some demolition activities could occur during the
period of this proposed rule.
Temporary Structures--Temporary cofferdams would be required to
isolate work activities and temporary piles would be installed to
anchor work and material barges during demolition of the spans and in-
water piers. If the diamond wire/wire saw is not used, a temporary
cofferdam consisting of interlocking sections of sheet piles would be
used to isolate demolition activities at each of the nine in-water
piers. Sheet piles for cofferdams would be installed with a vibratory
hammer or a press-in method. Up to three cofferdams would be in place
at any given time. Sheet piles would be removed using a vibratory
hammer or direct pull.
Barges would be used as platforms to perform the demolition and to
haul materials and equipment to and from the work site. Several types
and sizes of barges are anticipated to be used for bridge demolition.
The type and size of each barge would depend on how the barge is used.
Up to six stationary or moving barges are expected to be present at any
one time during bridge demolition. Over 300 steel pipe piles would be
used to anchor and support the work and material barges necessary for
demolition. Table 6 summarizes temporary pile use during bridge
demolition. All temporary piles would be installed using a vibratory
hammer or push-in method. They would be extracted using vibratory
methods or direct pull. Piles would be installed and removed
continuously throughout the demolition process.
[[Page 23557]]
Table 6--Summary of Barges and Temporary Piles Used in Bridge Demolition
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Barges per Duration in water
Application Locations location Piles per barge Total piles (days/location)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Span removal............................................. 9 4-6 4 160 30
Pier demolition.......................................... 9 4 4 144 30
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total................................................ ................. ................. 304 ................. .................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equipment required for bridge demolition includes barge-mounted
cranes/hammers or hydraulic rams. Vibratory hammers would be used to
install and remove sheet piles for cofferdams and pipe piles for barge
moorings. New permanent piles would not be required for demolition of
the Columbia River bridges.
Method of Incidental Taking
Vibratory and impact pile installation and removal, and steel
casing installation, may result in behavioral disturbance, constituting
Level B harassment. Project construction would require the installation
and removal of approximately 1,500 temporary steel piles. In addition
to pile and casing installation, behavioral disturbance could also be
caused by increased activity and vessel traffic, airborne sound from
the equipment and human work activity, as well as underwater sound from
debris removal, vessels, and physical disturbance.
Table 7 summarizes the extent, timing, and duration of impact pile
driving. Impact pile driving is expected to take place only within a
31-week in-water work window, ranging from September 15 to April 15
over the bridge construction period. There would be a total of about
138 days of impact pile driving in the Columbia River and about 134
days of impact pile driving in North Portland Harbor for the entire
project from the start of bridge construction in 2013 to its
anticipated completion in 2017 (approximately 4.25 years for both
Columbia River and North Portland Harbor Bridges). Impact pile driving
in the mainstem Columbia River would occur at more than one pier
complex on about 1-2 days total during the course of the approximately
4-year construction period. Impact pile driving would be restricted to
approximately 45 minutes per 12-hour work day. A sound attenuation
device would generally be used for all impact pile driving, with the
exception of weekly testing of the attenuation device, requiring that
some impact hammering occur with the device turned off in order to
compare produced sound with that produced while the device is on. This
would occur for a maximum of 7.5 minutes per week. Each work day would
include a period of at least 12 consecutive hours with no impact pile
driving in order to minimize disturbance to aquatic animals. Impact
pile driving would only occur during daylight hours. Airborne sound
effects from impact pile driving would occur on the same schedule as
described in Table 7.
Table 7--Summary of Impact Pile Driving
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia River North Portland Harbor
Pile size -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Duration Days Duration Days
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18-24 in (without 7.5 min/week............ 38 2.5-5 min/week.......... 18
attenuation device).
18-24 in (with attenuation 45 min/day.............. 138 45 min/day.............. 72
device).
36-48 in (without 7.5 min/week............ 38 2.5-5 min/week.......... 31
attenuation device).
36-48 in (with attenuation 45 min/day.............. 138 45 min/day.............. 62
device).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 8 summarizes the extent, timing, and duration of vibratory
installation of pipe pile and sheet pile. Vibratory installation of
pipe pile is likely to occur throughout the entire 5-year duration of
the proposed regulations period during construction of all new in-water
piers or bents and for installation of mooring piles. Vibratory
installation of sheet pile would only occur in the Columbia River
during construction of the new Columbia River bridges and demolition of
the existing Columbia River bridges. This activity would occur
intermittently throughout the construction and demolition period.
Vibratory activity is not restricted to an in-water work window, and
therefore may take place during any time of the year. If steel casings
for drilled shafts are vibrated into place, the CRC project design team
estimates that installation of the 10-ft-diameter casings would take
approximately 90 days in the Columbia River and 31 days in North
Portland Harbor.
Table 8--Summary of Vibratory Pile Driving
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia River North Portland Harbor
Pile type -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Duration Days Duration Days
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pipe pile................... Up to 5 hours/day....... 1,470-1,620 Up to 5 hours/day....... 334
Sheet pile.................. Up to 24 hours/day...... 99 N/A..................... N/A
Steel casings............... ........................ 90 ........................ 31
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Debris removal is not certain to occur, but is included to present
the fullest disclosure of potential effects. It is possible that debris
removal would occur in North Portland harbor at the location of each of
the new piers where
[[Page 23558]]
there is anecdotal evidence that riprap occurs within the pier
footprints. The exact quantity of this material is unknown, but as a
worst-case scenario this activity would remove approximately 90 yd\3\
(69 m\3\) of material over an area of approximately 2,433 ft\2\ (226
m\2\) from all piers combined. Debris removal would produce sound
through use of a bucket dredge, for up to 12 hours per day for a
maximum of 7 days during the November 1-February 28 in-water work
window each year.
Description of Sound Sources
Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are
frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number
of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and
is measured in Hz or cycles per second. Wavelength is the distance
between two peaks of a sound wave; lower frequency sounds have longer
wavelengths than higher frequency sounds, which is why the lower
frequency sound associated with the proposed activities would attenuate
more rapidly in shallower water. Amplitude is the height of the sound
pressure wave or the `loudness' of a sound and is typically measured
using the decibel (dB) scale. A dB is the ratio between a measured
pressure (with sound) and a reference pressure (sound at a constant
pressure, established by scientific standards). It is a logarithmic
unit that accounts for large variations in amplitude; therefore,
relatively small changes in dB ratings correspond to large changes in
sound pressure. When referring to sound pressure levels (SPLs; the
sound force per unit area), sound is referenced in the context of
underwater sound pressure to 1 microPascal ([mu]Pa). One pascal is the
pressure resulting from a force of one newton exerted over an area of
one square meter. The source level represents the sound level at a
distance of 1 m from the source (referenced to 1 [mu]Pa). The received
level is the sound level at the listener's position.
Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over
the duration of an impulse. Rms is calculated by squaring all of the
sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the square
root of the average (Urick, 1975). Rms accounts for both positive and
negative values; squaring the pressures makes all values positive so
that they may be accounted for in the summation of pressure levels
(Hastings and Popper, 2005). This measurement is often used in the
context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because behavioral
effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be better expressed
through averaged units than by peak pressures.
When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure
waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the
water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in all
directions away from the source (similar to ripples on the surface of a
pond), except in cases where the source is directional. The
compressions and decompressions associated with sound waves are
detected as changes in pressure by aquatic life and man-made sound
receptors such as hydrophones.
The underwater acoustic environment consists of ambient sound,
defined as environmental background sound levels lacking a single
source or point (Richardson et al., 1995). The ambient underwater sound
level of a region is defined by the total acoustical energy being
generated by known and unknown sources, including sounds from both
natural and anthropogenic sources. These sources may include physical
(e.g., waves, earthquakes, ice, atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,
sounds produced by marine mammals, fish, and invertebrates), and
anthropogenic sound (e.g., vessels, dredging, aircraft, construction).
Known sound levels and frequency ranges associated with anthropogenic
sources similar to those that would be used for this project are
summarized in Table 9. Details of each of the sources are described in
the following text.
Table 9--Representative Sound Levels of Anthropogenic Sources
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Frequency range Underwater sound level
Sound source (Hz) (dB re 1 [mu]Pa) Reference
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small vessels.......................... 250-1,000 151 dB rms at 1 m........ Richardson et al., 1995.
Tug docking gravel barge............... 200-1,000 149 dB rms at 100 m (328 Blackwell and Greene,
ft). 2002.
Vibratory driving of 72-in (1.8 m) 10-1,500 180 dB rms at 10 m (33 Caltrans, 2007.
steel pipe pile. ft).
Impact driving of 36-in (0.9 m) steel 10-1,500 195 dB rms at 10 m....... WSDOT, 2007.
pipe pile.
Impact driving of 66-in (1.7 m) CISS 100-1,500 195 dB rms at 10 m....... Reviewed in Hastings and
\1\ piles. Popper, 2005.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ CISS = cast-in-steel-shell.
The CRC project would produce underwater sound through installation
of piles for temporary in-water work platforms and temporary barge
moorings, and vibratory installation of steel casings for drilled
shafts. Piles would be installed by using impact and/or vibratory
hammers, or by press-in techniques that do not produce notable
underwater sound.
Several types of impact hammers are commonly used to install in-
water piles: air-driven, steam-driven, diesel-driven, and hydraulic.
Impact hammers operate by repeatedly dropping a heavy piston onto a
pile to drive the pile into the substrate. Sound generated by impact
hammers is characterized by rapid rise times and high peak levels, a
potentially injurious combination (Hastings and Popper, 2005). Table 10
summarizes observed underwater sound levels generated by driving
various types and sizes of piles. Sound generated by impact pile
driving is highly variable, based on site-specific conditions such as
substrate, water depth, and current. Sound levels may also vary based
on the size of the pile, the type of pile, and the energy of the
hammer.
Table 10--Summary of Observed Underwater Sound Levels Generated by
Impact Pile Driving
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pile size, in (m) Driver type dB Peak dB rms
------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 (0.3)..................... Impact......... 208 191
[[Page 23559]]
14 (0.4)..................... Impact......... \1\ 195 \1\ 180
16 (0.4)..................... Impact......... \2\ 200 \2\ 187
24 (0.6)..................... Impact......... 212 189
30 (0.8)..................... Impact......... 212 195
36 (0.9)..................... Impact......... 214 201
60 (1.5)..................... Impact......... 210 195
66 (1.7)..................... Impact......... 210 195
96 (2.4)..................... Impact......... 220 205
126 (3.2).................... Impact......... \3\ 213 \3\ 202
150 (3.8).................... Impact......... \4\ 200 \4\ 185
12........................... Vibratory...... 171 155
24 (sheet), typical.......... Vibratory...... 175 160
24 (sheet), loudest.......... Vibratory...... 182 165
36 (typical)................. Vibratory...... 180 170
36 (loudest)................. Vibratory...... 185 175
72 (typical) (1.8)........... Vibratory...... 183 170
72 (loudest)................. Vibratory...... 195 180
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: Caltrans, 2009
Note: Sound levels measured at a distance of 10 m except where indicated
by the following footnotes: \1\ 30 m; \2\ 9 m; \3\ 11 m; \4\ 100 m.
Vibratory hammers install piles by vibrating them and allowing the
weight of the hammer to push them into the sediment. Vibratory hammers
produce much less sound than impact hammers. Peak SPLs may be 180 dB or
greater, but are generally 10 to 20 dB lower than SPLs generated during
impact pile driving of the same-sized pile (Caltrans, 2009). Rise time
is slower, reducing the probability and severity of injury (USFWS,
2009), and sound energy is distributed over a greater amount of time
(Nedwell and Edwards, 2002; Carlson et al., 2001).
Vibratory hammers cannot be used in all circumstances. In some
substrates, the capacity of a vibratory hammer may be insufficient to
drive the pile to load-bearing capacity or depth (Caltrans, 2009).
Additionally, some vibrated piles must be `proofed' (i.e., struck with
an impact hammer) for several seconds to several minutes in order to
verify the load-bearing capacity of the pile (WSDOT, 2008).
Table 10 outlines typical sound levels produced by installation of
various types of pile using a vibratory pile driver. Note that peak
sound levels range from 171 to 195 dB, whereas peak sound levels
generated by impact pile driving range from 195 to 220 dB.
Impact and vibratory pile driving are the primary in-water
construction activities associated with the project. The sounds
produced by these activities fall into one of two sound types: pulsed
and non-pulsed (defined in next paragraph). Impact pile driving
produces pulsed sounds, while vibratory pile driving produces non-
pulsed sounds. The distinction between these two general sound types is
important because they have differing potential to cause physical
effects, particularly with regard to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in
Southall et al., 2007). Please see Southall et al. (2007) for an in-
depth discussion of these concepts.
Pulsed sounds (e.g., explosions, gunshots, sonic booms, seismic
pile driving pulses, and impact pile driving) are brief, broadband,
atonal transients (ANSI, 1986; Harris, 1998) and occur either as
isolated events or repeated in some succession. Pulsed sounds are all
characterized by a relatively rapid rise from ambient pressure to a
maximal pressure value followed by a decay period that may include a
period of diminishing, oscillating maximal and minimal pressures.
Pulsed sounds generally have an increased capacity to induce physical
injury as compared with sounds that lack these features.
Non-pulsed sounds (which may be intermittent or continuous) can be
tonal, broadband, or both. Some of these non-pulse sounds can be
transient signals of short duration but without the essential
properties of pulses (e.g., rapid rise time). Examples of non-pulse
sounds include those produced by vessels, aircraft, machinery
operations such as drilling or dredging, vibratory pile driving, and
active sonar systems. The duration of such sounds, as received at a
distance, can be greatly extended in a highly reverberant environment.
Sound Attenuation Devices
Sound levels can be greatly reduced during impact pile driving
using sound attenuation devices. There are several types of sound
attenuation devices including bubble curtains, cofferdams, and
isolation casings. Three types of attenuation devices are described
here.
Bubble curtains create a column of air bubbles rising around a pile
from the substrate to the water surface. The air bubbles absorb and
scatter sound waves emanating from the pile, thereby reducing the sound
energy. Bubble curtains may be confined or unconfined. An unconfined
bubble curtain may consist of a ring seated on the substrate and
emitting air bubbles from the bottom. An unconfined bubble curtain may
also consist of a stacked system, that is, a series of multiple rings
placed at the bottom and at various elevations around the pile. Stacked
systems may be more effective than non-stacked systems in areas with
high current and deep water (Caltrans, 2009).
A confined bubble curtain contains the air bubbles within a
flexible or rigid sleeve made from plastic, cloth, or pipe. Confined
bubble curtains generally offer higher attenuation levels than
unconfined curtains because they may physically block sound waves and
they prevent air bubbles from migrating away from the pile. For this
reason, the confined bubble curtain is commonly used in areas with high
current velocity (Caltrans, 2009). In Oregon, confined bubble curtains
are typically required where current velocity is 0.6 m/s or greater
(NMFS, 2008a).
Cofferdams are often used during construction for isolating the in-
water work area, but may also be used as a sound attenuation device.
Dewatered cofferdams may provide the highest levels of sound reduction
of any attenuation device; however, they do not eliminate underwater
sound because sound can be transmitted through the substrate (Caltrans,
2009). Cofferdams that are not dewatered provide very limited reduction
in sound levels.
[[Page 23560]]
An isolation casing is a hollow pipe that surrounds the pile,
isolating it from the in-water work area. The casing is dewatered
before pile driving. This device provides levels of sound attenuation
similar to that of bubble curtains; however, attenuation rates are not
as great as those achieved by cofferdams because the dewatered area
between the pile and the water column is generally much smaller
(Caltrans, 2009).
Both environmental conditions and the characteristics of the sound
attenuation device may influence the effectiveness of the device.
According to Caltrans (2009):
In general, confined bubble curtains attain better sound
attenuation levels in areas of high current than unconfined bubble
curtains. If an unconfined device is used, high current velocity may
sweep bubbles away from the pile, resulting in reduced levels of sound
attenuation.
Softer substrates may allow for a better seal for the
device, preventing leakage of air bubbles and escape of sound waves.
This increases the effectiveness of the device. Softer substrates also
provide additional attenuation of sound traveling through the
substrate.
Flat bottom topography provides a better seal, enhancing
effectiveness of the sound attenuation device, whereas sloped or
undulating terrain reduces or eliminates its effectiveness.
Air bubbles must be close to the pile; otherwise, sound
may propagate into the water, reducing the effectiveness of the device.
Harder substrates may transmit ground-borne sound and
propagate it into the water column.
The literature presents a wide array of observed attenuation
results (see, e.g., WSF, 2009; WSDOT, 2008; USFWS, 2009; Caltrans,
2009). The variability in attenuation levels is due to variation in
design, as well as differences in site conditions and difficulty in
properly installing and operating in-water attenuation devices. WSDOT
personnel have observed that, on average, unconfined bubble curtains
typically achieve 9 dB of attenuation while confined bubble curtains
achieve 12 dB. Caltrans (2009) offers the following generalizations:
For steel or concrete pile 24 in (0.6 m) in diameter or
less, bubble curtains would generally reduce sound levels by 5 dB.
For steel pile measuring 24 to 48 in (0.6-1.2 m), bubble
curtains may reduce sound levels by about 10 dB.
For piles greater than 48 in diameter, bubble curtains may
reduce sound levels by about 20 dB.
As a general rule, reductions of greater than 10 dB cannot
be reliably predicted.
Sound Thresholds
Since 1997, NMFS has used generic sound exposure thresholds to
determine when an activity in the ocean that produces sound might
result in impacts to a marine mammal such that a take by harassment or
injury might occur (NMFS, 2005b). To date, no studies have been
conducted that examine impacts to marine mammals from pile driving
sounds from which empirical sound thresholds have been established.
Current NMFS practice regarding exposure of marine mammals to high
level sounds is that cetaceans and pinnipeds exposed to impulsive
sounds of 180 and 190 dB rms or above, respectively, are considered to
have been taken by Level A (i.e., injurious) harassment. Behavioral
harassment (Level B) is considered to have occurred when marine mammals
are exposed to sounds at or above 160 dB rms for impulse sounds (e.g.,
impact pile driving) and 120 dB rms for non-pulsed sound (e.g.,
vibratory pile driving), but below injurious thresholds. For airborne
sound, pinniped disturbance from haul-outs has been documented at 100
dB (unweighted) for pinnipeds in general, and at 90 dB (unweighted) for
harbor seals. NMFS uses these levels as guidelines to estimate when
harassment may occur.
Distance to Sound Thresholds
The extent of project-generated sound both in and over water was
calculated for the locations where pile driving would occur in the
Columbia River and North Portland Harbor. The extent of underwater
sound was modeled for several pile driving scenarios:
For two sizes of pile: 18- to 24-in (0.5-0.6 m) pile and
36- to 48-in (0.9-1.2 m) pile.
For single impact pile drivers operating both with and
without an attenuation device. Use of an attenuation device was assumed
to decrease initial SPLs by 10 dB (see discussion previously in this
document).
For vibratory driving of pipe pile and sheet pile.
Underwater Sound--Models may be used to estimate the distances and
areas within which sound is likely to exceed certain threshold levels.
Please note that the results of such modeling are described here to
provide a frame of reference for the reader. Actual distances and areas
within which sound is likely to exceed certain threshold levels are
known from collection of site-specific hydroacoustic monitoring data
(see `Test Pile Project', later in this document).
In the absence of site-specific data, the practical spreading loss
model may be used for determining the extent of sound from a source
(Davidson, 2004; Thomsen et al., 2006). The model assumes a logarithmic
coefficient of 15, which equates to sound energy decreasing by 4.5 dB
with each doubling of distance from the source. To calculate the loss
of sound energy from one distance to another, the following formula is
used:
Transmission Loss (dB) = 15 log(D1/D0)
D1 is the distance from the source for which SPLs need to be
known, and D0 is the distance from the source for which SPLs
are known (typically 10 m from the pile). This model also solves for
the distance at which sound attenuates to various decibel levels (e.g.,
a threshold or background level). The following equation solves for
distance:
D1 = D0 x 10(TL/15)
where TL stands for transmission loss (the difference in decibel levels
between D0 and D1). For example, using the
distance to an injury threshold (D1), the area of effect is
calculated as the area of a circle, [pi]r2, where r (radius)
is the distance to the threshold or background. If a landform or other
shadowing element interrupts the spread of sound within the threshold
distance, then the area of effect truncates at the location of the
shadowing element.
Sound levels are highly dependent on environmental site conditions.
Therefore, published hydroacoustic monitoring data for projects with
similar site conditions as the CRC project were considered. WSDOT and
the California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) have compiled
hydroacoustic monitoring data from in-water impact pile driving. No
projects with hydroacoustic monitoring data and similar site conditions
were identified in the Columbia River.
A review of WSDOT and Caltrans projects containing in-water pile
driving found projects in California had the most similar substrates
and depths; however, only one project used 48-in pile, the largest size
in the CRC project. This work occurred in the Russian River, which was
only 15 m wide and 0.6 m deep at the project location. Therefore, the
results are not applicable to the CRC project. Instead, data from
projects that drove 36-in pile were used, using the highest sound
levels
[[Page 23561]]
encountered as proxy values for 48-in pile.
Maximum measured sound levels from 36-in steel pile installation
were 201 dB rms (WSDOT, 2008), as shown in Table 10. Site conditions
for this project, in Puget Sound, are somewhat comparable to the
Columbia River, as both are large, with similar depths. The maximum
source level from the next largest pile size, 60-in (1.5-m) pile, was
195 dB rms at 10 m. As such, the use of data from the 36-in pile
measurements provides a more conservative estimate. The CRC project
would also drive 18- to 24-in diameter steel pile. Conservatively, the
highest recorded value of 189 dB rms for this range of pile sizes was
used (see Table 10).
No studies were available that measured site-specific initial sound
levels generated by vibratory pile driving in the Region of Activity.
However, Table 10 outlines a range of typical sound levels produced by
vibratory pile driving as measured by Caltrans during hydroacoustic
monitoring of several construction projects (Caltrans, 2009). A worst-
case scenario of installing 48-in steel pipe pile (the largest pile
size to be used on the CRC project) at the loudest measured SPLs was
considered, however, as there were no data for 48-in pile, it was
assumed that sound levels for 48-in pile would be intermediate between
those levels generated by 36-in pile and 72-in (1.8-m) pile. Typical
values for both 36- and 72-in pile were 170 dB, while the loudest
values were 175 dB for 36-in pile and 180 dB for 72-in pile. Thus, 175
dB was considered an appropriate value for initial SPLs for vibratory
driving of pipe pile. The project may also install sheet pile, in the
Columbia River only. In general, installation of sheet pile produces
lower SPLs than pipe pile. Using data presented in Table 10, an initial
SPL of approximately 160 dB rms at a distance of 15 m was assumed.
Table 11 shows the calculated distances required for underwater sound
to attenuate to relevant thresholds, as per the practical spreading
model (please see Figures B-1 to B-6 of CRC's application for graphical
depictions of threshold distances discussed here).
Table 11--Calculated Distances to Sound Thresholds
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distance to Distance to
threshold threshold
Threshold Pile size (without (with
attenuation attenuation
device) (m) device)* (m)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Injury: 190 dB rms............................ 18-24 in........................ 9 2
Harassment: 160 dB rms........................ 18-24 in........................ 858 185
Injury: 190 dB rms............................ 36-48 in........................ 54 12
Harassment: 160 dB rms........................ 36-48 in........................ 5,412 1,166
Harassment: 120 dB rms........................ 36-72 in........................ 23,208 n/a
Harassment: 120 dB rms........................ 24-in sheet pile................ 6,962 n/a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* 10 dB reduction in SPLs assumed from use of attenuation device.
Landforms in the Columbia River and North Portland Harbor would
block underwater sound well before it reaches certain calculated
distances. Table 12 shows actual site-specific values for the maximum
distance within which sound is likely to exceed a given threshold level
until contact with landforms. Categories not listed in Table 12 would
remain the same as shown in Table 11.
Table 12--Actual Distances to Sound Thresholds
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Downstream
Threshold Pile size Location* Upstream (m) (m)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harassment: 160 dB rms............. 36-48 in (without NPH 3,058 5,412
attenuation).
Harassment: 120 dB rms............. 36-72 in.............. CR 20,166 8,851
Harassment: 120 dB rms............. 36-72 in.............. NPH 3,058 5,632
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* NPH = North Portland Harbor; CR = Columbia River.
Airborne Sound--For calculating the levels and extent of project-
generated airborne sound, a point sound source and hard-site conditions
were assumed because pile drivers would be stationary, and work would
largely occur over open water and adjacent to an urbanized landscape.
Thus, calculations assumed that pile driving sound would attenuate at a
rate of 6 dB per doubling distance, based on a spherical spreading
model. The following formula was used to determine the distances at
which pile-driving sound attenuates to the 90 dB rms and 100 dB rms
(re: 20 [micro]Pa; all airborne SPLs discussed here are referenced to
20 [micro]Pa) airborne disturbance thresholds:
D1 = D0 * 10
((initial SPL-airborne disturbance threshold)/[alpha])
where D1 is the distance from the pile at which sound
attenuates to the threshold value, D0 is the distance
from the pile at which the initial SPLs were measured, and [alpha]
is the variable for soft-site or hard-site conditions. These
calculations used [alpha] = 20 for hard-site conditions.
The estimate of initial sound level is based on the results of
monitoring performed by WSDOT during pile driving at Friday Harbor
Ferry Terminal (Laughlin, 2005b). The results showed airborne rms sound
levels of 112 dB taken at 160 ft (49 m) from the source during impact
pile driving. This project drove 24-in steel pipe pile, which is only
half the size of the largest pile proposed for use in the CRC project.
However, airborne sound levels are independent of the size of the pile
(CRC, 2010), and therefore the sound levels encountered at Friday
Harbor are applicable to the CRC project.
The model used 112 dB rms at 160 ft from the source as the initial
sound level for a single pile driver. Because multiple pile drivers
would not strike
[[Page 23562]]
piles synchronously, operation of multiple pile drivers would not
generate sound louder than that of a single pile driver. Therefore,
initial sound levels for multiple pile drivers were assumed to be the
same as for a single pile driver. The CRC project is not likely to use
an airborne sound-attenuation device. Sound generated by impact pile
driving in the Columbia River and North Portland Harbor is likely to
exceed the 100 dB rms airborne disturbance threshold within 195 m of
the source and is likely to exceed the 90 dB rms airborne disturbance
threshold within 650 m of the source.
Debris Removal--Debris removal may occur in North Portland Harbor
at the location of each of the new piers where there is anecdotal
evidence that riprap occurs within the pier footprints. Debris removal
in the North Portland Harbor, if it occurs, is likely to create sound
at or above the 120-dB disturbance threshold for continuous sound in
underwater portions of the Region of Activity.
Few studies have been conducted on sound emissions produced by
underwater debris removal. A review of the literature indicates that
underwater debris removal would produce sound in the range of 135 dB to
147 dB at 10 m (Dickerson et al., 2001; OSPAR, 2009; Thomsen et al.,
2009).
Underwater debris removal is not expected to generate significant
airborne sound. The air-water interface creates a substantial sound
barrier and reduces the intensity of underwater sound waves by a factor
of more than 1,000 when they cross the water surface. The above-water
environment is, thus, virtually insulated from the effects of
underwater sound (Hildebrand, 2005). Therefore, underwater debris
removal is not expected to measurably increase ambient airborne sound.
Underwater sound from debris removal would likely attenuate to the 120-
dB underwater disturbance threshold for continuous sound within 631 m
of the source. This activity would occur for only 7 days, during the
in-water work window.
Test Pile Project
In February 2011, CRC conducted a test pile project in order to
acquire geotechnical and sound propagation data to assess site-specific
characteristics and verify the modeling results discussed in the
preceding section, and to assess mitigation measures related to pile
installation activities planned for the CRC project. Please see CRC's
Test Pile Hydroacoustic Monitoring Report for detailed analysis
(SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION).
Engineering objectives included the following:
Determine strike numbers necessary to install piles to
reach load-bearing capacity with an impact hammer;
Identify suitable equipment and materials and verify
production rates for pile installation;
Determine the feasibility of vibratory installation
methods; and
Validate geotechnical and engineering calculations.
Environmental objectives included the following:
Determine the underwater sound levels resulting from
vibratory installation of temporary piles in the predominant substrate
types found at typical mid-channel depths at the project site;
Determine the underwater sound levels resulting from
impact installation of temporary piles in the predominant substrate
types found at typical mid-channel depths at the project site;
Determine the effectiveness of two sound attenuation
strategies (unconfined and confined bubble curtains) during impact pile
driving;
Determine the transmission loss of pile installation sound
for both impact and vibratory installation;
Determine the extent of construction sound impacts in-air
for impact pile driving; and
Determine the extent of turbidity plumes resulting from
vibratory and impact pile installation and extraction, and from
unconfined and confined bubble curtain operation.
Test pile operations consisted of impact driving or vibratory
driving at six pile locations using 24- and 48-in piles. A confined or
unconfined bubble curtain was tested during each pile installation.
Background sound level monitoring was successfully conducted between
January 27 and February 3, 2011. The background sound level at fifty
percent cumulative distribution function (CDF) on the Washington
(north) side of the river was found to be 110 dB, while the background
level at fifty percent CDF on the Oregon (south) side of the river was
slightly higher at 117 dB.
Hydroacoustic monitoring was successfully conducted during test
pile construction activities February 11-21, 2011. Rms pressure levels
associated with vibratory driving varied widely pile to pile;
subsurface driving conditions are the likely cause of this variability.
For impact driving, average sound levels were derived for both 24-in
and 48-in piles. Impact driving on 48-in piles was, on average, 10 dB
louder than driving on 24-in piles.
Measured sound levels for both vibratory driving and impact driving
were similar to those expected as outlined previously in this document.
For vibratory driving, the maximum observed sound level was 181 dB,
only slightly louder than the anticipated maximum sound level (180 dB).
For impact driving, observed unattenuated rms sound levels for 24-in
piles were 191 dB, slightly louder than anticipated (189 dB).
Unattenuated rms sound levels for 48-in piles (201 dB) were as
anticipated. The average rms pressure level for vibratory pile
extraction was 173 dB, and did not appear to vary with pile size. The
173 dB observed for extraction was slightly less than the 176 dB
average observed during pile installation. The variance of the pressure
levels was also less, with extraction values ranging from 167-176 dB
while installation values ranged from 157-181 dB.
Open curtain attenuation methods reduced the sound levels for 48-in
piles 11 dB on average, and 9 dB on average for 24-in piles. Confined
curtain attenuation methods reduced the sound levels for 48-in piles 13
dB on average, and 8.5 dB on average for 24-in piles. Open bubble
curtain attenuation was similar to confined curtain attenuation at 10 m
downstream; however, the effectiveness of the open bubble curtain
appeared to be significantly less upstream when compared to downstream,
likely due to the effect of current on the open bubble curtain. The
observed effectiveness of both open and confined bubble curtains at
attenuating peak amplitudes (8-13 dB) was approximately as anticipated
(10 dB).
Transmission loss was analyzed for both vibratory driving and
impact driving. Transmission loss for vibratory driving was in line
with the practical spreading model, as anticipated. However, this
analysis is based on results from only one pile; for two of the piles,
the signal could not be distinguished from background noise at 200 m,
while for a third pile, the signal could not be distinguished from
background noise at 800 m. Thus, transmission loss could not be
calculated for those piles, although energy from those piles clearly
showed rapid attenuation. Transmission loss for impact driving was in
line with the practical spreading model at the 200-m range, but
steadily increased toward spherical spreading with increasing range,
resulting in greater than anticipated transmission loss.
The data for transmission loss associated with vibratory driving
suggest that the majority of the energy occurs in frequencies below
1,000 Hz,
[[Page 23563]]
with energy levels gradually falling off at higher frequencies (CRC,
2011). For vibratory installation in this study, driving of two piles
produced energy that could not be distinguished from background by 200
m, while the signal from a third could not be detected at the 800 m
station. The signal was distinguishable from background sound levels at
approximately 800 m for only one of the piles, indicating that distance
to the threshold would likely be less than the modeling results
predicted. However, background sound levels during pile driving were
higher than those measured previously. It is possible that increased
background levels resulted from sound associated with the project,
instrumentation, or some other source. Nevertheless, data indicate that
transmission loss for vibratory driving is approximately in conformance
with practical spreading loss. Piles were generally installed or
extracted during the test pile study in less than 5 minutes (ranging
from less than 1 minute to less than 10 minutes, for all but one
outlier).
Measured, site-specific values were either substantially similar to
assumed values or, in the case of transmission loss or realized
attenuation from use of bubble curtains in certain circumstances, the
assumed values described previously in this document were more
conservative than the actual values. As such, those values remain valid
but likely represent a significantly more conservative scenario than
would realistically occur. Actual distances to be monitored for
potential injury or harassment of pinnipeds would be based on the
results of in-situ hydroacoustic monitoring, where relevant, and are
discussed in greater detail in `Proposed Mitigation', later in this
document.
Comments and Responses
On December 15, 2010, NMFS published a notice of receipt of an
application for a Letter of Authorization (LOA) in the Federal Register
(75 FR 78228) and requested comments and information from the public
for 30 days. NMFS did not receive any substantive comments.
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activity
Marine mammal species that have been observed within the Region of
Activity consist of the harbor seal, California sea lion, and Steller
sea lion. Pinnipeds follow prey species into freshwater up to,
primarily, the Bonneville Dam (RM 145, RKm 233) in the Columbia River,
but also to Willamette Falls in the Willamette River (RM 26, RKm 42).
The Willamette River enters the Columbia River approximately 5 mi (8
km) downstream of the CRC project area and is within the Region of
Activity. Harbor seals rarely, but occasionally, transit the Region of
Activity. The eastern population of the Steller sea lion is listed as
threatened under the ESA and as depleted and strategic under the MMPA.
Neither the California sea lion nor the harbor seal is listed under the
ESA, nor are they considered depleted or strategic under the MMPA.
The sea lions use this portion of the river primarily for
transiting to and from Bonneville Dam, which concentrates adult
salmonids and sturgeon returning to natal streams, providing for
increased foraging efficiency. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE)
has conducted surface observations to evaluate the seasonal presence,
abundance, and predation activities of pinnipeds in the Bonneville Dam
tailrace each year since 2002. This monitoring program was initiated in
response to concerns over the potential impact of pinniped predation on
adult salmonids passing Bonneville Dam in the spring. An active sea
lion hazing, trapping, and permanent removal program was in place below
the dam from 2008 through 2010. Much of the information presented in
this application is based on research conducted as part of the
Bonneville Dam sea lion program.
Pinnipeds remain in upstream locations for a couple of days or
longer, feeding heavily on salmon, steelhead, and sturgeon (NOAA 2008),
although the occurrence of harbor seals near Bonneville Dam is much
lower than sea lions (Stansell et al., 2009). Sea lions congregate at
Bonneville Dam during the peaks of salmon return, from March through
May each year, and a few California sea lions have been observed
feeding on salmonids in the area below Willamette Falls during the
spring adult fish migration (NOAA, 2008).
There are no pinniped haul-out sites in the Region of Activity. The
nearest haul-out sites, shared by harbor seals and California sea
lions, are near the Cowlitz River/Carroll Slough confluence with the
Columbia River, approximately 45 mi (72 km) downriver from the Region
of Activity (Jeffries et al., 2000). The nearest known haul-out for
Steller sea lions is a rock formation (Phoca Rock) near RM 132 (RKm
212) approximately 8 mi (13 km) downstream of Bonneville Dam and 26 mi
(42 km) upstream from the Region of Activity. Steller sea lions are
also known to haul out on the south jetty at the mouth of the Columbia
River, near Astoria, Oregon. There are no pinniped rookeries located in
or near the Region of Activity.
Harbor Seal
Species Description--Harbor seals, which are members of the Phocid
family (true seals), inhabit coastal and estuarine waters and shoreline
areas from Baja California, Mexico to western Alaska. For management
purposes, differences in mean pupping date (i.e., birthing) (Temte,
1986), movement patterns (Jeffries, 1985; Brown, 1988), pollutant loads
(Calambokidis et al., 1985) and fishery interactions have led to the
recognition of three separate harbor seal stocks along the west coast
of the continental U.S. (Boveng, 1988). The three distinct stocks are:
(1) Inland waters of Washington (including Hood Canal, Puget Sound, and
the Strait of Juan de Fuca out to Cape Flattery), (2) outer coast of
Oregon and Washington, and (3) California (Carretta et al. 2007b). The
seals in the Region of Activity are from the outer coast of Oregon and
Washington stock.
The average weight for adult seals is about 180 lb (82 kg) and
males are typically slightly larger than females. Male harbor seals
weigh up to 245 lb (111 kg) and measure approximately 5 ft (1.5 m) in
length. The basic color of harbor seals' coat is gray and mottled but
highly variable, from dark with light color rings or spots to light
with dark markings (NMFS, 2008c).
Status--In 1999, the population of the Oregon/Washington coastal
stock of harbor seals was estimated at 24,732 animals (Carretta et al.,
2007a). Although this abundance estimate represents the best scientific
information available, per NMFS stock assessment policy it is not
considered current because it is more than 8 years old. This harbor
seal stock includes coastal estuaries (Columbia River) and bays
(Willapa Bay and Grays Harbor). Both the Washington and Oregon portions
of this stock are believed to have reached carrying capacity and the
stock is within its optimum sustainable population level (Jeffries et
al., 2003; Brown et al., 2005). Because there is no current estimate of
minimum abundance, potential biological removal (PBR) cannot be
calculated for this stock. However, the level of human-caused mortality
and serious injury is less than ten percent of the previous PBR of
1,343 harbor seals per year (Carretta et al., 2007), and human-caused
mortality is considered to be small relative to the stock size.
Therefore, the Oregon and Washington outer coast stock of harbor seals
are not classified as a strategic stock under the MMPA.
[[Page 23564]]
Behavior and Ecology--Harbor seals are non-migratory with local
movements associated with such factors as tides, weather, season, food
availability, and reproduction (Scheffer and Slipp, 1944; Fisher, 1952;
Bigg, 1969, 1981). They are not known to make extensive pelagic
migrations, although some long distance movement of tagged animals in
Alaska (174 km), and along the U.S. west coast (up to 550 km), have
been recorded (Pitcher and McAllister, 1981; Brown and Mate, 1983;
Herder, 1986). Harbor seals are coastal species, rarely found more than
12 mi (20 km) from shore, and frequently occupy bays, estuaries, and
inlets (Baird, 2001). Individual seals have been observed several miles
upstream in coastal rivers. Ideal harbor seal habitat includes haul-out
sites, shelter during the breeding periods, and sufficient food
(Bjorge, 2002).
Harbor seals haul out on rocks, reefs, beaches, and ice and feed in
marine, estuarine, and occasionally fresh waters. Harbor seals display
strong fidelity for haul-out sites (Pitcher and Calkins, 1979; Pitcher
and McAllister, 1981), although human disturbance can affect haul-out
choice (Harris et al., 2003). Group sizes range from small numbers of
animals on intertidal rocks to several thousand animals found
seasonally in coastal estuaries. The harbor seal is the most commonly
observed and widely distributed pinniped found in Oregon and Washington
(Jeffries et al., 2000; ODFW, 2010). Harbor seals use hundreds of sites
to rest or haul out along the coast and inland waters of Oregon and
Washington, including tidal sand bars and mudflats in estuaries,
intertidal rocks and reefs, beaches, log booms, docks, and floats in
all marine areas of the two states. Numerous harbor seal haul-out sites
are found on intertidal mudflats and sand bars from the mouth of the
lower Columbia River to Carroll Slough at the confluence of the Cowlitz
and Columbia Rivers.
Harbor seals mate at sea and females give birth during the spring
and summer, although the pupping season varies by latitude. Pupping
seasons vary by geographic region with pups born in coastal estuaries
(Columbia River, Willapa Bay, and Grays Harbor) from mid-April through
June and in other areas along the Olympic Peninsula and Puget Sound
from May through September (WDFW, 2000). Suckling harbor seal pups
spend as much as forty percent of their time in the water (Bowen et
al., 1999).
They can be found throughout the year at the mouth of the Columbia
River. Peak harbor seal abundances in the Columbia River occur during
the winter and spring when a number of upriver haul-out sites are used.
Peak abundances and upriver movements in the winter and spring months
are correlated with spawning runs of eulachon (Thaleichthys pacificus)
smelt and out-migration of salmonid smolts. Harbor seals are
infrequently observed at Bonneville Dam or in the Region of Activity.
In 2009 and again in 2010, two harbor seals were observed at the dam
(Stansell et al., 2009; Stansell and Gibbons, 2010), and observations
of harbor seals at Bonneville Dam have ranged from one to three per
year from 2002 to 2010.
Within the Region of Activity, there are no known harbor seal haul-
out sites. The nearest known haul-out sites to the Region of Activity
are located at Carroll Slough at the confluence of the Cowlitz and
Columbia Rivers approximately 45 mi (72 km) downriver of the Region of
Activity. The low number of observations of harbor seals at Bonneville
Dam over the years, combined with the fact that no pupping or haul-out
locations are within or upstream from the Region of Activity, suggest
that very few harbor seals transit through the Region of Activity
(Stansell et al., 2010).
Acoustics--In air, harbor seal males produce a variety of low-
frequency (less than 4 kHz) vocalizations, including snorts, grunts,
and growls. Male harbor seals produce communication sounds in the
frequency range of 100-1,000 Hz (Richardson et al., 1995). Pups make
individually unique calls for mother recognition that contain multiple
harmonics with main energy below 0.35 kHz (Bigg, 1981; Thomson and
Richardson, 1995). Harbor seals hear nearly as well in air as
underwater and have lower thresholds than California sea lions (Kastak
and Schusterman, 1998). Kastak and Schusterman (1998) reported airborne
low frequency (100 Hz) sound detection thresholds at 65 dB for harbor
seals. In air, they hear frequencies from 0.25-30 kHz and are most
sensitive from 6-16 kHz (Richardson, 1995; Terhune and Turnbull, 1995;
Wolski et al., 2003).
Adult males also produce underwater sounds during the breeding
season that typically range from 0.25-4 kHz (duration range: 0.1 s to
multiple seconds; Hanggi and Schusterman 1994). Hanggi and Schusterman
(1994) found that there is individual variation in the dominant
frequency range of sounds between different males, and Van Parijs et
al. (2003) reported oceanic, regional, population, and site-specific
variation that could be vocal dialects. In water, they hear frequencies
from 1-75 kHz (Southall et al., 2007) and can detect sound levels as
weak as 60-85 dB within that band. They are most sensitive at
frequencies below 50 kHz; above 60 kHz sensitivity rapidly decreases.
California Sea Lions
Species Description--California sea lions are members of the
Otariid family (eared seals). The species, Zalophus californianus,
includes three subspecies: Z. c. wollebaeki (in the Galapagos Islands),
Z. c. japonicus (in Japan, but now thought to be extinct), and Z. c.
californianus (found from southern Mexico to southwestern Canada;
referred to here as the California sea lion) (Carretta et al., 2007).
The breeding areas of the California sea lion are on islands located in
southern California, western Baja California, and the Gulf of
California (Carretta et al., 2007). These three geographic regions are
used to separate this subspecies into three stocks: (1) The U.S. stock
begins at the U.S./Mexico border and extends northward into Canada, (2)
the Western Baja California stock extends from the U.S./Mexico border
to the southern tip of the Baja California peninsula, and (3) the Gulf
of California stock which includes the Gulf of California from the
southern tip of the Baja California peninsula and across to the
mainland and extends to southern Mexico (Lowry et al., 1992).
The California sea lion is sexually dimorphic. Males may reach
1,000 lb (454 kg) and 8 ft (2.4 m) in length; females grow to 300 lb
(136 kg) and 6 ft (1.8 m) in length. Their color ranges from chocolate
brown in males to a lighter, golden brown in females. At around 5 years
of age, males develop a bony bump on top of the skull called a sagittal
crest. The crest is visible in the dog-like profile of male sea lion
heads, and hair around the crest gets lighter with age.
Status--The U.S. stock of California sea lions is estimated at
238,000 and the minimum population size of this stock is 141,842
individuals (Carretta et al., 2007). These numbers are from counts
during the 2001 breeding season of animals that were ashore at the four
major rookeries in southern California and at haul-out sites north to
the Oregon/California border. Sea lions that were at-sea or hauled-out
at other locations were not counted (Carretta et al., 2007). The stock
has likely reached its carrying capacity and, even though current total
human-caused mortality is unknown (due a lack of observer coverage in
the California set gillnet fishery that historically has been the
largest source of human-caused mortalities), California sea lions are
not considered a strategic stock under the
[[Page 23565]]
MMPA because total human-caused mortality is still likely to be less
than the PBR.
Behavior and Ecology--During the summer, California sea lions breed
on islands from the Gulf of California to the Channel Islands and
seldom travel more than about 31 mi (50 km) from the islands (Bonnell
et al., 1983). The primary rookeries are located in the California
Channel Islands (Le Boeuf and Bonnell, 1980; Bonnell and Dailey, 1993).
Their distribution shifts to the northwest in fall and to the southeast
during winter and spring, probably in response to changes in prey
availability (Bonnell and Ford, 1987).
The non-breeding distribution extends from Baja California north to
Alaska for males, and encompasses the waters of California and Baja
California for females (Reeves et al., 2008; Maniscalco et al., 2004).
In the non-breeding season, an estimated 3,000 to 5,000 adult and sub-
adult males migrate northward along the coast to central and northern
California, Oregon, Washington, and Vancouver Island from September to
May (Jeffries et al., 2000) and return south the following spring
(Mate, 1975; Bonnell et al., 1983). During migration, they are
occasionally sighted hundreds of miles offshore (Jefferson et al.,
1993). Females and juveniles tend to stay closer to the rookeries
(Bonnell et al., 1983).
California sea lions do not breed in Oregon. Though a few young
animals may remain in Oregon during summer months, most return south
for the breeding season (ODFW, 2010). Male California sea lions are
commonly seen in Oregon from September through May. During this time
period California sea lions can be found in many bays, estuaries and on
offshore sites along the coast, often hauled-out in the same locations
as Steller sea lions. Some pass through Oregon to feed along coastal
waters to the north during fall and winter months (ODFW, 2010).
California sea lions feed on a wide variety of prey, including many
species of fish and squid (Everitt et al., 1981; Roffe and Mate, 1984;
Antonelis et al., 1990; Lowry et al., 1991). In some locations where
salmon runs exist, California sea lions also feed on returning adult
and out-migrating juvenile salmonids (London, 2006). Sexual maturity
occurs at around 4-5 years of age for California sea lions (Heath,
2002). California sea lions are gregarious during the breeding season
and social on land during other times.
California sea lions are known to occur in several areas of the
Columbia River during much of the year, except the summer breeding
months of June through August. Approximately 1,000 California sea lions
have been observed at haul-out sites at the mouth of the Columbia
River, while approximately 100 individuals have been observed in past
years at the Bonneville Dam between January and May prior to returning
to their breeding rookeries in California at the end of May (Stansell,
2010). The nearest known haul-out sites to the Region of Activity are
near the Cowlitz River/Carroll Slough confluence with the Columbia
River, approximately 45 mi (72 km) downriver of the Region of Activity
(Jeffries et al., 2000).
The USACE's intensive sea lion monitoring program began as a result
of the 2000 Federal Columbia River Power System (FCRPS) biological
opinion, which required an evaluation of pinniped predation in the
tailrace of Bonneville Dam. The objective of the study was to determine
the timing and duration of pinniped predation activity, estimate the
number of fish caught, record the number of pinnipeds present, identify
and track individual California sea lions, and evaluate various
pinniped deterrents used at the dam (Tackley et al., 2008a). The study
period for monitoring was January 1 through May 31, beginning in 2002.
During the study period, pinniped observations began after consistent
sightings of at least one animal occurred. Tackley et al. (2008a) note
that sightings began earlier each year from 2002 to 2004. Although some
sightings were reported earlier in the season, full-time observations
began March 21 in 2002, March 3 in 2003, and February 24 in 2004
(Tackley et al., 2008a). In 2005 observations began in April, but in
2006 through 2010 observations began in January or early February
(Tackley et al., 2008a, 2008b; Stansell et al., 2009; Stansell and
Gibbons, 2010). In 2009, 54 California sea lions were observed at
Bonneville Dam, the fewest since 2002 (Stansell et al., 2009). However,
in 2010, 89 California sea lion individuals were observed at Bonneville
Dam (Stansell et al., 2010). In addition, up to four California sea
lions have been observed at Bonneville Dam during the September-January
period in recent years (CRC, 2010).
Up to eight California sea lions have been observed in recent years
feeding on salmonids in the Willamette River below Willamette Falls
(NOAA, 2008). The earliest known report of California sea lions at
Willamette Falls was in 1975, when two sea lions were reported taking
salmon and hindering fish passage at the fish ladder. Other than the
1975 sighting, there were no reports of sea lions at Willamette Falls
until the late 1980s when personnel at the fish ladder reported
California sea lion sightings below the falls. California sea lions
were sighted sporadically near the falls until 1995 when they began
occurring almost daily from February through late May (Scordino, 2010).
California sea lion arrival and departure dates at Bonneville Dam
are compiled in Table 13 from the reports listed in the preceding
paragraph. If arrival and departure dates were not available, the
timing of surface observations within the January through May study
period were recorded. Because regular observations in the study period
generally began as California sea lions were observed below Bonneville
Dam, and sometimes reports stated that observations stopped as sea lion
numbers dropped, the observation dates only give a general idea of
first arrival and departure. Because tracking data indicate that sea
lions travel at fast rates between hydrophone locations above and below
the CRC project area, dates of first arrival at Bonneville Dam and
departure from the dam are assumed to coincide closely with potential
passage timing through the CRC project area.
Table 13--Arrival and Departure Dates for California Sea Lions Below Bonneville Dam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 \3\ 2009 2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arrival......................................................... \1\ 3- \1\ 3- \1\ 2- \1\ 4-11/1-21 2-09 1-08 \1\ 1- \1\ 1- \1\ 1-
21 03 24 11 14 08
Departure....................................................... \1\ 5- \1\ 6- \1\ 5- \1\ 5-31/6-10 6-02 \2\ 5- \1\ 5- \4\ 5- 6-04
24 02 30 26 31 19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Dates are dates observations were taken and not when sea lions were first seen. In 2005 through 2007, observations were made intermittently until
sea lions were seen consistently (Tackley et al., 2008a). In 2005, surface observations were made from April 11 through May 31. However, the first
California sea lion arrived January 21 and departed on June 10 (Tackley et al., 2008a).
\2\ A single sighting was made on November 7 (Tackley et al., 2008a).
\3\ Three California sea lions were observed between September and December 2008. These observations were opportunistic and outside the regular
observation period of January through May (Stansell et al., 2009).
[[Page 23566]]
\4\ Observations ended because few sea lions were present. One California sea lion was in the Bonneville Dam forebay through at least August 11
(Stansell et al., 2009).
Based on the information presented in Table 13, California sea
lions have generally been observed at Bonneville Dam between early
January and early June, although beginning in 2008, a few individuals
have been noted at the dam as early as September and as late as August.
Therefore, the majority of California sea lions are expected to pass
the project site beginning in early January through early June.
Stansell and Gibbons (2010) and Stansell et al. (2009) show that
California sea lion abundance below Bonneville Dam peaks in April, when
it drops through about the end of May. In 2010, California sea lions
stayed below the dam until almost mid-June, which was late historically
and enters into the time they normally depart for southern breeding
grounds. Wright et al. (2010) reported a median start date for the
southbound migration from the Columbia River to the breeding grounds of
May 20 (range: May 7 to May 27; n = 8 sea lions).
The highest number of California sea lions observed in the
Bonneville Dam tailrace over the last 9 years was 104 in 2003 (Stansell
et al., 2010). However, Tackley et al. (2008a) noted that numbers of
sea lions estimated from early study years were likely underestimated,
because the observers' ability to uniquely identify individuals
increased over the years. In addition, the high number of 104
individuals present below the dam in 2003 occurred prior to hazing
(2005) or permanent removal (2008) activities began. The high for the
2008 through 2010 time period is a minimum of 89 individuals in a year
(Stansell et al., 2010).
The Pacific States Marine Fisheries Commission (PSMFC) leads a
tagging and tracking program for California sea lions, observing that
the transit time for California sea lions between Astoria and
Bonneville Dam is 30-36 hours upstream, and 15 hours downstream (CRC,
2010). ODFW studied the migration of male California sea lions during
the nonbreeding season by satellite tracking 26 sea lions captured in
the lower Columbia River over the course of three non-breeding seasons
between November and May in 2003-04, 2004-05, and 2006-07.
Fourteen of the sea lions had previously been observed in the
Columbia River (`river type') and twelve animals were `unknown' types.
Wright et al. (2010) found there was considerable within and between
individual variation in spatial and temporal movements, which
presumably reflected variation in foraging behavior. Many sea lions
repeatedly alternated between several haul-out sites throughout the
non-breeding season.
Twenty of the 26 satellite-tagged sea lions remained within the
waters of Oregon and Washington during the time they were monitored;
the remainder made forays north to British Columbia or south to
California. All fourteen of the previously known `river' sea lions were
later documented upriver (either by tracking or direct observation);
none of the twelve `unknown' animals were detected upriver. Southward
departure dates from the Columbia River ranged from May 7 to June 17.
Travel time to the breeding grounds ranged from 12 to 21 days. Only one
animal was tracked back to the Columbia River; it returned on August 18
after a 21-day trip from San Miguel Island (Wright et al., 2010).
Movement of sea lions to the base of Bonneville Dam to forage on
salmonids was documented in only a fraction of the sea lions tracked,
which suggested that the problem of pinniped predation on Columbia
River salmonid stocks should be addressed primarily at upriver sites
such as Bonneville Dam rather than in the estuary where sea lions of
many behavioral types co-occur (Wright et al., 2010).
Acoustics--On land, California sea lions make incessant, raucous
barking sounds; these have most of their energy at less than 2 kHz
(Schusterman et al., 1967). Males vary both the number and rhythm of
their barks depending on the social context; the barks appear to
control the movements and other behavior patterns of nearby
conspecifics (Schusterman, 1977). Females produce barks, squeals,
belches, and growls in the frequency range of 0.25-5 kHz, while pups
make bleating sounds at 0.25-6 kHz. California sea lions produce two
types of underwater sounds: Clicks (or short-duration sound pulses) and
barks (Schusterman et al., 1966, 1967; Schusterman and Baillet, 1969).
All of these underwater sounds have most of their energy below 4 kHz
(Schusterman et al., 1967).
The range of maximal hearing sensitivity for California sea lions
underwater is between 1-28 kHz (Schusterman et al., 1972). Functional
underwater high frequency hearing limits are between 35-40 kHz, with
peak sensitivities from 15-30 kHz (Schusterman et al., 1972). The
California sea lion shows relatively poor hearing at frequencies below
1 kHz (Kastak and Schusterman, 1998). Peak hearing sensitivities in air
are shifted to lower frequencies; the effective upper hearing limit is
approximately 36 kHz (Schusterman, 1974). The best range of sound
detection is from 2-16 kHz (Schusterman, 1974). Kastak and Schusterman
(2002) determined that hearing sensitivity generally worsens with
depth--hearing thresholds were lower in shallow water, except at the
highest frequency tested (35 kHz), where this trend was reversed.
Octave band sound levels of 65-70 dB above the animal's threshold
produced an average temporary threshold shift (TTS; discussed later in
POTENTIAL EFFECTS OF THE SPECIFIED ACTIVITY ON MARINE MAMMALS) of 4.9
dB in the California sea lion (Kastak et al., 1999).
Steller Sea Lions
Species Description--Steller sea lions are the largest members of
the Otariid (eared seal) family. Steller sea lions show marked sexual
dimorphism, in which adult males are noticeably larger and have
distinct coloration patterns from females. Males average approximately
1,500 lb (680 kg) and 10 ft (3 m) in length; females average about 700
lb (318 kg) and 8 ft (2.4 m) in length. Adult females have a tawny to
silver-colored pelt. Males are characterized by dark, dense fur around
their necks, giving a mane-like appearance, and light tawny coloring
over the rest of their body (NMFS, 2008a). Steller sea lions are
distributed mainly around the coasts to the outer continental shelf
along the North Pacific Ocean rim from northern Hokkaido, Japan through
the Kuril Islands and Okhotsk Sea, Aleutian Islands and central Bering
Sea, southern coast of Alaska and south to California. The population
is divided into the western and the eastern distinct population
segments (DPSs) at 144[deg] W (Cape Suckling, Alaska). The western DPS
includes Steller sea lions that reside in the central and western Gulf
of Alaska, Aleutian Islands, as well as those that inhabit coastal
waters and breed in Asia (e.g., Japan and Russia). The eastern DPS
extends from California to Alaska, including the Gulf of Alaska.
Status--Steller sea lions were listed as threatened range-wide
under the ESA in 1990. After division into two DPSs, the western DPS
was listed as endangered under the ESA in 1997, while the eastern DPS
remained classified as threatened. Animals found
[[Page 23567]]
in the Region of Activity are from the eastern DPS (NMFS, 1997a;
Loughlin, 2002; Angliss and Outlaw, 2005). The eastern DPS breeds in
rookeries located in southeast Alaska, British Columbia, Oregon, and
California. While some pupping has been reported recently along the
coast of Washington, there are no active rookeries in Washington. A
final revised species recovery plan addresses both DPSs (NMFS, 2008a).
NMFS designated critical habitat for Steller sea lions in 1993.
Critical habitat is associated with breeding and haul-out sites in
Alaska, California, and Oregon, and includes so-called `aquatic zones'
that extend 3,000 ft (900 m) seaward in state and federally managed
waters from the baseline or basepoint of each major rookery in Oregon
and California (NMFS, 2008a). Three major rookery sites in Oregon
(Rogue Reef, Pyramid Rock, and Long Brown Rock and Seal Rock on Orford
Reef at Cape Blanco) and three rookery sites in California (Ano Nuevo
I, Southeast Farallon I, and Sugarloaf Island and Cape Mendocino) are
designated critical habitat (NMFS, 1993). There is no designated
critical habitat within the Region of Activity.
Factors that have previously been identified as threats to Steller
sea lions include reduced food availability, possibly resulting from
competition with commercial fisheries; incidental take and intentional
kills during commercial fish harvests; subsistence take; entanglement
in marine debris; disease; pollution; and harassment. Steller sea lions
are also sensitive to disturbance at rookeries (during pupping and
breeding) and haul-out sites.
The Recovery Plan for the Steller Sea Lion (NMFS, 2008a) states
that the overall abundance of Steller sea lions in the eastern DPS has
increased for a sustained period of at least three decades, and that
pup production has increased significantly, especially since the mid-
1990s. Between 1977 and 2002, researchers estimated that overall
abundance of the eastern DPS had increased at an average rate of 3.1
percent per year (NMFS, 2008a; Pitcher et al., 2007). NMFS' most recent
stock assessment report estimates that population for the eastern DPS
is a minimum of 52,847 individuals; this estimate is not corrected for
animals at sea, and actual population is estimated to be within the
range 58,334 to 72,223 (Allen and Angliss, 2010). The minimum count for
Steller sea lions in Oregon and Washington was 5,813 in 2002 (Pitcher
et al., 2007; Allen and Angliss, 2010). Counts in Oregon have shown a
gradual increase from 1,486 animals in 1976 to 4,169 animals in 2002
(NMFS, 2008b).
The abundance of the eastern DPS of Steller sea lions is increasing
throughout the northern portion of its range (southeast Alaska and
British Columbia), and stable or increasing in the central portion
(Oregon through central California). Surveys indicate that pup
production in Oregon increased at 3 percent per year from 1990-2009,
while pup production in California increased at 5 percent per year
between 1996 and 2009, with the number of non-pups reported as stable.
The best available information indicates that, overall, the eastern DPS
has increased from an estimated 18,040 animals in 1979 to an estimated
63,488 animals in 2009; therefore the overall estimated rate of
increase for this period is 4.3 percent per year (NMML, 2012).
In the far southern end of Steller sea lion range (Channel Islands
in southern California), population declined significantly after the
1930s--probably due to hunting and harassment (Bartholomew and
Boolootian, 1960; Bartholomew, 1967)--and several rookeries and haul-
outs have been abandoned. The lack of recolonization at the
southernmost portion of the range (e.g., San Miguel Island rookery),
despite stability in the non-pup portion of the overall California
population, is likely a response to a suite of factors including
changes in ocean conditions (e.g., warmer temperatures) that may be
contributing to habitat changes that favor California sea lions over
Steller sea lions (NMFS, 2007) and competition for space on land, and
possibly prey, with species that have experienced explosive growth over
the past three decades (California sea lions and northern elephant
seals [Mirounga angustirostris]). Although recovery in California has
lagged behind the rest of the DPS, this portion of the DPS' range has
recently shown a positive growth rate (NMML, 2012). While non-pup
counts in California in the 2000s are only 34 percent of pre-decline
counts (1927-47), the population has increased significantly since
1990.
Despite the abandonment of certain rookeries in California, pup
production at other rookeries in California has increased over the last
20 years and, overall, the eastern DPS has increased at an average
annual growth rate of 4.3 percent per year for 30 years. Even though
these rookeries might not be recolonized, their loss has not prevented
the increasing abundance of Steller sea lions in California or in the
eastern DPS overall.
Because the eastern DPS of Steller sea lion is currently listed as
threatened under the ESA, it is therefore designated as depleted and
classified as a strategic stock under the MMPA. However, the eastern
DPS has been considered a potential candidate for removal from listing
under the ESA by the Steller sea lion recovery team and NMFS (NMFS,
2008), based on observed annual rates of increase. Although the stock
size has increased, the status of this stock relative to its Optimum
Sustainable Population (OSP) size is unknown. The overall annual rate
of increase of the eastern stock has been consistent and long-term, and
may indicate that this stock is reaching OSP.
Behavior and Ecology--Steller sea lions forage near shore and in
pelagic waters. They are capable of traveling long distances in a
season and can dive to approximately 1,300 ft (400 m) in depth. They
also use terrestrial habitat as haul-out sites for periods of rest,
molting, and as rookeries for mating and pupping during the breeding
season. At sea, they are often seen alone or in small groups, but may
gather in large rafts at the surface near rookeries and haul-outs.
Steller sea lions prefer the colder temperate to sub-arctic waters of
the North Pacific Ocean. Haul-outs and rookeries usually consist of
beaches (gravel, rocky or sand), ledges, and rocky reefs. In the Bering
and Okhotsk Seas, sea lions may also haul-out on sea ice, but this is
considered atypical behavior (NOAA, 2010a).
Steller sea lions are gregarious animals that often travel or haul
out in large groups of up to 45 individuals (Keple, 2002). At sea,
groups usually consist of female and subadult males; adult males are
usually solitary while at sea (Loughlin, 2002). In the Pacific
Northwest, breeding rookeries are located in British Columbia, Oregon,
and northern California. Steller sea lions form large rookeries during
late spring when adult males arrive and establish territories (Pitcher
and Calkins, 1981). Large males aggressively defend territories while
non-breeding males remain at peripheral sites or haul-outs. Females
arrive soon after and give birth. Most births occur from mid-May
through mid-July, and breeding takes place shortly thereafter. Most
pups are weaned within a year. Non-breeding individuals may not return
to rookeries during the breeding season but remain at other coastal
haul-outs (Scordino, 2006).
Steller sea lions are opportunistic predators, feeding primarily on
fish and cephalopods, and their diet varies geographically and
seasonally (Bigg, 1985; Merrick et al., 1997; Bredesen et al., 2006;
Guenette et al., 2006). Foraging habitat is primarily shallow,
[[Page 23568]]
nearshore and continental shelf waters; freshwater rivers; and also
deep waters (Reeves et al., 2008; Scordino, 2010).
In Oregon, Steller sea lions are found on offshore rocks and
islands. Most of these haul-out sites are part of the Oregon Islands
National Wildlife Refuge and are closed to the public (ODFW, 2010).
Oregon is home to the largest breeding site in U.S. waters south of
Alaska, with breeding areas at Three Arch Rocks (Oceanside), Orford
Reef (Port Orford), and Rogue Reef (Gold Beach). Steller sea lions are
also found year-round in smaller numbers at Sea Lion Caves and at Cape
Arago State Park.
Although Steller sea lions occur primarily in coastal habitat in
Oregon and Washington, they are present year-round in the lower
Columbia River, usually downstream of the confluence of the Cowlitz
River (ODFW, 2008). However, adult and subadult male Steller sea lions
have been observed at Bonneville Dam, where they prey primarily on
sturgeon and salmon that congregate below the dam. In 2002, the USACE
began monitoring seasonal presence, abundance, and predation activities
of marine mammals in the Bonneville Dam tailrace (Tackley et al.,
2008b). Steller sea lions have been documented every year since 2003;
observations have steadily increased to 75 Steller sea lions in 2010,
the most on record and almost triple the number of the previous year
(26 individuals) (Stansell et al., 2009, 2010).
Steller sea lions use the Columbia River for travel, foraging, and
resting as they move between haul-out sites and the dam. There are no
known haul-out sites within the portions of the Region of Activity
occurring in the Columbia River, Willamette River, or North Portland
Harbor. The nearest known haul-out in the Columbia River is a rock
formation (Phoca Rock) approximately 8 mi (13 km) downstream of
Bonneville Dam (approximately 26 mi (42 km) upstream from the project
site). Steller sea lions are also known to haul out on the south jetty
at the mouth of the Columbia River, near Astoria, Oregon. There are no
rookeries located in or near the Region of Activity. The nearest
Steller sea lion rookery is on the northern Oregon coast at Oceanside
(ODFW, 2010), approximately 70 mi (113 km) south of Astoria, i.e., more
than 150 mi (240 km) from the Region of Activity.
Steller sea lions arrive at the dam in late fall (Tackley et al.,
2008b), although occasionally individuals are sighted near Bonneville
Dam in the months of September, October, and November (Stansell et al.,
2009, 2010). Steller sea lions are present at the dam through May, and
can travel between the dam and the mouth of the Columbia River several
times during these months (Tackley et al., 2008b). Table 14 compiles
data from surface observations by the USACE for the Bonneville Dam
tailrace. If arrival and departure dates were not available, the timing
of surface observations within the January through May study period
were recorded. Because regular observations in the study period
generally began when California sea lions are observed below Bonneville
Dam, and sometimes reports stated that observations stopped as sea lion
numbers dropped, the observation dates only give a general idea of
first arrival and departure for Steller sea lions. Because tracking
data indicate that sea lions travel at fast rates between hydrophone
locations above and below the CRC project area (Brown et al., 2010),
dates of first arrival at Bonneville Dam and departure from the dam are
assumed to coincide closely with potential passage timing through the
CRC project area.
Table 14--Arrival and Departure Dates for Steller Sea Lions Below Bonneville Dam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arrival................................. n/a................... \1\ 3-03 \1\ 2-24 \1\ 4-11 1,2 2-10 1,2 1-08 1,3 1-11 1,4 1-14 1,6 1-08
Departure............................... n/a................... \1\ 6-02 \1\ 5-30 \1\ 5-31 1,2 5-31 1,2 5-26 \1\ 5-31 \5\ 5-19 6-04
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Dates are dates observations were taken and not when sea lions were first seen. Observations were made in 2002, but no Steller sea lions were
observed. In 2005 through 2007, observations were made intermittently until sea lions were seen consistently (Tackley et al., 2008a). Observation
dates for 2006-07 from Scordino 2010.
\2\ In 2006 and 2007 Steller sea lions were seen regularly in the tailrace area from January to early March. Report notes anecdotal information on
sightings of Steller sea lions in November and December. Report states that after March when hazing activities began, fewer Steller sea lions were
observed through May (Tackley et al., 2008a).
\3\ Steller sea lions were known to be catching and consuming sturgeon in the Bonneville Dam tailrace and farther downstream as early as November 2007
(Tackley et al., 2008b).
\4\ Steller sea lions were known to be catching and consuming sturgeon in the Bonneville Dam tailrace and farther downstream as early as October 2008
(Stansell et al., 2009).
\5\ Observations ended because few sea lions were present.
\6\ Steller sea lions were observed downriver of the Bonneville Dam tailrace as early as September 2009 (Stansell et al., 2010).
Based on the information presented in Table 14, Steller sea lions
are expected to pass the project site beginning with a few individuals
as early as September and most individuals in January through early
June. Stansell et al. (2009, 2010) show that Steller sea lion abundance
below Bonneville Dam increases through approximately mid-April, and
then drops through about the end of May.
ODFW tagged eight Steller sea lions with acoustic and/or satellite-
linked transmitters from March 30 through May 4, 2010 (Wright, 2010a).
Data show that the eight individuals only made one or two roundtrips
from Bonneville during the months they were tracked. This study is
ongoing and more information will be available in the future to
determine both the number of roundtrips from Bonneville and the time to
transit between Bonneville and the mouth of the Columbia River.
Although transit times between the mouth of the Columbia River and
Bonneville Dam are not available for Steller sea lions, they are
available for California sea lions. The PSMFC leads a tagging and
tracking program for California sea lions, which has observed that the
transit time for California sea lions between Astoria and Bonneville
Dam is 30-36 hours upstream and 15 hours downstream (CRC, 2010).
Similar transit times are assumed here for Steller sea lions. Steller
sea lions have generally been observed at Bonneville Dam between early
January and late May, although individuals have been noted at the dam
as early as September (Stansell et al., 2010). Thus, Steller sea lions
are likely to be transiting in the Columbia River and North Portland
Harbor during the time that in-water work would take place.
Acoustics--Like all pinnipeds, the Steller sea lion is amphibious;
while all foraging activity takes place in the water, breeding behavior
is carried out on land in coastal rookeries (Mulsow
[[Page 23569]]
and Reichmuth 2008). On land, territorial male Steller sea lions
regularly use loud, relatively low-frequency calls/roars to establish
breeding territories (Schusterman et al., 1970; Loughlin et al., 1987).
The calls of females range from 0.03 to 3 kHz, with peak frequencies
from 0.15 to 1 kHz; typical duration is 1.0 to 1.5 sec (Campbell et
al., 2002). Pups also produce bleating sounds. Individually distinct
vocalizations exchanged between mothers and pups are thought to be the
main modality by which reunion occurs when mothers return to crowded
rookeries following foraging at sea (Mulsow and Reichmuth, 2008).
Mulsow and Reichmuth (2008) measured the unmasked airborne hearing
sensitivity of one male Steller sea lion. The range of best hearing
sensitivity was between 5 and 14 kHz. Maximum sensitivity was found at
10 kHz, where the subject had a mean threshold of 7 dB. The underwater
hearing threshold of a male Steller sea lion was significantly
different from that of a female. The peak sensitivity range for the
male was from 1 to 16 kHz, with maximum sensitivity (77 dB re: 1[mu]Pa-
m) at 1 kHz. The range of best hearing for the female was from 16 to
above 25 kHz, with maximum sensitivity (73 dB re: 1[mu]Pa-m) at 25 kHz.
However, because of the small number of animals tested, the findings
could not be attributed to either individual differences in sensitivity
or sexual dimorphism (Kastelein et al., 2005).
Background on Marine Mammal Hearing
When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Based
on available behavioral data, audiograms derived using auditory evoked
potential techniques, anatomical modeling, and other data, Southall et
al. (2007) designate functional hearing groups for marine mammals and
estimate the lower and upper frequencies of functional hearing of the
groups. The functional groups and the associated frequencies are
indicated below (though animals are less sensitive to sounds at the
outer edge of their functional range and most sensitive to sounds of
frequencies within a smaller range somewhere in the middle of their
functional hearing range):
Low frequency cetaceans (mysticetes): Functional hearing
is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and 22 kHz;
Mid-frequency cetaceans (dolphins, larger toothed whales,
beaked and bottlenose whales): Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
High frequency cetaceans (true porpoises, river dolphins,
Kogia sp.): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 200 Hz and 180 kHz; and
Pinnipeds in water: functional hearing is estimated to
occur between approximately 75 Hz and 75 kHz, with the greatest
sensitivity between approximately 700 Hz and 20 kHz.
As mentioned previously in this document, three species of
pinnipeds are likely to occur in the Region of Activity.
Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals
CRC's in-water construction and demolition activities (e.g., pile
driving and removal) introduce sound into the marine environment, and
have the potential to have adverse impacts on marine mammals. The
potential effects of sound from the proposed activities associated with
the CRC project may include one or more of the following: Tolerance;
masking of natural sounds; behavioral disturbance; non-auditory
physical effects; and temporary or permanent hearing impairment
(Richardson et al., 1995). However, for reasons discussed later in this
document, it is unlikely that there would be any cases of temporary or
permanent hearing impairment resulting from these activities. As
outlined in previous NMFS documents, the effects of sound on marine
mammals are highly variable, and can be categorized as follows (based
on Richardson et al., 1995):
The sound may be too weak to be heard at the location of
the animal (i.e., lower than the prevailing ambient sound level, the
hearing threshold of the animal at relevant frequencies, or both);
The sound may be audible but not strong enough to elicit
any overt behavioral response;
The sound may elicit reactions of varying degrees and
variable relevance to the well being of the marine mammal; these can
range from temporary alert responses to active avoidance reactions such
as vacating an area until the stimulus ceases, but potentially for
longer periods of time;
Upon repeated exposure, a marine mammal may exhibit
diminishing responsiveness (habituation), or disturbance effects may
persist; the latter is most likely with sounds that are highly variable
in characteristics and unpredictable in occurrence, and associated with
situations that a marine mammal perceives as a threat;
Any anthropogenic sound that is strong enough to be heard
has the potential to result in masking, or reduce the ability of a
marine mammal to hear biological sounds at similar frequencies,
including calls from conspecifics and underwater environmental sounds
such as surf sound;
If mammals remain in an area because it is important for
feeding, breeding, or some other biologically important purpose even
though there is chronic exposure to sound, it is possible that there
could be sound-induced physiological stress; this might in turn have
negative effects on the well-being or reproduction of the animals
involved; and
Very strong sounds have the potential to cause a temporary
or permanent reduction in hearing sensitivity, also referred to as
threshold shift. In terrestrial mammals, and presumably marine mammals,
received sound levels must far exceed the animal's hearing threshold
for there to be any temporary threshold shift (TTS). For transient
sounds, the sound level necessary to cause TTS is inversely related to
the duration of the sound. Received sound levels must be even higher
for there to be risk of permanent hearing impairment (PTS). In
addition, intense acoustic or explosive events may cause trauma to
tissues associated with organs vital for hearing, sound production,
respiration and other functions. This trauma may include minor to
severe hemorrhage.
Tolerance
Numerous studies have shown that underwater sounds from industrial
activities are often readily detectable by marine mammals in the water
at distances of many kilometers. However, other studies have shown that
marine mammals at distances more than a few kilometers away often show
no apparent response to industrial activities of various types (Miller
et al., 2005). This is often true even in cases when the sounds must be
readily audible to the animals based on measured received levels and
the hearing sensitivity of that mammal group. Although various baleen
whales, toothed whales, and (less frequently) pinnipeds have been shown
to react behaviorally to underwater sound from sources such as airgun
pulses or vessels under some conditions, at other times, mammals of all
three types have shown no overt reactions (e.g., Malme et al., 1986;
Richardson et al., 1995; Madsen and Mohl, 2000; Croll et al., 2001;
Jacobs and Terhune, 2002; Madsen et al., 2002;
[[Page 23570]]
Miller et al., 2005). In general, pinnipeds seem to be more tolerant of
exposure to some types of underwater sound than are baleen whales.
Richardson et al. (1995) found that vessel sound does not seem to
strongly affect pinnipeds that are already in the water. Richardson et
al. (1995) went on to explain that seals on haul-outs sometimes respond
strongly to the presence of vessels and at other times appear to show
considerable tolerance of vessels, and Brueggeman et al. (1992)
observed ringed seals (Pusa hispida) hauled out on ice pans displaying
short-term escape reactions when a ship approached within 0.16-0.31 mi
(0.25-0.5 km).
Masking
Masking is the obscuring of sounds of interest to an animal by
other sounds, typically at similar frequencies. Marine mammals are
highly dependent on sound, and their ability to recognize sound signals
amid other sound is important in communication and detection of both
predators and prey. Background ambient sound may interfere with or mask
the ability of an animal to detect a sound signal even when that signal
is above its absolute hearing threshold. Even in the absence of
anthropogenic sound, the marine environment is often loud. Natural
ambient sound includes contributions from wind, waves, precipitation,
other animals, and (at frequencies above 30 kHz) thermal sound
resulting from molecular agitation (Richardson et al., 1995).
Background sound may also include anthropogenic sound, and masking
of natural sounds can result when human activities produce high levels
of background sound. Conversely, if the background level of underwater
sound is high (e.g., on a day with strong wind and high waves), an
anthropogenic sound source would not be detectable as far away as would
be possible under quieter conditions and would itself be masked.
Ambient sound is highly variable on continental shelves (Thompson,
1965; Myrberg, 1978; Chapman et al., 1998; Desharnais et al., 1999).
This results in a high degree of variability in the range at which
marine mammals can detect anthropogenic sounds.
Although masking is a phenomenon which may occur naturally, the
introduction of loud anthropogenic sounds into the marine environment
at frequencies important to marine mammals increases the severity and
frequency of occurrence of masking. For example, if a baleen whale is
exposed to continuous low-frequency sound from an industrial source,
this would reduce the size of the area around that whale within which
it can hear the calls of another whale. The components of background
noise that are similar in frequency to the signal in question primarily
determine the degree of masking of that signal. In general, little is
known about the degree to which marine mammals rely upon detection of
sounds from conspecifics, predators, prey, or other natural sources. In
the absence of specific information about the importance of detecting
these natural sounds, it is not possible to predict the impact of
masking on marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). In general,
masking effects are expected to be less severe when sounds are
transient than when they are continuous. Masking is typically of
greater concern for those marine mammals that utilize low frequency
communications, such as baleen whales and, as such, is not likely to
occur for pinnipeds in the Region of Activity.
Disturbance
Behavioral disturbance is one of the primary potential impacts of
anthropogenic sound on marine mammals. Disturbance can result in a
variety of effects, such as subtle or dramatic changes in behavior or
displacement, but the degree to which disturbance causes such effects
may be highly dependent upon the context in which the stimulus occurs.
For example, an animal that is feeding may be less prone to disturbance
from a given stimulus than one that is not. For many species and
situations, there is no detailed information about reactions to sound.
Behavioral reactions of marine mammals to sound are difficult to
predict because they are dependent on numerous factors, including
species, maturity, experience, activity, reproductive state, time of
day, and weather. If a marine mammal does react to an underwater sound
by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts of
that change may not be important to the individual, the stock, or the
species as a whole. However, if a sound source displaces marine mammals
from an important feeding or breeding area for a prolonged period,
impacts on the animals could be important. In general, pinnipeds seem
more tolerant of, or at least habituate more quickly to, potentially
disturbing underwater sound than do cetaceans, and generally seem to be
less responsive to exposure to industrial sound than most cetaceans.
Pinniped responses to underwater sound from some types of industrial
activities such as seismic exploration appear to be temporary and
localized (Harris et al., 2001; Reiser et al., 2009).
Because the few available studies show wide variation in response
to underwater and airborne sound, it is difficult to quantify exactly
how pile driving sound would affect pinnipeds. The literature shows
that elevated underwater sound levels could prompt a range of effects,
including no obvious visible response, or behavioral responses that may
include annoyance and increased alertness, visual orientation towards
the sound, investigation of the sound, change in movement pattern or
direction, habituation, alteration of feeding and social interaction,
or temporary or permanent avoidance of the area affected by sound.
Minor behavioral responses do not necessarily cause long-term effects
to the individuals involved. Severe responses include panic, immediate
movement away from the sound, and stampeding, which could potentially
lead to injury or mortality (Southall et al., 2007).
Southall et al. (2007) reviewed literature describing responses of
pinnipeds to non-pulsed sound in water and reported that the limited
data suggest exposures between approximately 90 and 140 dB generally do
not appear to induce strong behavioral responses in pinnipeds, while
higher levels of pulsed sound, ranging between 150 and 180 dB, will
prompt avoidance of an area. It is important to note that among these
studies, there are some apparent differences in responses between field
and laboratory conditions. In contrast to the mid-frequency
odontocetes, captive pinnipeds responded more strongly at lower levels
than did animals in the field. Again, contextual issues are the likely
cause of this difference. For airborne sound, Southall et al. (2007)
note there are extremely limited data suggesting very minor, if any,
observable behavioral responses by pinnipeds exposed to airborne pulses
of 60 to 80 dB; however, given the paucity of data on the subject, we
cannot rule out the possibility that avoidance of sound in the Region
of Activity could occur.
In their comprehensive review of available literature, Southall et
al. (2007) noted that quantitative studies on behavioral reactions of
pinnipeds to underwater sound are rare. A subset of only three studies
observed the response of pinnipeds to multiple pulses of underwater
sound (a category of sound types that includes impact pile driving),
and were also deemed by the authors as having results that are both
measurable
[[Page 23571]]
and representative. However, a number of studies not used by Southall
et al. (2007) provide additional information, both quantitative and
anecdotal, regarding the reactions of pinnipeds to multiple pulses of
underwater sound.
Harris et al. (2001) observed the response of ringed,
bearded (Erignathus barbatus), and spotted seals (Phoca largha) to
underwater operation of a single air gun and an eleven-gun array.
Received exposure levels were 160 to 200 dB. Results fit into two
categories. In some instances, seals exhibited no response to sound.
However, the study noted significantly fewer seals during operation of
the full array in some instances. Additionally, the study noted some
avoidance of the area within 150 m of the source during full array
operations.
Blackwell et al. (2004) is the only cited study directly
related to pile driving. The study observed ringed seals during impact
installation of steel pipe pile. Received underwater SPLs were measured
at 151 dB at 63 m. The seals exhibited either no response or only brief
orientation response (defined as ``investigation or visual
orientation''). It should be noted that the observations were made
after pile driving was already in progress. Therefore, it is possible
that the low-level response was due to prior habituation.
Miller et al. (2005) observed responses of ringed and
bearded seals to a seismic air gun array. Received underwater sound
levels were estimated at 160 to 200 dB. There were fewer seals present
close to the sound source during air gun operations in the first year,
but in the second year the seals showed no avoidance. In some
instances, seals were present in very close range of the sound. The
authors concluded that there was ``no observable behavioral response''
to seismic air gun operations.
During a Caltrans installation demonstration project for retrofit
work on the East Span of the San Francisco Oakland Bay Bridge,
California, sea lions responded to pile driving by swimming rapidly out
of the area, regardless of the size of the pile-driving hammer or the
presence of sound attenuation devices (74 FR 63724).
Jacobs and Terhune (2002) observed harbor seal reactions to
acoustic harassment devices (AHDs) with source level of 172 dB deployed
around aquaculture sites. Seals were generally unresponsive to sounds
from the AHDs. During two specific events, individuals came within 141
and 144 ft (43 and 44 m) of active AHDs and failed to demonstrate any
measurable behavioral response; estimated received levels based on the
measures given were approximately 120 to 130 dB.
Costa et al. (2003) measured received sound levels from an Acoustic
Thermometry of Ocean Climate (ATOC) program sound source off northern
California using acoustic data loggers placed on translocated elephant
seals. Subjects were captured on land, transported to sea, instrumented
with archival acoustic tags, and released such that their transit would
lead them near an active ATOC source (at 0.6 mi depth [939 m]; 75-Hz
signal with 37.5-Hz bandwidth; 195 dB maximum source level, ramped up
from 165 dB over 20 min) on their return to a haul-out site. Received
exposure levels of the ATOC source for experimental subjects averaged
128 dB (range 118 to 137) in the 60- to 90-Hz band. None of the
instrumented animals terminated dives or radically altered behavior
upon exposure, but some statistically significant changes in diving
parameters were documented in nine individuals. Translocated northern
elephant seals exposed to this particular non-pulse source began to
demonstrate subtle behavioral changes at exposure to received levels of
approximately 120 to 140 dB.
Several available studies provide information on the reactions of
pinnipeds to non-pulsed underwater sound. Kastelein et al. (2006)
exposed nine captive harbor seals in an approximately 82 x 98 ft (25 x
30 m) enclosure to non-pulse sounds used in underwater data
communication systems (similar to acoustic modems). Test signals were
frequency modulated tones, sweeps, and bands of sound with fundamental
frequencies between 8 and 16 kHz; 128 to 130 3 dB source
levels; 1- to 2-s duration (60-80 percent duty cycle); or 100 percent
duty cycle. They recorded seal positions and the mean number of
individual surfacing behaviors during control periods (no exposure),
before exposure, and in 15-min experimental sessions (n = 7 exposures
for each sound type). Seals generally swam away from each source at
received levels of approximately 107 dB, avoiding it by approximately
16 ft (5 m), although they did not haul out of the water or change
surfacing behavior. Seal reactions did not appear to wane over repeated
exposure (i.e., there was no obvious habituation), and the colony of
seals generally returned to baseline conditions following exposure. The
seals were not reinforced with food for remaining in the sound field.
Reactions of harbor seals to the simulated sound of a 2-megawatt
wind power generator were measured by Koschinski et al. (2003). Harbor
seals surfaced significantly further away from the sound source when it
was active and did not approach the sound source as closely. The device
used in that study produced sounds in the frequency range of 30 to 800
Hz, with peak source levels of 128 dB at 1 m at the 80- and 160-Hz
frequencies.
Ship and boat sound do not seem to have strong effects on seals in
the water, but the data are limited. When in the water, seals appear to
be much less apprehensive about approaching vessels. Some would
approach a vessel out of apparent curiosity, including noisy vessels
such as those operating seismic airgun arrays (Moulton and Lawson,
2002). Gray seals (Halichoerus grypus) have been known to approach and
follow fishing vessels in an effort to steal catch or the bait from
traps. In contrast, seals hauled out on land often are quite responsive
to nearby vessels. Terhune (1985) reported that northwest Atlantic
harbor seals were extremely vigilant when hauled out and were wary of
approaching (but less so passing) boats. Suryan and Harvey (1999)
reported that Pacific harbor seals commonly left the shore when
powerboat operators approached to observe the seals. Those seals
detected a powerboat at a mean distance of 866 ft (264 m), and seals
left the haul-out site when boats approached to within 472 ft (144 m).
Southall et al. (2007) also compiled known studies of behavioral
responses of marine mammals to airborne sound, noting that studies of
pinniped response to airborne pulsed sounds are exceedingly rare. The
authors deemed only one study as having quantifiable results.
Blackwell et al. (2004) studied the response of ringed
seals within 500 m of impact driving of steel pipe pile. Received
levels of airborne sound were measured at 93 dB at a distance of 63 m.
Seals had either no response or limited response to pile driving.
Reactions were described as ``indifferent'' or ``curious.''
Efforts to deter pinniped predation on salmonids below Bonneville
Dam began in 2005, and have used Acoustic Deterrent Devices (ADDs),
boat chasing, above-water pyrotechnics (cracker shells, screamer shells
or rockets), rubber bullets, rubber buckshot, and beanbags (Stansell et
al., 2009). Review of deterrence activities by the West Coast Pinniped
Program noted ``USACE observations from 2002 to 2008 indicated that
increasing numbers of California sea lions were foraging on salmon at
Bonneville Dam each year, salmon predation rates increased, and the
deterrence efforts were having little
[[Page 23572]]
effect on preventing predation'' (Scordino, 2010). In the USACE status
report through May 28, 2010, boat hazing was reported to have limited,
local, short term impact in reducing predation in the tailrace,
primarily from Steller sea lions. ODFW and the WDFW reported that sea
lion presence did not appear to be significantly influenced by boat-
based activities and several ``new'' sea lions (initially unbranded or
unknown from natural markings) continued to forage in the observation
area in spite of shore- and boat-based hazing. They suggested that
hazing was not effective at deterring naive sea lions if there were
large numbers of experienced sea lions foraging in the area (Brown et
al., 2010). Observations on the effect of ADDs, which were installed at
main fishway entrances in 2007, noted that pinnipeds were observed
swimming and eating fish within 20 ft (6 m) of some of the devices with
no deterrent effect observed (Tackley et al., 2008a, 2008b; Stansell et
al., 2009, 2010). Many of the animals returned to the area below the
dam despite hazing efforts (Stansell et al., 2009, Stansell and
Gibbons, 2010). Relocation efforts to Astoria and the Oregon coast were
implemented in 2007; however, all but one of fourteen relocated animals
returned to Bonneville Dam within days (Scordino, 2010).
No information on in-water sound levels of hazing activities at
Bonneville Dam has been published other than that ADDs produce
underwater sound levels of 205 dB in the 15 kHz range (Stansell et al.,
2009). Durations of boat-based hazing events were reported at less than
30 minutes for most of the 521 boat-based events in 2009, but ranged up
to 90 minutes (Brown et al., 2009). Durations of boat-based hazing
events were not reported for 2010. However, 280 events occurred over 44
days during a five-month period using a total of 4,921 cracker shells,
777 seal bombs, and 97 rubber buckshot rounds (Brown et al., 2010).
Based on knowledge of in-water sound from construction activities, the
CRC project believes that sound levels from in-water construction and
demolition activities that pinnipeds would be potentially exposed to
are not as high as those produced by hazing techniques.
In addition, sea lions are expected to quickly traverse through and
not remain in the project area. Tagging studies of California sea lions
indicate that they pass hydrophones upriver and downriver of the CRC
project site quickly. Wright et al. (2010) reported minimum upstream
and downstream transit times between the Astoria haul-out and
Bonneville Dam (river distance approximately 20 km) were 1.9 and 1 day,
respectively, based on fourteen trips by eleven sea lions. The transit
speed was calculated to be 4.6 km/hr in the upstream direction and 8.8
km/hr in the downstream direction. Data from the six individuals
acoustically tagged in 2009 show that they made a combined total of
eleven upriver or downriver trips quickly through the CRC project site
to or from Bonneville Dam and Astoria (Brown et al., 2009). Data from
four acoustically tagged California sea lions in 2010 also indicate
that the animals move though the area below Bonneville Dam down to the
receivers located below the CRC project site rapidly both in the
upriver or downriver directions (Wright, 2010). Although the data apply
to California sea lions, Steller sea lions and harbor seals similarly
have no incentive to stay near the CRC project area, in contrast with a
strong incentive to quickly reach optimal foraging grounds at the
Bonneville Dam, and are thus expected to also pass the project area
quickly. Therefore, pinnipeds are not expected to be exposed to a
significant duration of construction sound.
It is possible that deterrence of passage through the project area
could be a concern. However, given the 800-m width of the Columbia
River and the rarity of impact pile driving on opposite sides of the
river (approximately 1-2 days total throughout the approximately 4-year
construction period), passage should not be hindered. Vibratory
installation or removal of piles at more than one pier complex would
likely occur at the same time on occasion during construction and
demolition. During construction and demolition, space limitations due
to barge size and limitations on the amount of equipment available are
anticipated to be limiting factors for the contractor. Vibratory
installation of steel casings, pipe piles, and sheet piles are
calculated to exceed behavioral disturbance thresholds at large
distances; thus, the entire width of the channel would be affected by
sound above the disturbance threshold even if only one pier complex was
being worked on. However, because these sound levels are lower than
those produced by ADDs at Bonneville Dam--which have shown only limited
efficacy in deterring pinnipeds--and because pinnipeds transiting the
Region of Activity will be highly motivated to complete transit,
deterrence of passage is not anticipated to occur.
Debris Removal--The reactions of pinnipeds to sound from debris
removal (a non-pulsed sound) have received virtually no study. Previous
studies indicate that dredging sound has resulted in avoidance
reactions in marine mammals; however, the number of studies is small
and limited to only a handful of locations. Thomsen et al. (2009)
caution that, given the limited number of studies, the existing
published data may not be representative and that it is therefore
impossible to extrapolate the potential effects from one area to the
next.
In a review of the available literature regarding the effects of
dredging sound on marine mammals, Richardson et al. (1995) found
studies only related to whales and porpoises, and none related to
pinnipeds. The review did, however, find studies related to the
response of pinnipeds to ``other construction activities'', which may
be applicable to dredging sound. Three studies of ringed seals during
construction of artificial islands in Alaska showed mostly mild
reactions ranging from negligible to temporary local displacement.
Green and Johnson (1983, as cited in Richardson et al. [1995]) observed
that some ringed seals moved away from the disturbance source within a
few kilometers of construction. Frost and Lowry (1988, as cited in
Richardson et al. [1995]) and Frost et al. (1988, as cited in
Richardson et al., 1995) noted that ringed seal density within 3.7 km
of construction was less than seal density in areas located more than
3.7 km away. Harbor seals in Kachemak Bay, Alaska, continued to haul
out despite construction of hydroelectric facilities located 1,600 m
away. Finally, Gentry and Gilman (1990) reported that the strongest
reaction to quarrying operations on St. George Island in the Bering Sea
was an alert posture when heavy equipment occurred within 100 m of
northern fur seals.
There are no established levels of underwater debris removal sound
shown to cause injury to pinnipeds. However, since the maximum expected
debris removal sound levels on the CRC project are below the
established injury threshold, it is unlikely that this activity would
produce sound levels that are injurious to pinnipeds. Additionally, the
limited body of literature does not include any reports of injuries
caused by sound from underwater excavation. Debris removal sound is
likely to exceed the disturbance threshold for only a short distance
from the source (approximately 631 m). Specific responses to sound
above this level may range from no response to avoidance to minor
disruption of migration and/or feeding. Alternatively, pinnipeds may
become habituated to elevated sound levels (NMFS, 2005; Stansell,
2009). This is consistent with the literature,
[[Page 23573]]
which reports only the following behavioral responses to these types of
sound sources: No reaction, alertness, avoidance, and habituation. NMFS
(2005) posits that continuous sound levels of 120 dB rms may elicit
responses such as avoidance, diving, or changing foraging locations.
Debris removal is only estimated to occur for up to 7 days over the
4-year construction period in North Portland Harbor. If this activity
overlaps with pinniped presence, behavioral disturbance is expected to
be brief and temporary, and restricted to individuals that are
transiting the North Portland Harbor portion of the Region of Activity.
Because many of the individual pinnipeds transiting the Region of
Activity are already habituated to hazing at Bonneville Dam and to high
levels of existing noise throughout the lower Columbia River, it is
expected that they would not be especially sensitive to a marginal
increase in existing noise. Thus, due to the short duration of this
sound, its location only in North Portland Harbor and the high level of
existing disturbance throughout the lower Columbia River, sound
generated from debris removal is not expected to result in disturbance
that would rise to the level of Level B harassment.
Vessel Operations--Various types of vessels, including barges, tug
boats, and small craft, would be present in the Region of Activity at
various times. Vessel traffic would continually traverse the in-water
CRC project area, with activities centered on Piers 2 through 7 of the
Columbia River and the new North Portland Harbor bents. Such vessels
already use the Region of Activity in moderately high numbers;
therefore, the vessels to be used in the Region of Activity do not
represent a new sound source, only a potential increase in the
frequency and duration of these sound source types.
There are very few controlled tests or repeatable observations
related to the reactions of pinnipeds to vessel noise. However,
Richardson et al. (1995) reviewed the literature on reactions of
pinnipeds to vessels, concluding overall that pinnipeds showed high
tolerance to vessel noise. One study showed that, in water, sea lions
tolerated frequent approach of vessels at close range. Because the
Region of Activity is heavily traveled by commercial and recreational
craft, it seems likely that pinnipeds that transit the Region of
Activity are already habituated to vessel noise, thus the additional
vessels that would occur as a result of CRC project activities would
likely not have an additional effect on these pinnipeds. Therefore, CRC
project vessel noise in the Region of Activity is unlikely to rise to
the level of Level B harassment.
Physical Disturbance--Vessels, in-water structures, and over-water
structures have the potential to cause physical disturbance to
pinnipeds, although in-water and over-water structures would cover no
more than 20 percent of the entire channel width at one time (CRC,
2010). As previously mentioned, various types of vessels already use
the Region of Activity in high numbers. Tug boats and barges are slow
moving and follow a predictable course. Pinnipeds would be able to
easily avoid these vessels while transiting through the Region of
Activity, and are likely already habituated to the presence of numerous
vessels, as the lower Columbia River and North Portland Harbor receive
high levels of commercial and recreational vessel traffic. Therefore,
vessel strikes are extremely unlikely and, thus, discountable.
Potential encounters would likely be limited to brief, sporadic
behavioral disturbance, if any at all. Such disturbances are not likely
to result in a risk of Level B harassment of pinnipeds transiting the
Region of Activity.
Hearing Impairment and Other Physiological Effects
Temporary or permanent hearing impairment is a possibility when
marine mammals are exposed to very strong sounds. Non-auditory
physiological effects might also occur in marine mammals exposed to
strong underwater sound. Possible types of non-auditory physiological
effects or injuries that may occur in mammals close to a strong sound
source include stress, neurological effects, bubble formation, and
other types of organ or tissue damage. It is possible that some marine
mammal species (i.e., beaked whales) may be especially susceptible to
injury and/or stranding when exposed to strong pulsed sounds,
particularly at higher frequencies. Non-auditory physiological effects
are not anticipated to occur as a result of CRC activities. The
following subsections discuss the possibilities of TTS and PTS.
TTS--TTS, reversible hearing loss caused by fatigue of hair cells
and supporting structures in the inner ear, is the mildest form of
hearing impairment that can occur during exposure to a strong sound
(Kryter, 1985). While experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold rises and
a sound must be stronger in order to be heard. TTS can last from
minutes or hours to (in cases of strong TTS) days. For sound exposures
at or somewhat above the TTS threshold, hearing sensitivity in both
terrestrial and marine mammals recovers rapidly after exposure to the
sound ends.
NMFS considers TTS to be a form of Level B harassment rather than
injury, as it consists of fatigue to auditory structures rather than
damage to them. Pinnipeds have demonstrated complete recovery from TTS
after multiple exposures to intense sound, as described in the studies
below (Kastak et al., 1999, 2005). The NMFS-established 190-dB
criterion is not considered to be the level above which TTS might
occur. Rather, it is the received level above which, in the view of a
panel of bioacoustics specialists convened by NMFS before TTS
measurements for marine mammals became available, one could not be
certain that there would be no injurious effects, auditory or
otherwise, to pinnipeds. Therefore, exposure to sound levels above 190
dB does not necessarily mean that an animal has incurred TTS, but
rather that it may have occurred. Few data on sound levels and
durations necessary to elicit mild TTS have been obtained for marine
mammals, and none of the published data concern TTS elicited by
exposure to multiple pulses of sound.
Human non-impulsive sound exposure guidelines are based on
exposures of equal energy (the same sound exposure level [SEL]; SEL is
reported here in dB re: 1 [micro]Pa\2\-s/re: 20 [micro]Pa\2\-s for in-
water and in-air sound, respectively) producing equal amounts of
hearing impairment regardless of how the sound energy is distributed in
time (NIOSH, 1998). Until recently, previous marine mammal TTS studies
have also generally supported this equal energy relationship (Southall
et al., 2007). Three newer studies, two by Mooney et al. (2009a,b) on a
single bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus) either exposed to
playbacks of U.S. Navy mid-frequency active sonar or octave-band sound
(4-8 kHz) and one by Kastak et al. (2007) on a single California sea
lion exposed to airborne octave-band sound (centered at 2.5 kHz),
concluded that for all sound exposure situations, the equal energy
relationship may not be the best indicator to predict TTS onset levels.
Generally, with sound exposures of equal energy, those that were
quieter (lower SPL) with longer duration were found to induce TTS onset
more than those of louder (higher SPL) and shorter duration. Given the
available data, the received level of a single seismic pulse (with no
frequency weighting) might need to be approximately 186 dB SEL in order
to produce brief, mild TTS.
In free-ranging pinnipeds, TTS thresholds associated with exposure
to
[[Page 23574]]
brief pulses (single or multiple) of underwater sound have not been
measured. However, systematic TTS studies on captive pinnipeds have
been conducted (e.g., Bowles et al., 1999; Kastak et al., 1999, 2005,
2007; Schusterman et al., 2000; Finneran et al., 2003; Southall et al.,
2007). Specific studies are detailed here:
Finneran et al. (2003) studied responses of two individual
California sea lions. The sea lions were exposed to single pulses of
underwater sound, and experienced no detectable TTS at received sound
level of 183 dB peak (163 dB SEL).
There were three studies conducted on pinniped TTS responses to
non-pulsed underwater sound. All of these studies were performed in the
same lab and on the same test subjects, and, therefore, the results may
not be applicable to all pinnipeds or in field settings.
Kastak and Schusterman (1996) studied the response of
harbor seals to non-pulsed construction sound, reporting TTS of about 8
dB. The seal was exposed to broadband construction sound for 6 days,
averaging 6 to 7 hours of intermittent exposure per day, with SPLs from
just approximately 90 to 105 dB.
Kastak et al. (1999) reported TTS of approximately 4-5 dB
in three species of pinnipeds (harbor seal, California sea lion, and
northern elephant seal) after underwater exposure for approximately 20
minutes to sound with frequencies ranging from 100-2,000 Hz at received
levels 60-75 dB above hearing threshold. This approach allowed similar
effective exposure conditions to each of the subjects, but resulted in
variable absolute exposure values depending on subject and test
frequency. Recovery to near baseline levels was reported within 24
hours of sound exposure.
Kastak et al. (2005) followed up on their previous work,
exposing the same test subjects to higher levels of sound for longer
durations. The animals were exposed to octave-band sound for up to 50
minutes of net exposure. The study reported that the harbor seal
experienced TTS of 6 dB after a 25-minute exposure to 2.5 kHz of
octave-band sound at 152 dB (183 dB SEL). The California sea lion
demonstrated onset of TTS after exposure to 174 dB and 206 dB SEL.
Southall et al. (2007) reported one study on TTS in pinnipeds
resulting from airborne pulsed sound, while two studies examined TTS in
pinnipeds resulting from airborne non-pulsed sound:
Bowles et al. (unpubl. data) exposed pinnipeds to
simulated sonic booms. Harbor seals demonstrated TTS at 143 dB peak and
129 dB SEL. California sea lions and northern elephant seals
experienced TTS at higher exposure levels than the harbor seals.
Kastak et al. (2004) used the same test subjects as in
Kastak et al. 2005, exposing the animals to non-pulsed sound (2.5 kHz
octave-band sound) for 25 minutes. The harbor seal demonstrated 6 dB of
TTS after exposure to 99 dB (131 dB SEL). The California sea lion
demonstrated onset of TTS at 122 dB and 154 dB SEL.
Kastak et al. (2007) studied the same California sea lion
as in Kastak et al. 2004 above, exposing this individual to 192
exposures of 2.5 kHz octave-band sound at levels ranging from 94 to 133
dB for 1.5 to 50 min of net exposure duration. The test subject
experienced up to 30 dB of TTS. TTS onset occurred at 159 dB SEL.
Recovery times ranged from several minutes to 3 days.
The sound level necessary to cause TTS in pinnipeds depends on
exposure duration; with longer exposure, the level necessary to elicit
TTS is reduced (Schusterman et al., 2000; Kastak et al., 2005, 2007).
For very short exposures (e.g., to a single sound pulse), the level
necessary to cause TTS is very high (Finneran et al., 2003). Impact
pile driving associated with CRC would produce maximum underwater
pulsed sound levels estimated at 210 dB peak and 176 dB SEL with 10 dB
of attenuation from an attenuation device (214 dB peak and 186 dB SEL
without an attenuation device). Summarizing existing data, Southall et
al. (2007) assume that pulses of underwater sound result in the onset
of TTS in pinnipeds when received levels reach 212 dB peak or 171 dB
SEL. They did not offer criteria for non-pulsed sounds. These
recommendations are presented in order to discuss the likelihood of TTS
occurring during the CRC project. The literature does not allow
conclusions to be drawn regarding levels of underwater non-pulsed sound
(e.g., vibratory pile installation) likely to cause TTS. With a sound
attenuation device, TTS is not likely to occur based on estimated
source levels from the CRC project. Without a sound attenuation device,
it is estimated that the extent of the area in which underwater sound
levels could potentially cause TTS is somewhere in between the extent
of where the injury threshold occurs and the extent of where the
disturbance threshold occurs (described previously in this document).
Impact pile driving would produce initial airborne sound levels of
approximately 112 dB peak at 160 ft (49 m) from the source, as compared
to the level suggested by Southall et al. (2007) of 143 dB peak for
onset of TTS in pinnipeds from multiple pulses of airborne sound. It is
not expected that airborne sound levels would induce TTS in individual
pinnipeds.
Although underwater sound levels produced by the CRC project may
exceed levels produced in studies that have induced TTS in pinnipeds,
there is a general lack of controlled, quantifiable field studies
related to this phenomenon, and existing studies have had varied
results (Southall et al., 2007). Therefore, it is difficult to
extrapolate from these data to site-specific conditions for the CRC
project. For example, because most of the studies have been conducted
in laboratories, rather than in field settings, the data are not
conclusive as to whether elevated levels of sound would cause pinnipeds
to avoid the Region of Activity, thereby reducing the likelihood of
TTS, or whether sound would attract pinnipeds, increasing the
likelihood of TTS. In any case, there are no universally accepted
standards for the amount of exposure time likely to induce TTS.
Lambourne (in CRC, 2010) posits that, in most circumstances, free-
roaming Steller sea lions are not likely to remain in areas subjected
to high sound levels long enough to experience TTS unless there is a
particularly strong attraction, such as an abundant food source. While
it may be inferred that TTS could theoretically result from the CRC
project, it is impossible to quantify the magnitude of exposure, the
duration of the effect, or the number of individuals likely to be
affected. Exposure is likely to be brief because pinnipeds use the
Region of Activity for transiting, rather than breeding or hauling out.
In summary, it is expected that elevated sound would have only a
negligible probability of causing TTS in individual seals and sea
lions.
PTS--When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound
receptors in the ear. In some cases, there can be total or partial
deafness, whereas in other cases, the animal has an impaired ability to
hear sounds in specific frequency ranges.
There is no specific evidence that exposure to underwater
industrial sounds can cause PTS in any marine mammal (see Southall et
al., 2007). However, given the possibility that marine mammals might
incur TTS, there has been further speculation about the possibility
that some individuals occurring very close to industrial activities
might incur PTS. Richardson et al. (1995) hypothesized that PTS
[[Page 23575]]
caused by prolonged exposure to continuous anthropogenic sound is
unlikely to occur in marine mammals, at least for sounds with source
levels up to approximately 200 dB. Single or occasional occurrences of
mild TTS are not indicative of permanent auditory damage in terrestrial
mammals. Studies of relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds in
marine mammals are limited; however, existing data appear to show
similarity to those found for humans and other terrestrial mammals, for
which there is a large body of data. PTS might occur at a received
sound level at least several decibels above that inducing mild TTS.
Southall et al. (2007) propose that sound levels inducing 40 dB of
TTS may result in onset of PTS in marine mammals. The authors present
this threshold with precaution, as there are no specific studies to
support it. Because direct studies on marine mammals are lacking, the
authors base these recommendations on studies performed on other
mammals. Additionally, the authors assume that multiple pulses of
underwater sound result in the onset of PTS in pinnipeds when levels
reach 218 dB peak or 186 dB SEL. In air, sound levels are assumed to
cause PTS in pinnipeds at 149 dB peak or 144 dB SEL (Southall et al.,
2007). Sound levels this high are not expected to occur as a result of
the proposed activities.
The potential effects to marine mammals described in this section
of the document do not take into consideration the proposed monitoring
and mitigation measures described later in this document (see the
PROPOSED MITIGATION and PROPOSED MONITORING AND REPORTING sections). It
is highly unlikely that marine mammals would receive sounds strong
enough (and over a sufficient duration) to cause PTS (or even TTS)
during the proposed CRC activities. When taking the mitigation measures
proposed for inclusion in the regulations into consideration, it is
highly unlikely that any type of hearing impairment would occur as a
result of CRC's proposed activities.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
Construction activities would likely impact pinniped habitat in the
Columbia River and North Portland Harbor by producing temporary
disturbances, primarily through elevated levels of underwater sound,
reduced water quality, and physical habitat alteration associated with
the structural footprint of the CRC bridges. Other potential temporary
changes are passage obstruction and changes in prey species
distribution during construction. Permanent changes to habitat would be
produced primarily through the presence of new bridge piers in the
Columbia River and in North Portland Harbor and removal of the existing
piers in the Columbia River. A limited amount of debris removal in the
North Portland Harbor may occur.
The underwater sounds would occur as short-term pulses (i.e.,
minutes to hours), separated by virtually instantaneous and complete
recovery periods. These disturbances are likely to occur several times
a day for up to a week, 2-14 weeks per year, for 6 years (5 years of
activity would be authorized under this rule). Water quality impairment
would also occur as short-term pulses (i.e., minutes to hours) during
construction, most likely due to erosion during precipitation events,
and would continue due to stormwater runoff for the design life of CRC.
Physical habitat alteration due to modification and replacement of
existing in-water and over-water structures would also occur
intermittently during construction, and would remain as the final, as-
built project footprint for the design life of CRC.
Elevated levels of sound may be considered to affect the in-water
habitat of pinnipeds via impacts to prey species or through passage
obstruction (discussed later). However, due to the timing of the in-
water work and the limited amount of pile driving that may occur on a
daily basis, these effects on pinniped habitat would be temporary and
limited in duration. Very few harbor seals are likely to be present in
any case, and any pinnipeds that do encounter increased sound levels
would primarily be transiting the action area in route to or from
foraging below Bonneville Dam where fish concentrate, and thus unlikely
to forage in the action area in anything other than an opportunistic
manner. The direct loss of habitat available during construction due to
sound impacts is expected to be minimal.
Impacts to Prey Species
Fish are the primary dietary component of pinnipeds in the Region
of Activity. The Columbia River and North Portland Harbor provides
migration and foraging habitat for sturgeon and lamprey, migration and
spawning habitat for eulachon, and migration habitat for juvenile and
adult salmon and steelhead, as well as some limited rearing habitat for
juvenile salmon and steelhead.
Impact pile driving would produce a variety of underwater sound
levels. Underwater sound caused by vibratory installation would be less
than impact driving (Caltrans, 2009; WSDOT, 2010b). Oscillating and
rotating steel casements for drilled shafts are not likely to elevate
underwater sound to a level that is likely to cause injury or that
would cause adverse changes to fish behavior on a long-term basis.
Literature relating to the impacts of sound on marine fish species
can be divided into categories which describe the following: (1)
Pathological effects; (2) physiological effects; and (3) behavioral
effects. Pathological effects include lethal and sub-lethal physical
damage to fish; physiological effects include primary and secondary
stress responses; and behavioral effects include changes in exhibited
behaviors of fish. Behavioral changes might be a direct reaction to a
detected sound or a result of anthropogenic sound masking natural
sounds that the fish normally detect and to which they respond. The
three types of effects are often interrelated in complex ways. For
example, some physiological and behavioral effects could potentially
lead ultimately to the pathological effect of mortality. Hastings and
Popper (2005) reviewed what is known about the effects of sound on fish
and identified studies needed to address areas of uncertainty relative
to measurement of sound and the responses of fish. Popper et al. (2003/
2004) also published a paper that reviews the effects of anthropogenic
sound on the behavior and physiology of fish. Please see those sources
for more detail on the potential impacts of sound on fish.
Underwater sound pressure waves can injure or kill fish (e.g.,
Reyff, 2003; Abbott and Bing-Sawyer, 2002; Caltrans, 2001; Longmuir and
Lively, 2001; Stotz and Colby, 2001). Fish with swim bladders,
including salmon, steelhead, and sturgeon, are particularly sensitive
to underwater impulsive sounds with a sharp sound pressure peak
occurring in a short interval of time (Caltrans, 2001). As the pressure
wave passes through a fish, the swim bladder is rapidly squeezed due to
the high pressure, and then rapidly expanded as the underpressure
component of the wave passes through the fish. The pneumatic pounding
may rupture capillaries in the internal organs as indicated by observed
blood in the abdominal cavity and maceration of the kidney tissues
(Caltrans, 2001). Although eulachon lack a swim bladder, they are also
susceptible to general pressure wave injuries including hemorrhage and
rupture of internal organs, as described
[[Page 23576]]
above, and damage to the auditory system. Direct take can cause
instantaneous death, latent death within minutes after exposure, or can
occur several days later. Indirect take can occur because of reduced
fitness of a fish, making it susceptible to predation, disease,
starvation, or inability to complete its life cycle. Effects to prey
species are summarized here and are outlined in more detail in NMFS'
biological opinion.
There are no physical barriers to fish passage within the Region of
Activity, nor are there fish passage barriers between the Region of
Activity and the Pacific Ocean. The proposed project would not involve
the creation of permanent physical barriers; thus, long-term changes in
pinniped prey species distribution are not expected to occur.
Nevertheless, impact pile-driving would likely create a temporary
migration barrier to all life stages of fish using the Columbia River
and North Portland Harbor, although this would be localized. Cofferdams
and temporary in-water work structures also may create partial barriers
to the migration of juvenile fish in shallow-water habitat. Impacts to
fish species distribution would be temporary during in-water work and
hydroacoustic impacts from impact pile driving would only occur for
limited periods during the day and only during the in-water work window
established for this activity in conjunction with ODFW, WDFW, and NMFS.
The overall effect to the prey base for pinnipeds is anticipated to be
insignificant.
Prey may also be affected by turbidity, contaminated sediments, or
other contaminants in the water column. The CRC project involves
several activities that could potentially generate turbidity in the
Columbia River and North Portland Harbor, including pile installation,
pile removal, installation and removal of cofferdams, installation of
steel casings for drilled shafts, and debris removal. Because these
actions would take place in a sandy substrate and would be limited to a
small area and a brief portion of the work period, the increase in
turbidity is expected to be small. Turbidity is not expected to cause
mortality to fish species in the Region of Activity, and effects would
probably be limited to temporary avoidance of the discrete areas of
elevated turbidity (anticipated to be no more than 300 ft [91 m] from
the source) for approximately 4-6 hours at a time (CRC, 2010), or
effects such as abrasion to gills and alteration in feeding and
migration behavior for fish close to the activity. Therefore, turbidity
would likely have only insignificant effects to fish and, thus,
insignificant effects on pinnipeds.
The CRC project would minimize, avoid, or contain much of the
potential sources of contamination, minimizing the risk of exposure to
prey species of pinnipeds. The CRC project team would, in advance of
in-water work, perform an extensive search for evidence of
contamination, pinpointing the location, extent, and concentration of
the contaminants. Then, BMPs would be implemented to ensure that the
CRC project: (1) Avoids areas of contaminated sediment or (2) enables
responsible parties to initiate cleanup activities for contaminated
sediments occurring from construction activities within the Region of
Activity. These BMPs would be developed and implemented in coordination
with regulatory agencies. Because the CRC project would identify the
locations of contaminated sediments and use BMPs to ensure that they do
not become mobilized, there is little risk that the prey base of
pinnipeds would be significantly affected by or exposed to contaminated
sediments.
Though treatment of runoff would occur, the ability to remove
pollutants to a level without effect upon fish or that does not
synergistically combine with other sources is technologically limited
and unfeasible. Exposure to these ubiquitous contaminants even in low
concentrations is likely to affect the survival and productivity of
salmonid juveniles in particular (e.g., Loge et al., 2006; Hecht et
al., 2007; Johnson et al., 2007; Sandahl et al., 2007; Spromberg and
Meador, 2006). Short-term exposure to contaminants such as pesticides
and dissolved metals may disrupt olfactory function (Hecht, 2007) and
interfere with associated behaviors such as foraging, anti-predator
responses, reproduction, imprinting (odor memories), and homing (the
upstream migration to natal streams). The toxicity of these pollutants
varies with water quality speciation and concentration. Regarding
dissolved heavy metals, Santore et al. (2001) indicate that the
presence of natural organic matter and changes in pH and hardness
affect the potential for toxicity (increase and decrease).
Additionally, organics (living and dead) can adsorb and absorb other
pollutants such as polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs). The
variables of organic decay further complicate the path and cycle of
pollutants.
The release of contaminants is likely to occur. Wind and water
erosion is likely to entrain and transport soil from disturbed areas,
contributing fine sediments that are likely to contain pollutants, and
the use of heavy equipment, including stationary equipment like
generators and cranes, also creates a risk that accidental spills of
fuel, lubricants, hydraulic fluid, coolants, and other contaminants may
occur. Petroleum-based contaminants, such as fuel, oil, and some
hydraulic fluids, contain PAHs, which are acutely toxic to salmonids
and other aquatic organisms at high levels of exposure and cause
sublethal adverse effects on aquatic organisms at lower concentrations
(Heintz et al., 1999, 2000; Incardona et al., 2004, 2005, 2006).
However, due to the relatively small amount of time that any heavy
equipment would be in the water and the use of proposed conservation
measures, including site restoration after construction is complete,
any increase in contaminants is likely to be small, infrequent, and
limited to the construction period. In-water and near-water
construction would employ numerous BMPs and would comply with all
required regulatory permits to ensure that contaminants do not enter
surface water bodies. In the unlikely event of accidental release, BMPs
and a Pollution Control and Contamination Plan (PCCP) would be
implemented to ensure that contaminants are prevented from spreading
and are cleaned up quickly. Therefore, contaminants are not likely to
significantly affect fish and, thus, effects on pinnipeds are also
likely to be insignificant.
Physical Loss of Prey Species Habitat
The project would lead to temporary physical loss of approximately
20,700 ft\2\ (2,508 m\2\) of shallow-water habitat. Project elements
responsible for temporary physical loss include the footprint of the
numerous temporary piles associated with in-water work platforms, work
bridges, tower cranes, oscillator support piles, cofferdams, and barge
moorings in the Columbia River and North Portland Harbor.
The in-water portions of the new structures would result in the
permanent physical loss of approximately 250 ft\2\ (23 m\2\) of
shallow-water habitat at pier complex 7 in the Columbia River.
Demolition of the existing Columbia River structures would permanently
restore about 6,000 ft\2\ (557 m\2\) of shallow-water habitat, and
removal of one large overwater structure would permanently restore
about 600 ft\2\ (56 m\2\) of shallow-water habitat. Overall, there
would be a net permanent gain of about 5,345 ft\2\ (497 m\2\) of
shallow-water habitat in the Columbia River (CRC, 2010). At North
Portland Harbor, there would be a permanent net loss of about 2,435
ft\2\
[[Page 23577]]
(218 m\2\) of shallow-water habitat at all of the new in-water bridge
bents. Note that all North Portland Harbor impacts are in shallow
water.
Physical loss of shallow-water habitat is of particular concern for
rearing of subyearling migrant salmonids. In theory, in-water
structures that completely block the nearshore may force these
juveniles to swim into deeper-water habitats to circumvent them. Deep-
water areas represent lower quality habitat because predation rates are
higher there. Studies show that predators such as walleye (Stizostedion
vitreum), northern pike-minnow (Ptychocheilus oregonensis), and other
predatory fish occur in deepwater habitat for at least part of the year
(e.g., Johnson, 1969; Ager, 1976; Paragamian, 1989; Wahl, 1995; Pribyl
et al., 2004). In the case of the CRC project, in-water portions of the
structures would not pose a complete blockage to nearshore movement
anywhere in the Region of Activity. Although these structures would
cover potential rearing and nearshore migration areas, the habitat is
not rare and is not of particularly high quality. Juveniles would still
be able to use the abundant shallow-water habitat available for miles
in either direction. Neither the permanent nor the temporary structures
would necessarily force juveniles into deeper water, and therefore pose
no definite added risk of predation.
To the limited extent that the proposed actions do increase risk of
predation, pinnipeds may accrue minor benefits. Alterations to adult
eulachon and salmon behavior may make them more vulnerable to
predation. Changes in cover that congregate fish or cause them to slow
or pause migration would likely attract pinnipeds, which may then
forage opportunistically. While individual pinnipeds are likely to take
advantage of such conditions, it is not expected to increase overall
predation rates across the run. Aggregating features would be small in
comparison to the channel, and ample similar opportunities exist
throughout the lower Columbia River.
Physical loss of shallow-water habitat would have only negligible
effects on foraging, migration, and holding of salmonids that are of
the yearling age class or older. These life functions are not dependent
on shallow-water habitat for these age classes. Furthermore, the lost
habitat is not of particularly high quality. There is abundant similar
habitat immediately adjacent along the shorelines of the Columbia River
and throughout North Portland Harbor. The lost habitat represents only
a small fraction of the remaining habitat available for miles in either
direction. There would still be many acres of habitat for yearling or
older age-classes of salmonids foraging, migrating, and holding in the
Region of Activity. Physical loss of shallow-water habitat would have
only negligible effects on eulachon and green sturgeon for the same
reason. Thus, the effects to these elements of pinniped habitat would
be minimal.
The CRC project would cause a temporary physical loss of
approximately 16,635 ft\2\ (1,545 m\2\) of deep-water habitat,
consisting chiefly of coarse sand with a small proportion of gravel.
CRC project elements responsible for temporary physical loss include
the cofferdams and numerous temporary piles associated with in-water
work platforms and moorings. The in-water portions of the new
structures would result in the permanent physical loss of approximately
6,300 ft\2\ (585 m\2\) of deep-water habitat at pier complexes 2
through 7 in the Columbia River. Demolition of the existing Columbia
River piers would permanently restore about 21,000 ft\2\ (1,951 m\2\)
of deep-water habitat. Overall, there would be a net permanent gain of
about 15,000 ft\2\ (1,394 m\2\) of deep-water habitat in the Columbia
River.
Although there would be a temporary net physical loss of deep-water
habitat, this is not expected to have a significant impact on prey
species. The lost habitat is not rare or of particularly high quality,
and there is abundant similar habitat in immediately adjacent areas of
the Columbia River and for many miles both upstream and downstream. The
lost habitat would represent a very small fraction (less than one
percent) of the remaining habitat available. Additionally, the in-water
portions of the permanent and temporary in-water structures would
occupy no more than about one percent of the width of the Columbia
River. Therefore, the structures would not be likely to pose a physical
barrier to fish migration.
In addition, compensatory mitigation for direct permanent habitat
loss to jurisdictional waters from permanent pier placement would occur
in accordance with requirements set by USACE, Oregon Department of
State Lands (DSL), Washington Department of Ecology, ODFW, and WDFW. To
meet these requirements, CRC is proposing to restore habitat in the
lower Lewis River and lower Hood River. At the Hood River site, one
mile of a historic side channel would be reconnected to the lower Hood
River and an existing 21-acre (8.5-ha) wetland, resulting in habitat
benefits to salmonids and eulachon. At the Lewis River site,
restoration of 18.5 acres (7.5 ha) of side channels would occur between
the lower Lewis River and the lower Columbia River, resulting in
habitat benefits to salmonid and other native species. Therefore,
permanent habitat loss is expected to have a negligible impact to
habitat for pinniped prey species.
Due to the small size of the impact relative to the remaining
habitat available, and the permanent benefits from habitat restoration,
both temporary and permanent physical habitat loss are likely to be
insignificant to fish and, thus, to the habitat and foraging
opportunities of pinnipeds.
Passage Obstruction
The new overwater bridge structures would permanently decrease the
overall footprint of piers below the OHW in the Columbia River and
permanently increase the overall footprint of the piers below the OHW
in North Portland Harbor. The permanent changes would be to riverine
habitat; no pinniped haul-out sites or rookeries would be affected. The
effects to habitat in the action area would not result in significant
changes to pinniped passage. Therefore, permanent changes due to bridge
piers would not significantly affect pinnipeds.
There are a variety of temporary structures that could potentially
obstruct passage of pinnipeds including barges, moorings, tower cranes,
cofferdams, and work platforms. Although there would be many such
structures in the Region of Activity, they would cover no more than
twenty percent of the entire channel width at one time. There would
still be ample room for pinnipeds to navigate around these structures
while transiting the action area. Pinnipeds may need to slightly alter
their course as they move through the construction area to avoid these
structures, but there is no potential for physical structures to
completely block upstream or downstream movement. Due to the small size
of the structures relative to the remaining portion of the river
available, delays to pinniped movements would be negligible. Therefore,
the effect of in-water and overwater structures on the ability of
pinnipeds to pass upstream and downstream would be insignificant.
The impact of temporary and permanent habitat changes from bridge
construction is expected to be minimal to pinnipeds. The effects to
pinnipeds from temporary and permanent habitat changes are summarized
below.
[[Page 23578]]
Sound disturbance: Temporary modification of habitat
during in-water construction from elevated levels of sound may affect
pinniped foraging; however, very few seals are in the Region of
Activity and most sea lions are swimming upriver to forage below
Bonneville Dam. Sound disturbance would not be continuous, would only
occur temporarily as animals pass through the area and would be in the
form of Level B harassment only.
Passage obstruction: The permanent changes to the overall
footprint of the bridges in the Columbia River and North Portland
Harbor would not affect pinniped breeding habitat or haul-out sites and
would not affect passage significantly. Temporary structures during
construction would not cover more than twenty percent of the entire
channel and are not likely to significantly affect the ability of
pinnipeds to pass through the construction area or delay their
movements.
Changes in prey distribution and quality: The CRC project
is likely to impact a small percentage of all salmon and steelhead runs
that swim through the Region of Activity as a result of in-water work
including pile installation. This impact would be temporary and would
only occur during construction of the bridges in the Columbia River and
North Portland Harbor and during demolition of the existing Columbia
River Bridges. BMPs and minimization measures would avoid or limit the
extent of the impact to prey species from sound, changes to water
quality, and temporary structures. Short-term impacts to the prey base
from project work do not represent a large part of the pinniped prey
base in comparison to prey available through the entirety of their
foraging range, which includes the Columbia River from Bonneville Dam
to the mouth and foraging grounds off the Pacific Coast. Overall,
effects to the prey base would be temporary, limited to the in-water
work period over the CRC project duration, and would not cause
measurable changes in the distribution or quality of prey available to
pinnipeds.
Physical changes to prey species habitat: The new bridge
structures would permanently decrease the overall footprint of piers
below the OHW in the Columbia River and permanently increase the
overall footprint of the piers below the OHW in North Portland Harbor.
Habitat mitigation for direct permanent habitat loss to fish from
permanent pier placement would occur in the lower Lewis River and lower
Hood River and would provide long-term benefits to fish species in the
lower Columbia River, resulting in long-term benefits to the pinniped
prey base. Therefore, permanent habitat loss is expected to have a
negligible impact to habitat for pinniped prey species. Temporary
physical loss of habitat from temporary structures would only occur
during the period of in-water work in the Columbia River and North
Portland Harbor. These temporary losses are not expected to
significantly affect the prey base for pinnipeds.
In conclusion, NMFS has preliminarily determined that CRC's
proposed activities are not expected to have any habitat-related
effects that could cause significant or long-term consequences for
individual marine mammals or on the food sources that they utilize.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an incidental take authorization under section
101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA, NMFS must, where applicable, set forth the
permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other
means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on such species
or stock and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the
availability of such species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses (where relevant). NMFS and CRC worked to devise a
number of mitigation measures designed to minimize impacts to marine
mammals to the level of least practicable adverse impact, described in
the following.
The results from hydroacoustic monitoring during the test pile
project, as well as results from modeling the zones of influence (ZOIs)
(both described previously in this document and in following sections),
were used to develop mitigation measures for CRC pile driving and
removal activities. ZOIs are often used to effectively represent the
mitigation zone that would be established around each pile to prevent
Level A harassment of marine mammals. In addition to the specific
measures described later, CRC would employ the following general
mitigation measures:
All work would be performed according to the requirements
and conditions of the regulatory permits issued by federal, state, and
local governments. Seasonal restrictions, e.g., work windows, would be
applied to the project to avoid or minimize potential impacts to
protected species (including marine mammals) based on agreement with,
and the regulatory permits issued by, DSL, WDFW, and USACE in
consultation with ODFW, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), and
NMFS.
Briefings would be conducted between the CRC project
construction supervisors and the crew, marine mammal observer(s), and
acoustical monitoring team prior to the start of all pile-driving
activity, and when new personnel join the work, to explain
responsibilities, communication procedures, marine mammal monitoring
protocol, and operational procedures. The CRC project would contact the
Bonneville Dam marine mammal monitoring team to obtain information on
the presence or absence of pinnipeds prior to initiating pile driving
in any discrete pile driving time period described in the project
description.
CRC would comply with all applicable equipment sound
standards and ensure that all construction equipment has sound control
devices no less effective than those provided on the original equipment
(i.e., equipment may not have been modified in such a way that it is
louder than it was initially).
Permanent foundations for each in-water pier would be
installed by means of drilled shafts. This approach significantly
reduces the amount of impact pile driving, the size of piles, and
amount of in-water sound.
Installation of piles using impact driving may only occur
between September 15 and April 15 of the following year.
On an average work day, six piles could be installed using
vibratory installation to set the piles, with impact driving then used
to drive the piles to refusal per project specifications to meet load-
bearing capacity requirements. This method reduces the number of daily
pile strikes by over ninety percent.
No more than two impact pile drivers may be operated
simultaneously within the same water body channel.
In waters with depths more than 2 ft (0.67 m), a bubble
curtain or other sound attenuation measure would be used for impact
driving of pilings, except when testing device performance. As
described previously, testing of the sound attenuation device would
occur approximately weekly. This would require up to 7.5 minutes of
unattenuated driving per week. If a bubble curtain or similar measure
is used, it would distribute small air bubbles around 100 percent of
the piling perimeter for the full depth of the water column. Any other
attenuation measure (e.g., temporary sound attenuation pile) must
provide 100 percent coverage in the water column for the full depth of
the pile. A performance test of the sound attenuation device in
accordance with the approved hydroacoustic
[[Page 23579]]
monitoring plan would be conducted prior to any impact pile driving. If
a bubble curtain or similar measure is utilized, the performance test
would confirm the calculated pressures and flow rates at each manifold
ring.
For in-water heavy machinery work other than pile driving
(e.g., standard barges, tug boats, barge-mounted excavators, or
clamshell equipment used to place or remove material), if a marine
mammal comes within 50 m (164 ft), operations shall cease and/or
vessels shall reduce speed to the minimum level required to maintain
steerage and safe working conditions.
Monitoring and Shutdown
Shutdown Zones--For all pile driving and removal activities, a
shutdown zone (defined as, at minimum, the area in which SPLs equal or
exceed 190 dB rms) would be established. The purpose of a shutdown zone
is to define an area within which shutdown of activity would occur upon
sighting of a marine mammal (or in anticipation of an animal entering
the defined area), thus preventing injury, serious injury, or death of
marine mammals. Although hydroacoustic data from the test pile project
indicate that radial distances to the 190-dB threshold would be less
than 50 m, shutdown zones would conservatively be set at a minimum 50
m. This precautionary measure is intended to further reduce any
possibility of injury to marine mammals by incorporating a buffer to
the 190-dB threshold within the shutdown area. Please see the
discussion of ``Distance to Sound Thresholds'' and ``Test Pile
Project'' under Description of Sound Sources, previously in this
document.
Disturbance Zones--For all pile driving and removal activities, a
disturbance zone would be established. Disturbance zones are typically
defined as the area in which SPLs equal or exceed 160 or 120 dB rms
(for impact and vibratory pile driving, respectively). However, when
the size of a disturbance zone is sufficiently large as to make
monitoring of the entire area impracticable (as in the case of the 120-
dB zone here), the disturbance zone may be defined as some area that
may reasonably be monitored. Here, the disturbance zone is defined for
monitoring purposes as an area of 800 m radius. Disturbance zones
provide utility for monitoring conducted for mitigation purposes (i.e.,
shutdown zone monitoring) by establishing monitoring protocols for
areas adjacent to the shutdown zones. Monitoring of disturbance zones
enables PSOs to be aware of and communicate the presence of marine
mammals in the project area but outside the shutdown zone and thus
prepare for potential shutdowns of activity. However, the primary
purpose of disturbance zone monitoring is for documenting incidents of
Level B harassment; disturbance zone monitoring is discussed in greater
detail later (see Proposed Monitoring and Reporting).
Monitoring Protocols--Initial monitoring zones are based on worst
case values measured during the test pile project and with the
attenuation device operating during impact driving, and are presented
in Table 15. A minimum distance of 50 m is used for all shutdown zones,
even if actual or initial calculated distances are less. A maximum
distance of 800 m is used for all disturbance zones for vibratory pile
driving, even if actual or calculated values are greater. Monitoring of
the full disturbance zone for these activities is impracticable. The
data collected during the test pile project consistently support the
belief that the coefficient of transmission loss increases with
increasing range from the source pile, out to at least 800 m. To
provide the best estimate of transmission loss at a specific range, the
data were interpolated to one meter increments using a quadratic
interpolation routine. To establish a disturbance zone for impact pile
driving, an iterative solution was computed based on the interpolated
transmission loss data.
Table 15--Distance to Initial Shutdown and Disturbance Monitoring Zones for In-Water Sound in the Columbia River
and North Portland Harbor
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distance to monitoring zones (m) \1\
Pile type Hammer type -----------------------------------------------
190 dB \2\ 160 dB \2\ 120 dB \2\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18-24 in steel pipe \3\............... Impact.................. 50 258 N/A
36-48 in steel pipe \4\............... Impact.................. 50 582 N/A
48-in steel pipe...................... Vibratory............... 50 N/A 800
120-in steel casing................... Vibratory............... 50 N/A 800
Sheet pile............................ Vibratory............... 50 N/A 800
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Monitoring zones based on worst case values measured during test pile project and with the attenuation
device operating during impact driving. A minimum distance of 50 m is used for all shutdown zones, even if
actual or initial calculated distances are less. A maximum distance of 800 m is used for all disturbance zones
for vibratory pile driving, even if actual or calculated values are greater. For modeled values, see Tables 11
and 12.
\2\ All values unweighted and relative to 1 [micro]Pa.
\3\ For 24-in pile, test pile data show a worst case source level of 191 dB rms with a worst-case attenuation of
8 dB and transmission loss coefficient based on quadratic interpolation of test pile data of 16.3.
\4\ For 48-in pile, test pile data show a worst case source level of 201 dB RMS with a worst-case attenuation of
11 dB, and transmission loss coefficient based on quadratic interpolation of test pile data of 17.0.
Data from the test pile project suggest that the majority of the
energy from vibratory driving occurs in frequencies below 1,000 Hz,
with energy levels gradually falling off at higher frequencies (CRC,
2011). For vibratory installation during the test pile study, the
energy was not distinguishable above background levels by 800 m (2,625
ft) for all but one pile. Therefore, although transmission loss data
were not conclusive--only one pile produced a signal that could be
distinguished at all three monitoring stations, above background sound
that was much higher than was previously measured for the action area--
the modeled results for vibratory driving are validated by the
empirical data, and it is likely that actual distances to the 120-dB
threshold would be much less than modeled values. Piles were generally
installed or extracted during the test pile study in less than 10
minutes. Vibratory extraction of piles would conservatively be treated
similarly to vibratory installation, with similar monitoring zones. As
described previously in this document (see section on ``Test Pile
Project''), a maximum SPL of 181 dB for vibratory installation was
recorded, while a maximum SPL of 176 dB was recorded for vibratory
extraction.
[[Page 23580]]
The vibratory installation of steel casings and sheet piles was not
measured as part of the test pile project. As noted in Table 11,
modeled distance to the 120-dB isopleths resulting from vibratory
installation of sheet pile was significantly less than that for
vibratory installation of pipe pile. No published information is
available on vibratory installation of 120-in (3 m) steel casings,
which would be installed for drilled shafts. Published information from
Caltrans (2007) shows that driving of 36-in pile produced up to 175 dB
rms while driving of 72-in pile produced up to 180 dB rms, both
measured at 5 m from the pile. By extrapolating from these published
values, CRC assumes the energy imparted through a larger casing would
be up to 10 dB rms (an order of magnitude) higher than the highest
value for a 72-in pile. In the absence of specific data, the initial
disturbance zone for vibratory installation of steel casings and sheet
pile would be established at 800 m, as described previously for
vibratory pile driving.
In order to accomplish appropriate monitoring for mitigation
purposes, CRC would have an observer stationed on each active pile
driving barge to closely monitor the shutdown zone as well as the
surrounding area. In addition, CRC would post one shore-based observer,
whose primary responsibility would be to record pinnipeds in the
disturbance zone and to alert barge-based observers to the presence of
pinnipeds in the disturbance zone, thus creating a redundant alert
system for prevention of injurious interaction as well as increasing
the probability of detecting pinnipeds in the disturbance zone. CRC
estimates that shore-based observers would be able to scan
approximately 800 m (upstream and downstream) from the available
observation posts; therefore, shore-based observers would be capable of
monitoring the agreed-upon disturbance zone. Visibility would be
somewhat reduced by the existing bridges in the upstream direction.
As described, at least two observers would be on duty during all
pile driving/removal activity. The first observer would be positioned
on a work platform or barge where the entire 50 m shutdown zone is
clearly visible, with the second shore-based observer positioned to
observe the disturbance zone from either the north or south bank of the
river, depending on where the work platform or barge is positioned.
Protocols would be implemented to ensure that coordinated communication
of sightings occurs between observers in a timely manner.
When pile driving/removal is occurring simultaneously at multiple
sites, each site would have one observer dedicated to monitoring the
shutdown zone for that site. Depending on the location of activity
sites and the spacing of equipment, additional shore-based observers
may be required to provide complete observational coverage of each
site's disturbance zone. That is, each site would have at least one
observer, while one or multiple shore-based observers may be required.
In summary:
CRC would implement a minimum shutdown zone of 50 m radius
around all pile driving and removal activity, including installation of
steel casings. The 50-m shutdown zone provides a buffer for the 190-dB
threshold but is also intended to further avoid the risk of direct
interaction between marine mammals and the equipment.
CRC would have a redundant monitoring system, in which one
observer would be stationed on each pile driving barge, while one or
multiple observers would be shore-based, as required to provide
complete observational coverage of the reduced disturbance zone for
each pile driving/removal site. The former would be capable of
providing comprehensive monitoring of the proposed shutdown zones, and
would likely be able to effectively monitor a distance, in both
directions, of approximately 800 m (the distance for the vibratory pile
driving disturbance zone). These observers' first priority would be
shutdown zone monitoring in prevention of injurious interaction, with a
secondary priority of counting takes by Level B harassment in the
disturbance zone. The additional shore-based observer(s) would be able
to monitor the same distances, but their primary responsibility would
be counting of takes in the disturbance zone and communication with
barge-based observers to alert them to pinniped presence in the action
area.
The shutdown and disturbance zones would be monitored
throughout the time required to drive a pile. If a marine mammal is
observed within the disturbance zone, a take would be recorded and
behaviors documented. However, that pile segment would be completed
without cessation, unless the animal approaches or enters the shutdown
zone, at which point all pile driving activities would be halted.
All shutdown and disturbance zones would either be based
on empirical, site-specific data, or would initially be based on data
for similar sources. For all activities, in-situ hydroacoustic
monitoring would be conducted to either verify or determine the actual
distances to these threshold zones, and the size of the zones would be
adjusted accordingly based on received SPLs. As noted previously, the
minimum shutdown zone would always be 50 m.
The following measures would apply to visual monitoring:
If a small boat is used for monitoring, the boat would
remain 50 yd (46 m) from swimming pinnipeds in accordance with NMFS
marine mammal viewing guidelines (NMFS, 2004).
If vibratory installation of steel pipe piles or casings
occurs after dark, monitoring would be conducted with a night vision
scope and/or other suitable device. Impact driving would only occur
during daylight hours.
If the shutdown zone is obscured by fog or poor lighting
conditions, pile driving would not be initiated until the entire
shutdown zone is visible. Work that has been initiated appropriately in
conditions of good visibility may continue during poor visibility.
The shutdown zone would be monitored for the presence of
pinnipeds before, during, and after any pile driving activity. The
shutdown zone would be monitored for 30 minutes prior to initiating the
start of pile driving. If pinnipeds are present within the shutdown
zone prior to pile driving, the start of pile driving would be delayed
until the animals leave the shutdown zone of their own volition, or
until 15 minutes elapse without resighting the animal(s).
Monitoring would be conducted using binoculars. When
possible, digital video or still cameras would also be used to document
the behavior and response of pinnipeds to construction activities or
other disturbances.
Each observer would have a radio or cell phone for contact
with other monitors or work crews. Observers would implement shut-down
or delay procedures when applicable by calling for the shut-down to the
hammer operator.
A GPS unit or electric range finder would be used for
determining the observation location and distance to pinnipeds, boats,
and construction equipment.
Monitoring would be conducted by qualified observers. In order to
be considered qualified, observers must meet the following criteria:
Visual acuity in both eyes (correction is permissible)
sufficient for discernment of moving targets at the water's surface
with ability to estimate target size and distance; use of binoculars
may be necessary to correctly identify the target.
[[Page 23581]]
Advanced education in biological science, wildlife
management, mammalogy, or related fields (bachelor's degree or higher
is required).
Experience and ability to conduct field observations and
collect data according to assigned protocols (this may include academic
experience).
Experience or training in the field identification of
pinnipeds, including the identification of behaviors.
Sufficient training, orientation, or experience with the
construction operation to provide for personal safety during
observations.
Writing skills sufficient to prepare a report of
observations including but not limited to the number and species of
pinnipeds observed; dates and times when in-water construction
activities were conducted; dates and times when in-water construction
activities were suspended to avoid potential incidental injury from
construction sound of pinnipeds observed within a defined shutdown
zone; and pinniped behavior.
Ability to communicate orally, by radio or in person, with
project personnel to provide real-time information on pinnipeds
observed in the area as necessary.
Hydroacoustic Monitoring--Hydroacoustic monitoring would be
conducted to determine actual values and distances to relevant acoustic
thresholds, including for vibratory installation of steel casings and
sheet piles. The initial disturbance zones would then be adjusted as
appropriate on the basis of that information. If new zones are
established based on SPL measurements, NMFS requires each new zone be
based on the most conservative measurement (i.e., the largest zone
configuration). Vibratory installation of steel pipe and sheet pile is
not anticipated to produce underwater sound above the 190-dB injury
threshold, while vibratory installation of steel casings is estimated
to produce SPLs of 190 dB at a maximum distance of 5 m from the source.
However, a minimum 50 m shutdown zone would be established for these
activities as for impact driving. Table 15 shows initial distances for
shutdown and disturbance zones for these activities.
Ramp-Up and Shutdown
The objective of a ramp-up is to alert any animals close to the
activity and allow them time to move away, which would expose fewer
animals to loud sounds, including both underwater and above water
sound. This procedure also ensures that any pinnipeds missed during
shutdown zone monitoring would move away from the activity and not be
injured. Although impact driving would occur from September 15 through
April 15, and vibratory driving would occur year-round, ramp-up would
be required only from January 1 through June 15 of any year, during the
period of greatest potential overlap with pinniped presence in the
project area. The following ramp-up procedures would be used for in-
water pile installation:
A ramp-up technique would be used at the beginning of each
day's in-water pile driving activities or if pile driving has ceased
for more than 1 hour.
If a vibratory driver is used, contractors would be
required to initiate sound from vibratory hammers for 15 seconds at
reduced energy followed by a 1-minute waiting period. The procedure
would be repeated two additional times before full energy may be
achieved.
If a non-diesel impact hammer is used, contractors would
be required to provide an initial set of strikes from the impact hammer
at reduced energy, followed by a 1-minute waiting period, then two
subsequent sets. The reduced energy of an individual hammer cannot be
quantified because they vary by individual drivers. Also, the number of
strikes would vary at reduced energy because raising the hammer at less
than full power and then releasing it results in the hammer
``bouncing'' as it strikes the pile, resulting in multiple ``strikes''.
If a diesel impact hammer is used, contractors would be
required to turn on the sound attenuation device (e.g., bubble curtain
or other approved sound attenuation device) for 15 seconds prior to
initiating pile driving to flush pinnipeds from the area.
The shutdown zone would also be monitored throughout the time
required to drive a pile (or install a steel casing). If a pinniped is
observed approaching or entering the shutdown zone, piling operations
would be discontinued until the animal has moved outside of the
shutdown zone. Pile driving would resume only after the animal is
determined to have moved outside the shutdown zone by a qualified
observer or after 15 minutes have elapsed since the last sighting of
the animal within the shutdown zone.
Work Zone Lighting
If work occurs at night, temporary lighting would be used in the
night work zones. During overwater construction, the contractor would
use directional lighting with shielded luminaries to control glare and
direct light onto work area, not surface waters.
Additional Mitigation Measures
In addition, NMFS and CRC, together with other relevant regulatory
agencies, have developed a number of mitigation measures designed to
protect fish through prevention or minimization of turbidity and
disturbance and introduction of contaminants, among other things. These
measures have been prescribed under the authority of statutes other
than the MMPA, and are not a part of this proposed rulemaking. However,
because these measures minimize impacts to pinniped prey species
(either directly or indirectly, by minimizing impacts to prey species'
habitat), they are summarized briefly here. Additional detail about
these measures may be found in CRC's application.
Timing restrictions would be used to avoid in-water work when ESA-
listed fish are most likely to be present. Fish entrapment would be
minimized by containing and isolating in-water work to the extent
possible, through the use of drilled shaft casings and cofferdams. The
contractor would provide a qualified fishery biologist to conduct and
supervise fish capture and release activity to minimize risk of injury
to fish. All pumps must employ fish screen that meet certain
specifications in order to avoid entrainment of fish. A qualified
biologist would be present during all impact pile driving operations to
observe and report any indications of dead, injured, or distressed
fishes, including direct observations of these fishes or increases in
bird foraging activity.
CRC would work to ensure minimum degradation of water quality in
the project area, and would require the contractor to prepare a Water
Quality Sampling Plan for conducting water quality monitoring for all
projects occurring in-water in accordance with specific conditions. The
Plan shall identify a sampling methodology as well as method of
implementation to be reviewed and approved by the engineer. In
addition, the contractor would prepare a Spill Prevention, Control, and
Countermeasures (SPCC) Plan prior to beginning construction. The SPCC
Plan would identify the appropriate spill containment materials; as
well as the method of implementation. All equipment to be used for
construction activities would be cleaned and inspected prior to
arriving at the project site, to ensure no potentially hazardous
materials are exposed, no leaks are present, and the equipment is
functioning properly. Equipment that would be used below OHW would be
identified; daily inspection and cleanup
[[Page 23582]]
procedures would insure that identified equipment is free of all
external petroleum-based products. Should a leak be detected on heavy
equipment used for the project, the equipment must be immediately
removed from the area and not used again until adequately repaired.
The contractor would also be required to prepare and implement a
Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) Plan and a Source Control
Plan for project activities requiring clearing, vegetation removal,
grading, ditching, filling, embankment compaction, or excavation. The
BMPs in the plans would be used to control sediments from all
vegetation removal or ground-disturbing activities.
Conclusions
NMFS has carefully evaluated the applicant's proposed mitigation
measures and considered a range of other measures in the context of
ensuring that NMFS prescribes the means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact on the affected marine mammal species and
stocks and their habitat. Our evaluation of potential measures included
consideration of the following factors in relation to one another:
The manner in which, and the degree to which, the
successful implementation of the measure is expected to minimize
adverse impacts to marine mammals;
The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to
minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
The practicability of the measure for applicant
implementation.
Based on our evaluation, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the
mitigation measures proposed from both NMFS and CRC provide the means
of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on marine mammal
species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance. The
proposed rule comment period will afford the public an opportunity to
submit recommendations, views, and/or concerns regarding this action
and the proposed mitigation measures.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an incidental take authorization (ITA) for an
activity, section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA states that NMFS must, where
applicable, set forth ``requirements pertaining to the monitoring and
reporting of such taking''. The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR
216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for ITAs must include the
suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting
that would result in increased knowledge of the species and of the
level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are
expected to be present in the proposed action area.
CRC proposed a marine mammal monitoring plan in their application
(see Appendix D of CRC's application). The plan may be modified or
supplemented based on comments or new information received from the
public during the public comment period. All methods identified herein
have been developed through coordination between NMFS and the design
and environmental teams at CRC. The methods are based on the parties'
professional judgment supported by their collective knowledge of
pinniped behavior, site conditions, and proposed project activities.
Because pinniped monitoring has not previously been conducted at this
site, aspects of these methods may warrant modification. Any
modifications to this protocol would be coordinated with NMFS. A
summary of the plan, as well as the proposed reporting requirements, is
contained here.
The intent of the monitoring plan is to:
Comply with the requirements of the MMPA as well as the
ESA section 7 consultation;
Avoid injury to pinnipeds through visual monitoring of
identified shutdown zones and shut-down of activities when animals
enter or approach those zones; and
To the extent possible, record the number, species, and
behavior of pinnipeds in disturbance zones for pile driving and removal
activities.
As described previously, monitoring for pinnipeds would be
conducted in specific zones established to avoid or minimize effects of
elevated levels of sound created by the specified activities. Shutdown
zones would not be less than 50 m, while initial disturbance zones
would be based on site-specific data. Zones may be modified on the
basis of actual recorded SPLs from acoustic monitoring.
Visual Monitoring
The established shutdown and disturbance zones would be monitored
by qualified marine mammal observers for mitigation purposes, as well
as to document marine mammal behavior and incidents of Level B
harassment, as described here. CRC's marine mammal monitoring plan (see
Appendix D of CRC's application) would be implemented, requiring
collection of sighting data for each pinniped observed during the
proposed activities for which monitoring is required, including impact
or vibratory installation of steel pipe or sheet pile or steel casings.
A qualified biologist(s) would be present on site at all times during
impact pile driving or vibratory installation or removal of steel pile
or casings. Disturbance zones, briefly described previously under
Proposed Mitigation, are discussed in greater depth here.
Disturbance Zone Monitoring--Disturbance zones, described
previously in Proposed Mitigation, are defined in Table 15 for
underwater sound. Monitoring zones for Level B harassment from airborne
sound would be 650 m for harbor seals and 196 m for sea lions
(corresponding to the anticipated extent of airborne sound reaching 90
and 100 dB, respectively). The size of the disturbance zone for
vibratory pile installation or extraction would be approximately 800 m
in both the upstream and downstream directions, corresponding with the
area that can reasonably be monitored by a shore-based observer. Any
sighted animals outside of this area would be recorded as takes, but it
is impossible to guarantee that all animals would be observed or to
make observations of fine-scale behavioral reactions to sound
throughout this zone. Nevertheless, because any animals transiting the
action area (and the larger disturbance zone) would pass through the
monitored area, all animals may potentially be observed, and use of the
smaller disturbance zone for monitoring purposes does not necessarily
mean that a significant number of harassed animals would not be
observed. Monitoring of disturbance zones would be implemented as
described previously.
The monitoring biologists would document all pinnipeds observed in
the monitoring area. Data collection would include a count of all
pinnipeds observed by species, sex, age class, their location within
the zone, and their reaction (if any) to construction activities,
including direction of movement, and type of construction that is
occurring, time that pile driving begins and ends, any acoustic or
visual disturbance, and time of the observation. Environmental
conditions such as wind speed, wind direction, visibility, and
temperature would also be recorded. No monitoring would be conducted
during inclement weather that creates potentially hazardous conditions,
as determined by the biologist, nor would monitoring be conducted when
visibility is significantly limited, such as during
[[Page 23583]]
heavy rain or fog. During these times of inclement weather, in-water
work that may produce sound levels in excess of 190 dB rms would be
halted; these activities would not commence until monitoring has
started for the day.
All monitoring personnel must have appropriate qualifications as
identified previously, with qualifications to be certified by CRC (see
Proposed Mitigation). These qualifications include education and
experience identifying pinnipeds in the Columbia River and the ability
to understand and document pinniped behavior. All monitoring personnel
would meet at least once for a training session sponsored by CRC.
Topics would include: Implementation of the protocol, identifying
marine mammals, and reporting requirements.
All monitoring personnel would be provided a copy of the LOA and
final biological opinion for the project. Monitoring personnel must
read and understand the contents of the LOA and biological opinion as
they relate to coordination, communication, and identifying and
reporting incidental harassment of pinnipeds.
Hydroacoustic Monitoring
Hydroacoustic monitoring would be conducted on a representative
number of piles or casings, according to protocols developed and
approved by NMFS and USFWS. The number, size, and location of piles or
casings monitored would represent the variety of substrates and depths,
as necessary, in both the Columbia River and North Portland Harbor.
Hydroacoustic monitoring would be conducted as necessary to measure
representative source levels for impact and vibratory installation and
removal of piles and casings. Measurements would represent a worst-case
for size, depth, and substrate for all materials and installation
methods. For standard underwater sound monitoring, one hydrophone
positioned at 10 m from the pile is used. Some additional initial
monitoring at several distances from the pile is anticipated to
determine site-specific transmission loss and directionality of sound.
This data would be used to establish the radii of the shutdown and
disturbance zones for pinnipeds.
One hydrophone would be placed at between 1 and 3 m above the
bottom at a distance of 10 m from each pile being monitored.
Hydrophones placed upriver and downriver (at the 200-, 400- and 800-
meter distances) would be placed at a depth greater than 5 m below the
water surface or placed 1-3 meters above the bottom. A weighted tape
measure would be used to determine the depth of the water. Each
hydrophone would be attached to a nylon cord or a steel chain if the
current is swift enough to cause strumming of the line. The nylon cord
or chain would be attached to an anchor that would keep the line the
appropriate distance from each pile. The nylon cord or chain would be
attached to a buoy or raft at the surface and checked regularly to
maintain the tightness of the line. The distances would be measured by
a tape measure, where possible, or a range-finder for those hydrophones
that are distant from the pile. There would be a direct line of sight
between the pile and the hydrophone in all cases. GPS coordinates would
be recorded for each hydrophone location.
When the river velocity is greater than 1 m/s, a flow shield around
each hydrophone would be used to provide a barrier between the
irregular, turbulent flow and the hydrophone. River velocity would be
measured concurrent to sound measurements. If velocity is greater than
1 m/s, a correlation between sound levels and current speed would be
made to determine whether the data is valid and should be included in
the analysis. Hydrophone calibrations would be checked at the beginning
of each day of monitoring activity. Prior to the initiation of pile
driving, the hydrophones would be placed at the appropriate distances
and depth as described.
Prior to and during the pile driving activity environmental data
would be gathered such as wind speed and direction, air temperature,
humidity, surface water temperature, water depth, wave height, weather
conditions, and other factors that could contribute to influencing the
underwater sound levels (e.g., aircraft, boats). Start and stop time of
each pile driving event and the time at which the bubble curtain or
functional equivalent is turned on and off would be recorded. The chief
construction inspector would supply the acoustics specialist with a
description of the substrate composition, hammer model and size, hammer
energy settings and any changes to those settings during the piles
being monitored, depth pile driven, blows per foot for the piles
monitored, and total number of strikes to drive each pile that is
monitored.
Proposed Reporting
Reports of data collected during monitoring would be submitted to
NMFS weekly. The reporting would include:
All data described previously under monitoring, including
observation dates, times, and conditions; and
Correlations of observed behavior with activity type and
received levels of sound, to the extent possible.
CRC would also submit a report(s) concerning the results of all
acoustic monitoring. Acoustic monitoring reports would include:
Size and type of piles.
A detailed description of any sound attenuation device
used, including design specifications.
The impact hammer energy rating used to drive the piles,
make and model of the hammer(s), and description of the vibratory
hammer.
A description of the sound monitoring equipment.
The distance between hydrophones and depth of water at the
hydrophone locations.
The depth of the hydrophones.
The distance from the pile to the water's edge.
The depth of water in which the pile was driven.
The depth into the substrate that the pile was driven.
The physical characteristics of the bottom substrate into
which the piles were driven.
The total number of strikes to drive each pile.
The background sound pressure level reported as the fifty
percent CDF, if recorded.
The results of the hydroacoustic monitoring, including the
frequency spectrum, ranges and means including the standard deviation/
error for the peak and rms SPL's, and an estimation of the distance at
which rms values reach the relevant marine mammal thresholds and
background sound levels. Vibratory driving results would include the
maximum and overall average rms calculated from 30-s rms values during
the drive of the pile.
A description of any observable pinniped behavior in the
immediate area and, if possible, correlation to underwater sound levels
occurring at that time.
An annual report on marine mammal monitoring and mitigation would
be submitted to NMFS, Office of Protected Resources, and NMFS,
Northwest Regional Office. The annual reports would summarize
information presented in the weekly reports and include data collected
for each distinct marine mammal species observed in the project area,
including descriptions of marine mammal behavior, overall numbers of
individuals observed, frequency of observation, and any behavioral
changes and the context of
[[Page 23584]]
the changes relative to activities would also be included in the annual
reports. Additional information that would be recorded during
activities and contained in the reports include: Date and time of
marine mammal detections, weather conditions, species identification,
approximate distance from the source, and activity at the construction
site when a marine mammal is sighted.
In addition to annual reports, NMFS proposes to require CRC to
submit a draft comprehensive final report to NMFS, Office of Protected
Resources, and NMFS, Northwest Regional Office, 180 days prior to the
expiration of the regulations. This comprehensive technical report
would provide full documentation of methods, results, and
interpretation of all monitoring during the first 4.5 years of the
regulations. A revised final comprehensive technical report, including
all monitoring results during the entire period of the regulations,
would be due 90 days after the end of the period of effectiveness of
the regulations.
Adaptive Management
The final regulations governing the take of marine mammals
incidental to the specified activities at CRC would contain an adaptive
management component. In accordance with 50 CFR 216.105(c), regulations
for the proposed activity must be based on the best available
information. As new information is developed, through monitoring,
reporting, or research, the regulations may be modified, in whole or in
part, after notice and opportunity for public review. The use of
adaptive management would allow NMFS to consider new information from
different sources to determine if mitigation or monitoring measures
should be modified (including additions or deletions) if new data
suggest that such modifications are appropriate.
The following are some of the possible sources of applicable data:
Results from CRC's monitoring from the previous year;
Results from general marine mammal and sound research; or
Any information which reveals that marine mammals may have
been taken in a manner, extent or number not authorized by these
regulations or subsequent LOAs.
If, during the effective dates of the regulations, new information
is presented from monitoring, reporting, or research, these regulations
may be modified, in whole or in part, after notice and opportunity of
public review, as allowed for in 50 CFR 216.105(c). In addition, LOAs
would be withdrawn or suspended if, after notice and opportunity for
public comment, the Assistant Administrator finds, among other things,
that the regulations are not being substantially complied with or that
the taking allowed is having more than a negligible impact on the
species or stock, as allowed for in 50 CFR 216.106(e). That is, should
substantial changes in marine mammal populations in the project area
occur or monitoring and reporting show that CRC actions are having more
than a negligible impact on marine mammals, then NMFS reserves the
right to modify the regulations and/or withdraw or suspend LOAs after
public review.
Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: ``any act of pursuit, torment, or
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering [Level B harassment].'' Take by Level B harassment only is
anticipated as a result of CRC's proposed activities. Take of marine
mammals is anticipated to be associated with the installation and
removal of piles and installation of steel casings, via impact and
vibratory methods, and debris removal. No take by injury, serious
injury, or death is anticipated.
Assumptions regarding numbers of pinnipeds and number of round
trips per individual per year in the Region of Activity are based on
information from ongoing pinniped research and management activities
conducted in response to concern over California sea lion predation on
fish populations concentrated below Bonneville Dam. An intensive
monitoring program has been conducted in the Bonneville Dam tailrace
since 2002, using surface observations to evaluate seasonal presence,
abundance, and predation activities of pinnipeds. Minimum estimates of
the number of pinnipeds present in the tailrace from 2002 through 2011
are presented in Table 16. Bonneville Dam is the first dam on the
river, located at RKm 235, and is upriver of the CRC project site,
which is located at approximately RKm 170. The primary California sea
lion haul-out in the Columbia River is located in the Columbia River
estuary in Astoria, approximately 151 RKm downstream of the project.
This haul-out is the site of trapping and tagging for research and
monitoring of pinnipeds that reach the Bonneville Dam tailrace.
Table 16--Minimum Estimated Total Numbers of Pinnipeds Present at Bonneville Dam From 2002 Through 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species 2002 2003 2004 2005 ** 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
California sea lion........................................... 30 104 99 81 72 71 82 54 89 54
Steller sea lion *............................................ 0 3 3 4 11 9 39 26 75 89
Harbor seal................................................... 1 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 2 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Data from Stansell et al. 2010, pers. comm. Stansell, 2011.
* Animals not uniquely identified through 2007. Numbers through 2007 represent the highest number seen on any one day for each year (Tackley et al.,
2008a).
** Regular observations did not begin until March 18 in 2005; minimum estimate should likely be considered somewhat higher than these numbers (Tackley
et al., 2008a).
Monitoring began as a result of the 2000 FCRPS biological opinion,
which required an evaluation of pinniped predation in the tailrace of
Bonneville Dam. The objective of the study was to determine the timing
and duration of pinniped predation activity, estimate the number of
fish caught, record the number of pinnipeds present, identify and track
individual California sea lions, and evaluate various pinniped
deterrents used at the dam (Tackley et al., 2008a). The study period
for monitoring was January 1 through May 31, beginning in 2002. During
the study period pinniped observations began after consistent sightings
of at least one animal occurred. Tackley et al. (2008a)
[[Page 23585]]
notes that sightings began earlier each year from 2002 to 2004.
Although some sightings were reported earlier in the season, full-time
observations began March 21 in 2002, March 3 in 2003, and February 24,
2004 (Tackley et al., 2008a). In 2005 observations began in April, but
in 2006 through 2010 observations began in January or early February
(Tackley et al., 2008a, b; Stansell et al., 2009; Stansell and Gibbons,
2010). California sea lion and Steller sea lion arrival and departure
dates at Bonneville Dam are compiled from the reports above and were
detailed previously in Table 13 and Table 14. If arrival and departure
dates were not available, the timing of surface observations within the
January through May study period were recorded. Because regular
observations in the study period generally began as sea lions were
observed below Bonneville Dam, and sometimes reports stated that
observations stopped as sea lion numbers dropped, the observation dates
only give a general idea of first arrival and departure. Because
acoustic telemetry data indicate that sea lions travel at fast rates
between hydrophone locations above and below the CRC project area (see
Brown et al., 2010), dates of first arrival at Bonneville Dam and
departure from the dam are assumed to coincide closely with potential
passage timing through the CRC project area. Table 17 details
observation effort by year; data is not yet available for observations
in 2011.
Table 17--Hours of Observation for Pinnipeds at the Bonneville Dam Tailrace, by Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
662 1,356 553 1,108 3,647 4,433 5,131 3,455 3,609
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pinniped species presence is determined by likelihood of
occurrence near the CRC project construction activities based on
general abundance at Bonneville Dam and the number of times individuals
are estimated to make the trip to and from the dam in a year.
Individuals observed at the dam are known to have passed the project
site at least once; however, not all individuals that pass the project
site would go all the way to the dam, although it is expected that the
vast majority would. Therefore, the use of abundances at Bonneville Dam
in estimating take would produce a slight underestimation. These
estimates also assume that all pinnipeds that pass the project site
would be exposed to project activities (e.g., pile installation would
be occurring every time an individual passes the project site).
However, project activities that may impact pinnipeds would not occur
24 hours a day; therefore, this assumption results in an overestimate
of exposures. Table 18 summarizes the estimated take.
Harbor Seal
During most of the year, it is possible that small numbers of
adults and subadults of both sexes may be expected to transit through
the Region of Activity. In general, harbor seals remain close to haul-
out sites when foraging and resting. As described previously, there are
no known harbor seal haul-out sites within or near the Region of
Activity, with the nearest known haul-out sites at least 45 mi (72 km)
downstream. Pupping sites are generally restricted to coastal estuaries
and other areas along the Olympic Peninsula and Puget Sound.
One to three harbor seals were documented below the dam in all 9
years of surface observations. Estimates are minimums and are based on
observations made only within the January through May timeframe,
although harbor seals have been observed in very low numbers year-round
near Bonneville Dam (Tackley et al., 2008a). However, based on salmon
and steelhead run timing, as well as lamprey and smelt timing, seals
would most likely occur during the same January through May period when
sea lions are present. Based on the preceding information, CRC
estimates a minimum of one to three adult or subadult harbor seals
would be potentially exposed to in-water project activities each year.
Based on the limited data available, CRC assumes that the number of
individuals that actually pass by the CRC project area would be
slightly higher than the highest minimum observed at the dam. CRC
therefore conservatively estimates six individuals per year may
potentially pass the project site. This may overestimate the number in
some years. However, based on the consistency in the data, the number
of individuals that have the potential to be exposed to project
activities is likely to remain small in future years.
The number of round trips made per individual year is difficult to
discern from the limited data available. Because harbor seals are not
uniquely identified in the observations at Bonneville Dam, repeat
observations of the same individual may have been reported on different
observation days. Only one to three harbor seals have been observed at
Bonneville Dam in any year (although this may represent greater than
three individuals). One may safely assume that each individual
completes at least one round-trip past the project site, although it
may be more; because of the lack of data regarding seal movement to and
from the dam, it is difficult to justify a number of round-trips per
individual. We do know that harbor seals occur only infrequently at the
dam and, therefore, only a limited number of round-trips could occur
per individual. CRC conservatively estimates that each individual may
make up to two round-trips.
Based on known pupping and haul-out locations, and the low number
of observations of harbor seals at Bonneville Dam over the years, it is
likely that very few harbor seals transit through the Region of
Activity, and that those that do are subadults or adults. CRC
conservatively estimates that up to six subadult or adult harbor seals
(double the maximum number observed at Bonneville Dam to date) may
transit the Region of Activity up to four times per year (two round-
trips).
California Sea Lion
California sea lions are observed in the winter and spring (January
through May) with only a limited number of exceptions. No haul-out
sites are located within the Region of Activity and no breeding or
pupping occurs in the Region of Activity. All animals documented in the
Columbia River have been adult or juvenile males (Jeffries et al.,
2000). Table 16 presents numbers of California sea lions observed at
Bonneville Dam. Numbers are presented as minimums, because not all sea
lions are able to be uniquely identified in all observations and
therefore may not be in the count. Tackley et al. (2008) noted that
individuals were not uniquely identified prior to 2008; thus, the
numbers of sea lions estimated from 2002 through 2007 were likely
underestimated. During those years, Tackley et al. (2008) estimate that
an additional 15 to 35 California sea lions may have been present, but
observers were not able to uniquely identify them and therefore they
are not represented
[[Page 23586]]
in the counts. In addition, the high number of 104 individuals present
below the dam in 2003 occurred prior to hazing (started in 2005) or
permanent removal (2008-2010) activities. CRC believes the high number
is not representative of current levels, due to extensive efforts to
deter sea lions.
Permanent removal of forty individuals occurred from 2008-2010
(Stansell et al., 2010). In 2010, the number of individual sea lions
observed was a minimum of 89 individuals. Of the 89 individuals,
fourteen were removed (Stansell et al., 2010). Typically, the
percentage of individuals making their first appearance at Bonneville
Dam has been approximately thirty percent; however, in 2010 the
percentage of new individuals was approximately 65 percent (51 were
first time visitors below the dam) (Stansell et al., 2010). The removal
program is currently suspended by court order, further complicating the
estimation of sea lion abundance at the dam in future years. Trends are
particularly hard to discern because numbers passing the project site
would be a reflection of the number of returning sea lions, numbers of
sea lions successfully removed in future years (should the program be
resumed), and numbers of new sea lions, none of which may be estimated
on the basis of data indicating clear trends.
Based on 2010 data, new animals would likely largely replace those
removed (e.g., in 2010, fourteen animals were removed and 51 were first
time visitors below the dam) and still possibly result in an overall
increase in California sea lion numbers. It is possible that a more
effective method of deterrence will be developed in the future, or
continued removal efforts will result in the number of California sea
lions stabilizing or decreasing in future years. However, spring
Chinook (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha) returns to the Columbia River in
2010 were the third largest on record since 1938 (CBB 2010), based on a
preliminary summary (ODFW and WDFW 2010). If the numbers remain high or
increase, it is possible that the numbers of sea lions foraging near
Bonneville Dam may increase.
CRC estimates that the number of sea lions passing the project site
would be approximately 89 individuals (the minimum high count since
significant effort toward sea lion deterrence began) annually. There is
a substantial amount of uncertainty in this estimate; therefore, NMFS
presents the take estimate with the caveat that the estimate of
California sea lions potentially present in each year of in-water
project work may need to be adapted using the most recent data and
trends available in future years (see Adaptive Management).
CRC examined satellite-linked and acoustic tracking reports of
California sea lions to help estimate the number of times individual
sea lions may pass the CRC project site. Tracking has been conducted on
an almost annual basis since 2004. Based on data from 100 to 150
animals, annual California sea lion round trips to the dam range from
one to five trips per individual (CRC, 2010). Movements of 26
satellite-tagged sea lions captured in the Columbia River during three
non-breeding seasons (2003-04, 2004-05, and 2006-07) are described by
Wright et al. (2010). Duration below the Bonneville Dam ranged from 2
to 43 days (Wright et al., 2010). The authors noted that movements of
sea lions captured in the Columbia River varied considerably within and
across individuals, and that estimating the mean number of trips to
Bonneville Dam in a given season is problematic given that many animals
were tagged after they may have already made one or more such trips
(Wright et al., 2010). In 2009, six California sea lions were tagged in
early April with acoustic transmitters, and four of those tagged had
relatively long datasets (approximately 1-1.5 months) (Brown et al.,
2009). After tagging, three of the animals made one round trip from
Astoria to Bonneville Dam, and one made two round trips prior to final
departure from Bonneville Dam by the end of May (Brown et al., 2009).
The animals may have made additional trips prior to tagging in early
April. Data from five animals tagged in 2010 indicate that at least one
to four round-trips were made to Bonneville Dam from Astoria (Brown et
al. 2010). Four animals were tagged in March or April for 22 to 51
days. Of these four individuals, two made at least four trips, one made
two trips and one made one trip. The fifth animal was tagged in May at
the end of the season and departed immediately after capture. Again,
the preliminary data do not include trips taken prior to tagging.
Based on past data, the estimated number of times an individual sea
lion would pass the CRC project site ranges from at least two to ten
times per year (one to five roundtrips per year). However, the actual
number is quite variable from individual to individual. Therefore,
based on the data available, CRC conservatively estimates a maximum of
ten trips (five round-trips) past the project site annually.
In summary, CRC conservatively estimates that up to 89 California
sea lions may travel through the Region of Activity, annually, in
future years. The nearest haul-out site is 45 mi (72 km) from the
Region of Activity, California sea lion hazing efforts at Bonneville
Dam are expected to continue, and there is no information indicating
that a large increase in the numbers of California sea lions traveling
up the Columbia River to Bonneville Dam is likely. Each California sea
lion could be behaviorally harassed ten times per year (five round-
trips).
Steller Sea Lion
Exposure of Steller sea lions to elevated sound levels in the
Region of Activity is likely to occur from November through May, when
primarily adult and subadult male Steller sea lions typically forage at
Bonneville Dam. Steller sea lions are known to migrate through the
Region of Activity as they transit between the dam and the ocean during
this time period, often making multiple round-trip journeys. Beginning
in 2008, individual sea lions have also been present during September
or October, but in low numbers (Stansell et al., 2009, 2010; Tackley et
al., 2008b). Therefore, exposure during fall months is possible in very
low numbers, but less likely.
There are no Steller sea lion haul-outs or breeding sites in the
Region of Activity. The nearest known haul-out is located approximately
26 mi (42 km) upstream of the CRC project area, and the nearest
breeding site is located more than 200 mi (322 km) from the CRC project
area (NMFS, 2008b). Therefore, elevated sound levels would have no
effect on individuals at breeding or haul-out sites.
Similar to California sea lions, projections of Steller sea lion
numbers estimated to pass the CRC project site during construction in
future years are impossible to make with a high degree of confidence.
Unlike California sea lions, ESA-listed Steller sea lions have not been
subject to removal programs. Regular observations from 2002 through
2011 showed an increase in minimum numbers observed from 0 to 89
individuals, even though hazing efforts at the fish ladder entrances
started in 2005 and vessel-based hazing began in 2006 (Scordino, 2010;
Tackley et al., 2008a; Stansell et al., 2009). In 2010, the minimum
number observed of 75 individuals was approximately triple the 2009
minimum of 26 individuals (Stansell and Gibbons, 2010); however, the
2009 minimum was reduced by one third from the 2008 minimum of 39.
The minimum number of animals projected in future years would be
expected to be at least 89 individuals
[[Page 23587]]
and may continue to increase based on recent past trends. However,
there is very little certainty in this estimate, especially when it is
projected into the future. It is possible a more effective method of
deterrence would be developed in the future and the number of Steller
sea lions may stabilize or decrease in future years. However, if trends
in the numbers of fish continue, it is also possible that the number of
Steller sea lions present would continue to increase.
Acoustic and satellite-linked tracking data for Steller sea lions
in the Columbia River are only available for six individuals, and most
were only tracked for one month beginning at the end of March or during
April of 2010 (CRC, 2010). Additional data are available from two
individuals that were tagged with only satellite-linked transmitters
(which do not provide in-river movement data). From the limited
dataset, seven individuals made one round trip from marine areas, and
one individual made two round trips (Wright, 2010a). The number of
round trips made earlier in the season, prior to tagging, is not
included in the estimate and could increase the number of trips per
individual. Like California sea lions, considerable variation within
and across individuals may exist. Acoustic and satellite-linked data
collection efforts will continue in the future and will better inform
the estimate of number of round-trips Steller sea lions are likely to
make past the CRC project area.
Summary
Based on past data, the number of times an individual Steller sea
lion would pass the CRC project site ranges from a minimum of two to
four times per year (one to two round-trips). Therefore, CRC estimates
that individuals may transit the Region of Activity six times per year
(three round-trips). As for California sea lions, the significant
uncertainty associated with these estimates may require adaptation of
the estimates using the most recent data and trends available (see
Adaptive Management). Based on trends in Steller sea lions identified
below Bonneville Dam in recent years, CRC conservatively estimates a
tripling of the minimum of 75 individuals seen in 2010, to 225
individuals that may transit the project site six times (three round-
trips) each per year.
Table 18--Estimated Number of Individuals Exposed to Proposed Activities per Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated
Sex/age class number of Estimated number of Total
Species affected individuals exposures per estimated take
per year individual per year * per year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harbor seal....................... Adult males or 6 4 (2 round-trips).... 24
females.
California sea lion............... Subadult or adult 89 10 (5 round-trips)... 890
males.
Steller sea lion.................. Subadult or adult 225 6 (3 round-trips).... 1,350
males.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* It is assumed that individuals exposed to CRC's proposed activities would be in transit to/from Bonneville Dam
to forage. Trips to Bonneville Dam are assumed to be round-trips to/from the mouth of the Columbia River.
Negligible Impact and Small Numbers Analyses and Preliminary
Determination
NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as ``* * *
an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival.'' In making a negligible impact determination,
NMFS considers a variety of factors, including but not limited to: (1)
The number of anticipated mortalities; (2) the number and nature of
anticipated injuries; (3) the number, nature, intensity, and duration
of Level B harassment; and (4) the context in which the takes occur.
Incidental take, in the form of Level B harassment only, is likely
to occur primarily as a result of pinniped exposure to elevated levels
of sound caused by impact and vibratory installation and removal of
pipe and sheet pile and steel casings. No take by injury, serious
injury, or death is anticipated or would be authorized. By
incorporating the proposed mitigation measures, including pinniped
monitoring and shut-down procedures described previously, harassment to
individual pinnipeds from the proposed activities is expected to be
limited to temporary behavioral impacts. CRC assumes that all
individuals traveling past the project area would be exposed each time
they pass the area and that all exposures would cause disturbance. NMFS
agrees that this represents a worst-case scenario and is therefore
sufficiently precautionary. There are no pinniped haul-outs or
rookeries located within or near the Region of Activity. The nearest
haul-out for California sea lions and harbor seals is approximately 45
mi (72 km) downriver from the Region of Activity, while the nearest
known haul-out for Steller sea lions is approximately 26 mi (42 km)
upstream from the Region of Activity.
The shutdown zone monitoring proposed as mitigation, and the small
size of the zones in which injury may occur, makes any potential injury
of pinnipeds extremely unlikely, and therefore discountable. Because
pinniped exposures would be limited to the period they are transiting
the disturbance zone, with potential repeat exposures (on return to the
mouth of the Columbia River) separated by days to weeks, the
probability of experiencing TTS is also considered unlikely.
These activities may cause individuals to temporarily disperse from
the area or avoid transit through the area. However, existing traffic
sound, commercial vessels, and recreational boaters already occur in
the area. Thus, it is likely that pinnipeds are habituated to these
disturbances while transiting the Region of Activity and would not be
significantly hindered from transit. Behavioral changes are expected to
potentially occur only when an animal is transiting a disturbance zone
at the same time that the proposed activities are occurring.
In addition, it is unlikely that pinnipeds exposed to elevated
sound levels would temporarily avoid traveling through the affected
area, as they are highly motivated to travel through the action area in
pursuit of foraging opportunities upriver (NMFS, 2008e). Sea lions have
shown increasing habituation in recent years to various hazing
techniques used to deter the animals from foraging in the Bonneville
tailrace area, including acoustic deterrent devices, boat chasing, and
above-water pyrotechnics (Stansell et al., 2009). Many of the
individuals that travel to the tailrace area return in subsequent years
(NMFS, 2008). Therefore, it is likely that pinnipeds
[[Page 23588]]
would continue to pass through the action area even when sound levels
are above disturbance thresholds.
Although pinnipeds are unlikely to be deterred from passing through
the area, even temporarily, they may respond to the underwater sound by
passing through the area more quickly, or they may experience stress as
they pass through the area. Sea lions already move quickly through the
lower river on their way to foraging grounds below Bonneville Dam
(transit speeds of 4.6 km/hr in the upstream direction and 8.8 km/hr in
the downstream direction [Brown et al., 2010]). Any increase in transit
speed is therefore likely to be slight. Another possible effect is that
the underwater sound would evoke a stress response in the exposed
individuals, regardless of transit speed. However, the period of time
during which an individual would be exposed to sound levels that might
cause stress is short given their likely speed of travel through the
affected areas. In addition, there would be few repeat exposures for
individual animals. Thus, it is unlikely that the potential increased
stress would have a significant effect on individuals or any effect on
the population as a whole.
Therefore, NMFS finds it unlikely that the amount of anticipated
disturbance would significantly change pinnipeds' use of the lower
Columbia River or significantly change the amount of time they would
otherwise spend in the foraging areas below Bonneville Dam. Pinniped
usage of the Bonneville Dam foraging area, which results in transit of
the action area, is a relatively recent learned behavior resulting from
human modification (i.e., fish accumulation at the base of the dam).
Even in the unanticipated event that either change was significant and
animals were displaced from foraging areas in the lower Columbia River,
there are alternative foraging areas available to the affected
individuals. NMFS does not anticipate any effects on haul-out behavior
because there are no proximate haul-outs within the areas affected by
elevated sound levels. All other effects of the proposed action are at
most expected to have a discountable or insignificant effect on
pinnipeds, including an insignificant reduction in the quantity and
quality of prey otherwise available.
Any adverse effects to prey species would occur on a temporary
basis during project construction. Given the large numbers of fish in
the Columbia River, the short-term nature of effects to fish
populations, and extensive BMPs and minimization measures designed by
NMFS in cooperation with CRC to protect fish during construction, as
well as conservation and habitat mitigation measures that would
continue into the future, the project is not expected to have
significant effects on the distribution or abundance of potential prey
species in the long term. All project activities would be conducted
using the BMPs and minimization measures, which are described in detail
in NMFS' biological opinion, pursuant to section 7 of the ESA, on the
effects of the CRC project on ESA-listed species. Therefore, these
temporary impacts are expected to have a negligible impact on habitat
for pinniped prey species.
A detailed description of potential impacts to individual pinnipeds
was provided previously in this document. The following sections put
into context what those effects mean to the respective populations or
stocks of each of the pinniped species potentially affected.
Harbor Seal
The Oregon/Washington coastal stock of harbor seals consisted of
about 25,000 animals in 1999 (Carretta et al., 2007). As described
previously, both the Washington and Oregon portions of this stock have
reached carrying capacity and are no longer increasing, and the stock
is believed to be within its OSP level (Jeffries et al., 2003; Brown et
al., 2005). The estimated take of 24 individuals per year by Level B
harassment is small relative to a stable population of approximately
25,000 (0.1 percent), and is not expected to impact annual rates of
recruitment or survival of the stock.
California Sea Lion
The U.S. stock of California sea lions was estimated to be 238,000
in the 2007 Stock Assessment Report and may be at carrying capacity,
although more data are needed to verify that determination (Carretta et
al., 2007). Generally, California sea lions in the Pacific Northwest
are subadult or adult males (NOAA, 2008). The estimated take of 890
individuals per year is small relative to a population of approximately
238,000 (0.4 percent), and is not expected to impact annual rates of
recruitment or survival of the stock.
Steller Sea Lion
The total population of the eastern DPS of Steller sea lions is
estimated to be within a range from approximately 58,334 to 72,223
animals with an overall annual rate of increase of 3.1 percent
throughout most of the range (Oregon to southeastern Alaska) since the
1970s (Allen and Angliss, 2010). In 2006, the NMFS Steller sea lion
recovery team proposed removal of the eastern stock from listing under
the ESA based on its annual rate of increase. CRC's take estimate is
conservative, assuming a three-fold increase above the largest minimum
count in 2010. An increase of this magnitude occurred from 2009 to
2010, and so may be warranted; however, that 1-year increase is not
necessarily a reliable indicator of future trends and so may result in
an overestimate of future take. The total estimated take of 1,350
individuals per year is small compared to a population of approximately
65,000 (2.1 percent).
For California and Steller sea lions, individuals that may be
disturbed would be males, so the anticipated behavioral harassment is
not expected to impact recruitment or survival of the stock. For all
species, because the type of incidental harassment is not expected to
actually remove individuals from the population or decrease
significantly their ability to feed or breed, this amount of incidental
harassment is anticipated to have a negligible impact on the stock.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the mitigation and monitoring
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that CRC's proposed activities would
result in the incidental take of small numbers of marine mammals, by
Level B harassment only, and that the total taking from CRC's proposed
activities would have a negligible impact on the affected species or
stocks.
Impact on Availability of Affected Species or Stock for Taking for
Subsistence Uses
There are no relevant subsistence uses of marine mammals implicated
by this action. Therefore, NMFS has determined that the total taking of
affected species or stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact
on the availability of such species or stocks for taking for
subsistence purposes.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
On January 19, 2011, NMFS concluded consultation with FHWA and FTA
under section 7 of the ESA on the proposed activities in the Columbia
River and North Portland Harbor and issued a biological opinion. The
finding of that consultation was that the proposed activities may
adversely affect but are not likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of the eastern DPS of Steller sea lions as well as a number
[[Page 23589]]
of ESA-listed fish. NMFS has preliminarily determined that issuance of
these regulations and subsequent LOAs would not have any impacts beyond
those analyzed in the 2011 biological opinion.
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
CRC released a Draft Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the
proposed activities in May 2008. The draft EIS analyzed the potential
environmental and community effects of five alternatives against the
project's goals, as identified in the Statement of Purpose and Need.
The Final EIS, released in September 2011, described additional
analysis of potential environmental and community effects of the
project and incorporated the comments received on the Draft EIS and
public input received at more than 950 community briefings, workshops
and public meetings. Following a 30-day review period, the CRC federal
oversight agencies (FHWA and FTA) selected an alternative for the
project and signed a record of decision (ROD) on December 7, 2011.
Further information about CRC's NEPA process, as well as the EIS and
ROD, is available at www.columbiarivercrossing.com. Because NMFS was
not a cooperating agency in the development of CRC's EIS, NMFS will
conduct a separate NEPA analysis for issuance of authorizations
pursuant to section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA for the activities
proposed by CRC.
Information Solicited
NMFS requests interested persons to submit comments, information,
and suggestions concerning the request and the content of the proposed
regulations to govern the taking described herein (see ADDRESSES).
Classification
The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has determined that this
proposed rule is not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
Pursuant to section 605(b) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA),
the Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce has
certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration (SBA) that this proposed rule, if adopted, would not
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small
entities. The SBA defines small entity as a small business, small
organization, or a small governmental jurisdiction. Applying this
definition, there are no small entities that are impacted by this
proposed rule. This proposed rule impacts only the activities of CRC,
which has submitted a request for authorization to take marine mammals
incidental to bridge construction within the Columbia River, over the
course of 5 years. CRC is a joint project of ODOT and WSDOT, in
cooperation with FHWA and FTA. Project staff coordinates with state and
local agencies in both Oregon and Washington, and also collaborates
with federal agencies and tribal governments. CRC is not considered to
be a small governmental jurisdiction under the RFA's definition. Under
the RFA, governmental jurisdictions are considered to be small if they
are ``governments of cities, counties, towns, townships, villages,
school districts, or special districts, with a population of less than
50,000, unless an agency establishes, after opportunity for public
comment, one or more definitions of such term which are appropriate to
the activities of the agency and which are based on such factors as
location in rural or sparsely populated areas or limited revenues due
to the population of such jurisdiction, and publishes such
definition(s) in the Federal Register.'' Because this proposed rule
impacts only the activities of CRC, which is not considered to be a
small entity within SBA's definition, the Chief Counsel for Regulation
certified that this proposed rule will not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small entities. As a result of this
certification, a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required and
none has been prepared.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person is required
to respond to nor shall a person be subject to a penalty for failure to
comply with a collection of information subject to the requirements of
the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) unless that collection of information
displays a currently valid OMB control number. This proposed rule
contains collection-of-information requirements subject to the
provisions of the PRA. These requirements have been approved by OMB
under control number 0648-0151 and include applications for
regulations, subsequent LOAs, and reports. Send comments regarding any
aspect of this data collection, including suggestions for reducing the
burden, to NMFS and the OMB Desk Officer (see ADDRESSES).
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 217
Exports, Fish, Imports, Indians, Labeling, Marine mammals,
Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Seafood,
Transportation.
Dated: April 10, 2012.
Alan D. Risenhoover,
Acting Deputy Assistant Administrator for Regulatory Programs, National
Marine Fisheries Service.
For reasons set forth in the preamble, 50 CFR part 217 is proposed
to be amended as follows:
PART 217--REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE TAKE OF MARINE MAMMALS
INCIDENTAL TO SPECIFIED ACTIVITIES
1. The authority citation for part 217 continues to read as
follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.
2. Subpart V is added to part 217 to read as follows:
Subpart V--Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental to Columbia River
Crossing Project, Washington and Oregon
Sec.
217.210 Specified activity and specified geographical region.
217.211 Effective dates.
217.212 Permissible methods of taking.
217.213 Prohibitions.
217.214 Mitigation.
217.215 Requirements for monitoring and reporting.
217.216 Letters of Authorization.
217.217 Renewals and Modifications of Letters of Authorization.
Subpart V--Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental to Columbia River
Crossing Project, Washington and Oregon
Sec. 217.210 Specified activity and specified geographical region.
(a) Regulations in this subpart apply only to Columbia River
Crossing (CRC) and those persons it authorizes to conduct activities on
its behalf for the taking of marine mammals that occurs in the area
outlined in paragraph (b) of this section and that occurs incidental to
bridge construction and demolition associated with the CRC project.
(b) The taking of marine mammals by CRC may be authorized in a
Letter of Authorization (LOA) only if it occurs in the Columbia River
or North Portland Harbor, in the states of Washington and Oregon.
Sec. 217.211 Effective dates.
[Reserved]
Sec. 217.212 Permissible methods of taking.
(a) Under LOAs issued pursuant to Sec. 216.106 and Sec. 217.216
of this chapter, the Holder of the LOA (hereinafter ``CRC'') may
incidentally, but not intentionally, take marine mammals within the
area described in Sec. 217.210(b) of this chapter, provided the
activity is in compliance with all terms, conditions, and requirements
of
[[Page 23590]]
the regulations in this subpart and the appropriate LOA.
(b) The incidental take of marine mammals under the activities
identified in Sec. 217.210(a) of this chapter is limited to the
indicated number of Level B harassment takes of the following species:
(1) Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina)--120 (an average of 24 annually)
(2) California sea lion (Zalophus californianus)--4,450 (an average
of 890 annually)
(3) Steller sea lion (Eumetopias jubatus)--6,750 (an average of
1,350 annually)
Sec. 217.213 Prohibitions.
Notwithstanding takings contemplated in Sec. 217.212(b) of this
chapter and authorized by a LOA issued under Sec. 216.106 and Sec.
217.216 of this chapter, no person in connection with the activities
described in Sec. 217.210 of this chapter may:
(a) Take any marine mammal not specified in Sec. 217.212(b) of
this chapter;
(b) Take any marine mammal specified in Sec. 217.212(b) of this
chapter other than by incidental, unintentional Level B Harassment;
(c) Take a marine mammal specified in Sec. 217.212(b) of this
chapter if NMFS determines such taking results in more than a
negligible impact on the species or stocks of such marine mammal; or
(d) Violate, or fail to comply with, the terms, conditions, and
requirements of this subpart or a LOA issued under Sec. 216.106 and
Sec. 217.216 of this chapter.
Sec. 217.214 Mitigation.
(a) When conducting the activities identified in Sec. 217.210(a)
of this chapter, the mitigation measures contained in the LOA issued
under Sec. 216.106 and Sec. 217.216 of this chapter must be
implemented. These mitigation measures include:
(1) General Conditions:
(i) Briefings shall be conducted between the CRC project
construction supervisors and the crew, marine mammal observer(s), and
acoustical monitoring team prior to the start of all pile driving
activity, and when new personnel join the work, to explain
responsibilities, communication procedures, marine mammal monitoring
protocol, and operational procedures. The CRC project shall contact the
Bonneville Dam marine mammal monitoring team to obtain information on
the presence or absence of pinnipeds prior to initiating pile driving
in any discrete pile driving time period described in the project
description.
(ii) CRC shall comply with all applicable equipment sound standards
and ensure that all construction equipment has sound control devices no
less effective than those provided on the original equipment.
(iii) For in-water heavy machinery work other than pile driving
(e.g., standard barges, tug boats, barge-mounted excavators, or
clamshell equipment used to place or remove material), if a marine
mammal comes within 50 m of such activity, operations shall cease and
vessels shall reduce speed to the minimum level required to maintain
steerage and safe working conditions.
(2) Pile Installation:
(i) Permanent foundations for each in-water pier shall be installed
by means of drilled shafts.
(ii) All piles shall be installed using vibratory driving to the
extent possible. Installation of piles using impact driving may only
occur between September 15 and April 15 of the following year, during
daylight hours only. No more than two impact pile drivers may be
operated simultaneously within the same water body channel.
(iii) In waters with depths more than 2 ft (0.67 m), a bubble
curtain or other sound attenuation measure shall be used for impact
driving of pilings. If a bubble curtain or similar measure is used, it
shall distribute small air bubbles around 100 percent of the piling
perimeter for the full depth of the water column. Any other attenuation
measure (e.g., temporary sound attenuation pile) must provide 100
percent coverage in the water column for the full depth of the pile. A
performance test of the sound attenuation device in accordance with the
approved hydroacoustic monitoring plan shall be conducted prior to any
impact pile driving. If a bubble curtain or similar measure is
utilized, the performance test shall confirm the calculated pressures
and flow rates at each manifold ring.
(3) Shutdown and Monitoring:
(i) Shutdown zone: For all impact pile driving and vibratory pile
driving and removal, or installation of steel casings, shutdown zones
shall be established. These zones shall include all areas where
underwater sound pressure levels (SPLs) are anticipated to equal or
exceed 190 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa rms. Shutdown zones shall be established on
the basis of existing worst-case site-specific data for 24- or 48-in
steel pile, as appropriate, collected by CRC with NMFS approval, and
shall be adjusted as indicated by the results of acoustic monitoring
conducted during the specified activities, but shall not be less than
50 m radius.
(ii) Disturbance zone: For all impact pile driving and vibratory
pile driving or removal, disturbance zones shall be established. For
impact pile driving, these zones shall include all areas where
underwater SPLs are anticipated to equal or exceed 160 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa
rms, and shall be established on the basis of existing worst-case site-
specific data for 24- or 48-in steel pile, as appropriate, collected by
CRC with NMFS approval. The zones shall be adjusted as indicated by the
results of acoustic monitoring conducted during the specified
activities. The actual size of the zone for vibratory pile driving and
removal that includes all areas where underwater SPLs equal or exceed
120 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa rms shall be empirically determined and reported by
CRC, and on-site biologists shall be aware of the size of this zone.
However, because of its large size, monitoring of the entire zone may
not be required but shall be conducted as described in paragraph (v) of
this section.
(A) Initial disturbance zones for vibratory installation or removal
of steel pipe pile and sheet pile and vibratory installation of steel
casings shall be set at 800 m. In-situ acoustic monitoring shall be
performed to determine the actual distances to these zones, and the
size of the zones shall be adjusted accordingly based on worst-case
site-specific data for vibratory installation of steel sheet pile and
steel casings, but the area to be visually monitored shall not be
larger than 800 m.
(B) [Reserved]
(iii) Airborne sound: Disturbance zones for pile driving and
removal activity and steel casing installation, to include all areas
where airborne SPLs are anticipated to equal or exceed 90 dB re: 20
[mu]Pa rms or 100 dB re: 20 [mu]Pa rms (for harbor seals and sea lions,
respectively), shall be established. These zones shall be adjusted
accordingly based on worst-case site-specific data collected during
acoustic monitoring of the specified activities.
(iv) The shutdown and disturbance zones shall be monitored
throughout the time required to drive a pile. If a marine mammal is
observed within or approaching the shutdown zone, activity shall be
halted as soon as it is safe to do so, until the animal is observed
exiting the shutdown zone or 15 minutes has elapsed. If a marine mammal
is observed within the disturbance zone, a take shall be recorded and
behaviors documented.
(v) Monitoring of shutdown and disturbance zones shall occur for
all pile driving and removal and steel casing installation activities.
The following measures shall apply:
(A) Shutdown and disturbance zones shall be monitored from a work
[[Page 23591]]
platform, barge, or other vantage point. If a small boat is used for
monitoring, the boat shall remain 50 yd (46 m) from swimming pinnipeds.
CRC shall at all times employ, at minimum, one Protected Species
Observer (PSO) to be located on each barge or work platform engaging in
pile driving or removal or steel casing installation and, at minimum,
one PSO to be based on shore or at another appropriate vantage point,
as determined by CRC. If a single shore-based PSO is unable to provide
full observational coverage of disturbance zones when multiple pile
driving or removal or steel casing installation activities are
occurring simultaneously, additional shore-based PSOs shall be
stationed so that such coverage is attained. For vibratory pile driving
and removal or steel casing installation, CRC shall maintain
comprehensive observation of a maximum disturbance zone of 800 m radial
distance.
(B) If the shutdown zone is obscured by fog or poor lighting
conditions, pile driving or removal or steel casing installation shall
not be initiated until the entire shutdown zone is visible. Pile
driving or removal or steel casing installation may continue under such
conditions if properly initiated.
(C) The shutdown zone shall be monitored for the presence of
pinnipeds before, during, and after any pile driving activity. The
shutdown zone shall be monitored for 30 minutes prior to initiating the
start of pile driving and for 30 minutes following the completion of
pile driving. If pinnipeds are present within the shutdown zone prior
to pile driving, the start of pile driving shall be delayed until the
animals leave the shutdown zone of their own volition or until 15
minutes has elapsed without observing the animal.
(4) Ramp-up
(i) A ramp-up technique shall be used at the beginning of each
day's in-water pile driving activities and if pile driving resumes
after it has ceased for more than 1 hour.
(ii) If a vibratory driver is used, contractors shall be required
to initiate sound from vibratory hammers for 15 seconds at reduced
energy followed by a 1-minute waiting period. The procedure shall be
repeated two additional times before full energy may be achieved.
(iii) If a non-diesel impact hammer is used, contractors shall be
required to provide an initial set of strikes from the impact hammer at
reduced energy, followed by a 1-minute waiting period, then two
subsequent sets.
(iv) If a diesel impact hammer is used, contractors shall be
required to turn on the sound attenuation device for 15 seconds prior
to initiating pile driving.
(5) Additional mitigation measures as contained in a LOA issued
under Sec. 216.106 and Sec. 217.216 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
Sec. 217.215 Requirements for monitoring and reporting.
(a) Visual Monitoring Program: (1) CRC shall employ PSOs during in-
water construction and demolition activities. All PSOs must receive
advance NMFS approval after a review of their qualifications and NMFS-
approved training. The PSOs shall be responsible for visually locating
marine mammals in the shutdown and disturbance zones and, to the extent
possible, identifying the species. PSOs shall record, at minimum, the
following information:
(i) A count of all pinnipeds observed by species, sex, and age
class.
(ii) Their location within the shutdown or disturbance zone, and
their reaction (if any) to construction activities, including direction
of movement.
(iii) Activity that is occurring at the time of observation,
including time that pile driving begins and ends, any acoustic or
visual disturbance, and time of the observation.
(iv) Environmental conditions, including wind speed, wind
direction, visibility, and temperature.
(2) Monitoring shall be conducted using appropriate binoculars.
When possible, digital video or still cameras shall also be used to
document the behavior and response of pinnipeds to construction
activities or other disturbances.
(3) Each monitor shall have a radio or cell phone for contact with
other monitors or work crews. Observers shall implement shut-down or
delay procedures when applicable by calling for the shut-down to the
hammer operator.
(4) A GPS unit or electric range finder shall be used for
determining the observation location and distance to pinnipeds, boats,
and construction equipment.
(5) No monitoring shall be conducted during inclement weather that
creates potentially hazardous conditions, as determined by the
biologist on-site. No monitoring shall be conducted when visibility in
the shutdown zone is significantly limited, such as during heavy rain
or fog. During these times of inclement weather, in-water work that may
produce sound levels in excess of 190 dB rms must be halted; these
activities may not commence until appropriate monitoring of the
shutdown zone can take place.
(b) Reporting--CRC must implement the following reporting
requirements:
(1) Reports of data collected during monitoring shall be submitted
to NMFS weekly. The reports shall include:
(i) All data required to be collected during monitoring, as
described under 217.215(a) of this chapter, including observation
dates, times, and conditions; and
(ii) Correlations of observed behavior with activity type and
received levels of sound, to the extent possible.
(2) CRC shall also submit a report(s) concerning the results of all
acoustic monitoring. Acoustic monitoring reports shall include:
(i) Size and type of piles.
(ii) A detailed description of any sound attenuation device used,
including design specifications.
(iii) The impact hammer energy rating used to drive the piles, make
and model of the hammer(s), and description of the vibratory hammer.
(iv) A description of the sound monitoring equipment.
(v) The distance between hydrophones and depth of water at the
hydrophone locations.
(vi) The depth of the hydrophones.
(vii) The distance from the pile to the water's edge.
(viii) The depth of water in which the pile was driven.
(ix) The depth into the substrate that the pile was driven.
(x) The physical characteristics of the bottom substrate into which
the piles were driven.
(xi) The total number of strikes to drive each pile.
(xii) The background sound pressure level reported as the fifty
percent cumulative distribution function, if recorded.
(xiii) The results of the hydroacoustic monitoring, including the
frequency spectrum, ranges and means including the standard deviation/
error for the peak and rms SPLs, and an estimation of the distance at
which rms values reach the relevant marine mammal thresholds and
background sound levels. Vibratory driving results shall include the
maximum and overall average rms calculated from 30-s rms values during
the drive of the pile.
(xiv) A description of any observable pinniped behavior in the
immediate area and, if possible, correlation to underwater sound levels
occurring at that time.
(3) Reporting Injured or Dead Marine Mammals
(i) In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly
causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by a LOA (if
issued), such as
[[Page 23592]]
an injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or mortality, CRC shall
immediately cease the specified activities and report the incident to
the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, and the Northwest Regional Stranding Coordinator,
NMFS. The report must include the following information:
(A) Time and date of the incident;
(B) Description of the incident;
(C) Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction,
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
(D) Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours
preceding the incident;
(E) Species identification or description of the animal(s)
involved;
(F) Fate of the animal(s); and
(G) Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS will work with CRC to
determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of
further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. CRC may not resume
their activities until notified by NMFS.
(ii) In the event that CRC discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or
death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (e.g., in less than
a moderate state of decomposition), CRC shall immediately report the
incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office
of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Northwest Regional Stranding
Coordinator, NMFS.
The report must include the same information identified in
217.215(b)(3)(i) of this chapter. Activities may continue while NMFS
reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS will work with CRC to
determine whether additional mitigation measures or modifications to
the activities are appropriate.
(iii) In the event that CRC discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not
associated with or related to the activities authorized in the LOA
(e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced
decomposition, or scavenger damage), CRC shall report the incident to
the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, and the Northwest Regional Stranding Coordinator,
NMFS, within 24 hours of the discovery. CRC shall provide photographs
or video footage or other documentation of the stranded animal sighting
to NMFS.
(4) Annual Reports.
(i) An annual report summarizing all pinniped monitoring and
construction activities shall be submitted to NMFS, Office of Protected
Resources, and NMFS, Northwest Regional Office (specific contact
information to be provided in LOA) each year.
(ii) The annual reports shall include data collected for each
distinct marine mammal species observed in the project area.
Description of marine mammal behavior, overall numbers of individuals
observed, frequency of observation, and any behavioral changes and the
context of the changes relative to activities shall also be included in
the annual reports. Additional information that shall be recorded
during activities and contained in the reports include: Date and time
of marine mammal detections, weather conditions, species
identification, approximate distance from the source, and activity at
the construction site when a marine mammal is sighted.
(5) Five Year Comprehensive Report.
(i) CRC shall submit a draft comprehensive final report to NMFS,
Office of Protected Resources, and NMFS, Northwest Regional Office
(specific contact information to be provided in LOA) 180 days prior to
the expiration of the regulations. This comprehensive technical report
shall provide full documentation of methods, results, and
interpretation of all monitoring during the first 4.5 years of the
activities conducted under the regulations in this Subpart.
(ii) CRC shall submit a revised final comprehensive technical
report, including all monitoring results during the entire period of
the LOAs, 90 days after the end of the period of effectiveness of the
regulations to NMFS, Office of Protected Resources, and NMFS, Northwest
Regional Office (specific contact information to be provided in LOA).
Sec. 217.216 Letters of Authorization.
(a) To incidentally take marine mammals pursuant to these
regulations, CRC must apply for and obtain a LOA.
(b) A LOA, unless suspended or revoked, may be effective for a
period of time not to exceed the expiration date of these regulations.
(c) If an LOA expires prior to the expiration date of these
regulations, CRC must apply for and obtain a renewal of the LOA.
(d) In the event of projected changes to the activity or to
mitigation and monitoring measures required by an LOA, CRC must apply
for and obtain a modification of the LOA as described in Sec. 217.217
of this chapter.
(e) The LOA shall set forth:
(1) Permissible methods of incidental taking;
(2) Means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact (i.e.,
mitigation) on the species, its habitat, and on the availability of the
species for subsistence uses; and
(3) Requirements for monitoring and reporting.
(f) Issuance of the LOA shall be based on a determination that the
level of taking will be consistent with the findings made for the total
taking allowable under these regulations.
(g) Notice of issuance or denial of a LOA shall be published in the
Federal Register within 30 days of a determination.
Sec. 217.217 Renewals and Modifications of Letters of Authorization.
(a) A LOA issued under Sec. 216.106 and Sec. 217.216 of this
chapter for the activity identified in Sec. 217.210(a) of this chapter
shall be renewed or modified upon request by the applicant, provided
that: (1) The proposed specified activity and mitigation, monitoring,
and reporting measures, as well as the anticipated impacts, are the
same as those described and analyzed for these regulations (excluding
changes made pursuant to the adaptive management provision in Sec.
217.217(c)(1) of this chapter), and (2) NMFS determines that the
mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures required by the previous
LOA under these regulations were implemented.
(b) For LOA modification or renewal requests by the applicant that
include changes to the activity or the mitigation, monitoring, or
reporting (excluding changes made pursuant to the adaptive management
provision in Sec. 217.217(c)(1) of this chapter) that do not change
the findings made for the regulations or result in no more than a minor
change in the total estimated number of takes (or distribution by
species or years), NMFS may publish a notice of proposed LOA in the
Federal Register, including the associated analysis illustrating the
change, and solicit public comment before issuing the LOA.
(c) A LOA issued under Sec. 216.106 and Sec. 217.216 of this
chapter for the activity identified in Sec. 217.210(a) of this chapter
may be modified by NMFS under the following circumstances:
(1) Adaptive Management--NMFS may modify (including augment) the
existing mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures (after
consulting with CRC regarding the practicability of the modifications)
if doing so creates a
[[Page 23593]]
reasonable likelihood of more effectively accomplishing the goals of
the mitigation and monitoring set forth in the preamble for these
regulations.
(i) Possible sources of data that could contribute to the decision
to modify the mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures in an LOA:
(A) Results from CRC's monitoring from the previous year(s).
(B) Results from other marine mammal and/or sound research or
studies.
(C) Any information that reveals marine mammals may have been taken
in a manner, extent or number not authorized by these regulations or
subsequent LOAs.
(ii) If, through adaptive management, the modifications to the
mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures are substantial, NMFS
will publish a notice of proposed LOA in the Federal Register and
solicit public comment.
(2) Emergencies--If NMFS determines that an emergency exists that
poses a significant risk to the well-being of the species or stocks of
marine mammals specified in Sec. 217.212(b) of this chapter, an LOA
may be modified without prior notice or opportunity for public comment.
Notice would be published in the Federal Register within 30 days of the
action.
[FR Doc. 2012-9086 Filed 4-18-12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P